WO2010005384A1 - Ketone pyridine analogues and their use in the treatment of cardiovascular disorders - Google Patents

Ketone pyridine analogues and their use in the treatment of cardiovascular disorders Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2010005384A1
WO2010005384A1 PCT/SE2009/050875 SE2009050875W WO2010005384A1 WO 2010005384 A1 WO2010005384 A1 WO 2010005384A1 SE 2009050875 W SE2009050875 W SE 2009050875W WO 2010005384 A1 WO2010005384 A1 WO 2010005384A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
alkyl
aryl
cycloalkyl
heterocyclyl
formula
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/SE2009/050875
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Thomas Antonsson
Peter Bach
Ruth Bylund
Fabrizio Giordanetto
Daniel Hovdal
Johan Johansson
Mikael Sellén
Original Assignee
Astrazeneca Ab
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Astrazeneca Ab filed Critical Astrazeneca Ab
Publication of WO2010005384A1 publication Critical patent/WO2010005384A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D401/04Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • A61P7/02Antithrombotic agents; Anticoagulants; Platelet aggregation inhibitors

Definitions

  • Ketone pyridine analogues and their use in the treatment of cardiovascular disorders
  • the present invention provides novel pyridine compounds, their use as medicaments, compositions containing them and processes for their preparation.
  • Platelet adhesion and aggregation are initiating events in arterial thrombosis. Although the process of platelet adhesion to the sub-endothelial surface may have an important role to play in the repair of damaged vessel walls, the platelet aggregation that this initiates can precipitate acute thrombotic occlusion of vital vascular beds, leading to events with high morbidity such as myocardial infarction and unstable angina. The success of interventions used to prevent or alleviate these conditions, such as thrombolysis and angioplasty is also compromised by platelet mediated occlusion or re-occlusion. Haemostasis is controlled via a tight balance between platelet aggregation, coagulation and fibrinolysis.
  • Thrombus formation under pathological conditions like e.g. arteriosclerotic plaque rupture, is firstly initiated by platelet adhesion, activation and aggregation. This results not only in the formation of a platelet plug but also in the exposure of negatively charged phospholipids on the outer platelet membrane promoting blood coagulation. Inhibition of the build-up of the initial platelet plug would be expected to reduce thrombus formation and reduce the number of cardiovascular events as was demonstrated by the anti-thrombotic effect of e.g. Aspirin (BMJ 1994; 308: 81-106 Antiplatelet Trialists' Collaboration. Collaborative overview of randomised trials of antiplatelet therapy, I: Prevention of death, myocardial infarction, and stroke by prolonged antiplatelet therapy in various categories of patients).
  • Platelet activation/aggregation can be induced by a variety of different agonists. However, distinct intracellular signalling pathways have to be activated to obtain full platelet aggregation, mediated via G-proteins G q , G 12/13 and G 1 (Platelets, AD Michelson ed., Elsevier Science 2002, ISBN 0-12-493951-1; 197-213: D Woulfe, et al.
  • the G-protein coupled receptor P2Yi 2 (previously also known as the platelet ⁇ 2 ⁇ , P2T ac , or P2Y cyc receptor) signals via Gi, resulting in a lowering of intra-cellular cAMP and full aggregation (Nature 2001; 409: 202-207 G Hollopeter, et al. Identification of the platelet ADP receptor targeted by antithrombotic drugs.). Released ADP from dense- granules will positively feedback on the P2Y12 receptor to allow full aggregation.
  • WO 2002/098856 and WO 2004/052366 describe piperazino-carbonylmethylaminocarbonyl-naphtyl or -quinolyl derivatives as ADP receptor antagonist.
  • Clinical evidence for the key-role of the ADP-P2Yi2 feedback mechanism is provided by the clinical use of clopidogrel, an thienopyridine prodrug which active metabolite selectively and irreversibly binds to the P2Yi 2 receptor, that has shown in several clinical trials to be effective in reducing the risk for cardiovascular events in patients at risk (Lancet 1996; 348: 1329-39: CAPRIE Steering committee, A randomised, blinded, trial of clopidogrel versus aspirin in patients at risk of ischaemic events (CAPRIE); N Engl J Med 2001; 345 (7): 494-502): The Clopidogrel in Unstable Angina to prevent Recurrent Events Trial Investigators.
  • Some thienopyrimidines have been described as P2Yi 2 antagonists in WO 2003/022214, WO 2006/103544, WO 2006/079916, WO 2006/100591, WO 2006/103545 and WO 2006/103555.
  • WO 2001/057037 discloses some sulfonyl derivatives as platelet ADP receptor inhibitors. None of these are 2-pyridyl-5-keto derivatives.
  • WO 2007/056219 a quinazoline dione derivative is presented as P2Yi 2 antagonist, and in WO 2007/056167 a process for its preparation is presented.
  • WO 2006/073361 discloses some P2Yi 2 antagonists for the potential treatment of thrombosis.
  • WO 2007/008140 discloses further P2Y i2 antagonists for the potential treatment of thrombosis.
  • Patent applications disclosing P2Yi 2 antagonists for the potential treatment of thrombosis are WO 2008/002247, WO 2008/004941, WO 2008/004942, WO 2008/004943, WO 2008/004944, WO 2008/004945, WO 2008/004946, WO 2008/085117, WO 2008/085118 and WO 2008/085119.
  • the compounds of the invention having improved stability towards esterases in Ri -position, unexpectedly exhibit improved beneficial properties that render them particularly suitable for use in the treatment of diseases/conditions as described below (See p.81-82).
  • beneficial properties are high potency, high selectivity, beneficial pharmacokinetic properties and an advantageous therapeutic window. It is believed that the unexpected high potency exhibited for certain compounds of the invention is related to the selection of certain substituents in the Reposition, examples of such substituents are (Ci-C 3 )alkylthio or hydroxy(Ci-C 3 )alkyl.
  • the fact that they are stable against esterase activity in Ri -position will inhibit degradation to inactive free acid in vivo. It is believed that thereby the desired plasma concentration levels of the active compound will be maintained in humans and/or animals.
  • Ri represents R 7 C(O);
  • R 2 represents CN, halogen (F, Cl, Br or I), (C4-Cg)alkyl optionally interrupted by oxygen and/or optionally substituted by OH, aryl, (C 3 -Ce)cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl; furthermore R 2 represents (C 2 -C 3 )alkyl interrupted by oxygen; furthermore R 2 represents (Ci-C3)alkyl substituted by one or more of OH, aryl, aryl(Ci-C3)alkyloxy, (C 3 - Ce)cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl, with the proviso that any such OH group must be at least 2 carbon atoms away from any oxygen; further R 2 represents unsubstituted (Ci-Ci 2 )alkoxy, (C 3 -C 6 )cycloalkyl, hydroxy(C 1 -C 12 )alkyl, (Ci-Ci 2 )alkylC(O), (Ci-Ci 2 )alkyl
  • R 7 represents (Ci-C 3 )alkyl optionally interrupted by oxygen, and/or optionally substituted by OH, aryl, (C 3 -Ce)cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl or one or more halogen (F, Cl, Br or I) atoms; further R 7 represents (C 3 -C 6 )cycloalkyl, hydroxy(Ci-Ci 2 )alkyl, aryl or heterocyclyl;
  • Ri4 represents H, OH with the proviso that the OH group must be at least 2 carbon atoms away from any heteroatom in the B ring/ring system, (Ci-Cg)alkyl optionally interrupted by oxygen and/or optionally substituted by one or more of OH, COOH and COOR e ; wherein R e represents aryl, (C 3 -Ce)cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl or (Ci-Cg)alkyl optionally substituted by one or more of halogen (F, Cl, Br or I) atom(s), OH, aryl, (C 3 - C 6 )cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl; further R i4 represents aryl, aryl(d-C 8 )alkyl, aryl(Ci- Cs)alkoxy, heterocyclyl, a halogen (F, Cl, Br or I) atom, (C 3 -Ce)cycloalkyl, (C 3 - C6)cyclo
  • R c is a direct bond or represents an unsubstituted or monosubstituted or polysubstituted (Ci-C4)alkylene group, wherein any substituents each individually and independently are selected from (Ci-C4)alkyl, (Ci-C4)alkoxy, (C 2 -C4)alkenyl, (C 2 - C 4 )alkynyl, (C 3 -Ce)cycloalkyl, carboxyl, carboxy-(Ci-C 4 )alkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, cyano, halogeno (F, Cl, Br or I), hydroxyl, NR a(Rc) R b(Rc) in which R a(Rc) and R b(Rc) individually and independently from each other represents hydrogen, (Ci-C 4 )alkyl or R a ⁇ Rc) and R b(Rc) together with the nitrogen atom represent piperidine, pyrrolidine, azet
  • Ri 9 represents H or (Ci-C 4 )alkyl
  • R d represents (Ci-Ci 2 )alkyl, (C 3 -Cg)cycloalkyl, aryl or heterocyclyl, and anyone of these groups optionally substituted with one or more halogen (F, Cl, Br or I) atoms ors mixed halogen atoms and/or one or more of the following groups, OH, CN, (Ci-Ci 2 )alkyl, (Ci-Ci 2 )alkoxyC(O), (Ci-Ci 2 )alkoxy, halogen substituted (Ci-Ci 2 )alkyl, (C 3 -C 6 )cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, (Ci-Ci 2 )alkylsulfmyl, (Ci-Ci 2 )alkylsulfonyl, (Ci-Ci 2 )alkylthio, (C 3 - Ce)cycloalkylthio, arylsulfmyl,
  • B is a monocyclic or bicyclic, 4 to 11-membered heterocyclic ring/ring system comprising one or more nitrogen and optionally one or more atoms selected from oxygen or sulphur, which nitrogen is connected to the pyridine-ring (according to formula I) and further the B-ring/ring system is connected to X in another of its positions;
  • the substituent Ri 4 is connected to the B ring/ring system in such a way that no quarternary ammonium compounds are formed (by this connection).
  • R 2 represents unsubstituted (Ci-C3)alkylthio or unsubstituted hydroxy(Ci-C3)alkyl;
  • R 7 represents (Ci-C 3 )alkyl optionally interrupted by oxygen, and/or optionally substituted by OH, aryl, (C 3 -Ce)cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl or one or more halogen (F, Cl, Br or I) atoms; further R 7 represents (C 3 -Ce)cycloalkyl, hydroxy(Ci-Ci 2 )alkyl, aryl or heterocyclyl;
  • Ri4 represents H, OH with the proviso that the OH group must be at least 2 carbon atoms away from any heteroatom in the B ring/ring system, (Ci-Cg)alkyl optionally interrupted by oxygen and/or optionally substituted by one or more of OH, COOH and COOR e ; wherein R e represents aryl, (C 3 -C 6 )cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl or (d-C 8 )alkyl optionally substituted by one or more of halogen (F, Cl, Br or I) atom(s), OH, aryl, (C 3 - Ce)cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl; further R 44 represents aryl, aryl(Ci-C 8 )alkyl, aryl(Ci- C 3 )alkoxy, heterocyclyl, a halogen (F, Cl, Br or I) atom, (C 3 -Ce)cycloalkyl, (C 3 - C 6 )C
  • R c is a direct bond or represents an unsubstituted or monosubstituted or polysubstituted (Ci-C4)alkylene group, wherein any substituents each individually and independently are selected from (Ci-C 4 )alkyl, (Ci-C 4 )alkoxy, (C 2 -C 4 )alkenyl, (C 2 - C 4 )alkynyl, (C 3 -Ce)cycloalkyl, carboxyl, carboxy-(Ci-C 4 )alkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, cyano, halogeno (F, Cl, Br or I), hydroxyl, NR a(Rc) R b(Rc) in which R a(Rc) and R b(Rc) individually and independently from each other represents hydrogen, (Ci-C 4 )alkyl or R a ⁇ Rc) and R b(Rc) together with the nitrogen atom represent piperidine, pyrrol
  • Ri 9 represents H or (Ci-C 4 )alkyl
  • R d represents (Ci-Ci 2 )alkyl, (C 3 -C 8 )cycloalkyl, aryl or heterocyclyl, and anyone of these groups optionally substituted with one or more halogen (F, Cl, Br or I) atoms or mixed halogen atoms and/or one or more of the following groups, OH, CN, (Ci-Ci 2 )alkyl, (Ci-Ci 2 )alkoxyC(O), (Ci-Ci 2 )alkoxy, halogen substituted (Ci-Ci 2 )alkyl, (C 3 -C 6 )cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, (Ci-Ci 2 )alkylsulf ⁇ nyl, (Ci-Ci 2 )alkylsulfonyl, (Ci-Ci 2 )alkylthio, (C 3 - C6)cycloalkylthio, arylsulf ⁇
  • C 6 cycloalkyl(Ci-Ci 2 )alkylsulfonyl or a group of formula NR a(Rd) R b(Rd) in which R a(Rd) and R b(Rd) independently represent H, (Ci-Ci 2 )alkyl, (Ci-Ci 2 )alkylC(O) or R a(Rd) and R b(Rd) together with the nitrogen atom represent piperidine, pyrrolidine, azetidine or aziridine; o X represents a single bond, imino (-NH-), methylene (-CH 2 -), iminomethylene
  • B is a monocyclic or bicyclic, 4 to 11-membered heterocyclic ring/ring system comprising one or more nitrogen and optionally one or more atoms selected from oxygen or sulphur, which nitrogen is connected to the pyridine-ring (according to formula I) ando further the B-ring/ring system is connected to X in another of its positions; the substituent Ri 4 is connected to the B ring/ring system in such a way that no quarternary ammonium compounds are formed (by this connection).
  • variable group or specific embodiments of variable groups or terms are as follows. Such values or embodiments may be used where appropriate with any of the values, definitions, claims, aspects, embodiments or embodiments of the invention defined hereinbefore or hereinafter. In particular, each may be used as an individual limitation on the broadest definition of formula (I). o
  • the compounds of the invention may exist in, and be isolated in, optically active or racemic form.
  • the invention includes any optically active or racemic form of a compound of formula I which act as P2Yi 2 receptor antagonists.
  • the synthesis of optically active forms may be carried out by standard techniques of organic chemistry well known in the art, for example by, resolution of a racemic mixture, by chiral chromatography, synthesis from optically active starting materials or by asymmetric synthesis.
  • the compounds of the formula I may exhibit the phenomenon of tautomerism, the present invention includes any tautomeric form of a compound of formula I which is a P2Yi 2 receptor antagonist.
  • aryl(Ci-C 6 )alkyl means a (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl group substituted by an aryl group.
  • alkyl optionally interrupted by oxygen means that the optional oxygen atom is placed inside the alkyl group between two carbon atoms of the considered alkyl group, and not in any of the ends thereof.
  • cycloalkyl generally denotes a substituted or unsubstituted (C 3 -C 6 ), unless other chain length specified, cyclic hydrocarbon.
  • cycloalkyl denotes a substituted hydrocarbon according to above, it denotes a cyclic hydrocarbon according to above which is being substituted by one or more halogen (F, Cl, Br or I) atoms or mixed halogen atoms and/or one or more of the following groups, OH, CN, unsubstituted (Ci-Ci 2 )alkyl, halogen substituted (Ci-Ci 2 )alkyl, unsubstituted (Ci-Ci2)alkoxyC(O), halogen substituted (Ci-Ci2)alkoxyC(O), unsubstituted (Ci-Ci2)alkoxy, halogen substituted (Ci-Ci2)alkoxy, unsubstituted (C3-Ce)cycloalkyl, halogen substituted (C 3 -C 6 )cycloalkyl, unsubstituted aryl, halogen substituted aryl, unsubstitute
  • alkoxy includes both linear or branched chain groups, unless otherwise specified optionally substituted by one or more halogens (F, Cl, Br or I) or mixed halogen atoms.
  • aryl in general without other specification denotes a substituted or unsubstituted (C6-C14) aromatic hydrocarbon and includes, but is not limited to, phenyl, naphthyl, tetrahydronaphtyl, indenyl, indanyl, antracenyl, fenantrenyl, and fluorenyl.
  • aryl When said aryl is being substituted, it is substituted by one or more halogen (F, Cl, Br or I) atoms or mixed halogen atoms and/or one or more of the following groups, OH, CN, unsubstituted (Ci- Ci 2 )alkyl, halogen substituted (Ci-Ci 2 )alkyl, unsubstituted (Ci-Ci 2 )alkoxyC(O), halogen substituted (Ci-Ci2)alkoxyC(O), unsubstituted (Ci-Ci2)alkoxy, halogen substituted (Ci- Ci 2 )alkoxy, unsubstituted (C 3 -Ce)cycloalkyl, halogen substituted (C 3 -Ce)cycloalkyl, unsubstituted aryl, halogen substituted aryl, unsubstituted heterocyclyl, halogen substituted heterocyclyl, unsubsti
  • Ci 2 alkylsulf ⁇ nyl, halogen substituted aryl(Ci-Ci 2 )alkylsulf ⁇ nyl, unsubstituted aryl(Ci- Ci 2 )alkylsulfonyl, halogen substituted aryl(Ci-Ci 2 )alkylsulfonyl, unsubstituted heterocyclyl(Ci-Ci2)alkylthio, halogen substituted heterocyclyl(Ci-Ci2)alkylthio, unsubstituted heterocyclyl(Ci-Ci 2 )alkylsulfinyl, halogen substituted heterocyclyl(Ci- Ci 2 )alkylsulfinyl, unsubstituted heterocyclyl(Ci-Ci 2 )alkylsulfonyl, halogen substituted heterocyclyl(Ci-Ci 2 )alkylsulfonyl,
  • aryl in general without other specification denotes a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group, which when substituted is substituted by one or more halogen (F, Cl, Br or I) atoms or mixed halogen atoms and/or one or more of the following groups, OH, CN, unsubstituted (Ci-C 12 )alkyl, halogen substituted (Ci-C 12 )alkyl, unsubstituted (Ci-Ci2)alkoxyC(O), halogen substituted (C 1 - Ci 2 )alkoxyC(O), unsubstituted (Ci-Ci 2 )alkoxy, halogen substituted (Ci-Ci 2 )alkoxy, unsubstituted (C 3 -Ce)cycloalkyl, halogen substituted (C 3 -Ce)cycloalkyl, unsubstituted aryl, halogen substituted
  • heterocyclyl denotes a substituted or unsubstituted, 4- to 10- membered monocyclic or multicyclic ring system in which one or more of the atoms in the ring or rings is an element other than carbon, for example nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur, especially 4-, 5- or 6-membered aromatic or aliphatic hetorocyclic groups, and includes, but is not limited to azetidine, furan, thiophene, pyrrole, pyrroline, pyrrolidine, dioxolane, oxathiolane, oxazolane, oxazole, thiazole, imidazole, imidazoline, imidazolidine, pyrazole, pyrazoline, pyrazolidine, isothiazole, oxadiazole, furazan, triazole, thiadiazole, pyran, pyridine as well as pyridine-N-oxide, piperidine, dioxane, morph
  • heterocyclyl may be embodified by one selection among the given possible embodiments for a variable and embodified by another (or the same) selection for another variable, eg. R 2 when selected as heterocyclyl may be a furan, when R d (also when selected as heterocyclyl) may be a pyrrole.
  • -cycloalkyl-cycloalkyl, -cycloalkyl-heterocyclyl and -cycloalkyl-aryl are intended to be covered, but -cycloalkyl-cycloalkyl-cycloalkyl as well as -cycloalkyl-aryl-cycloalkyl or - cycloalkyl-heterocyclyl-aryl or even longer such chains are intended to be excluded from the invention.
  • heterocyclyl denotes a substituted ring system according to above, it denotes a ring system according to above which is being substituted by one or more halogen (F, Cl, Br or I) atoms or mixed halogen atoms and/or one or more of the following groups, OH, CN, unsubstituted (Ci-Ci2)alkyl, halogen substituted (Ci-Ci 2 )alkyl, unsubstituted (C r C 12 )alkoxyC(O), halogen substituted (d-Ci 2 )alkoxyC(O), unsubstituted (Ci-Ci 2 )alkoxy, halogen substituted (Ci-Ci 2 )alkoxy, unsubstituted (C 3 - C 6 )cycloalkyl, halogen substituted (C 3 -Ce)cycloalkyl, unsubstituted aryl, halogen substituted (F, Cl, Br or
  • the heterocyclyl group comprises an aromatic 5-membered or 6-membered heterocyclic ring containing one, two or three heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulphur, and an aromatic 5-membered or 6-membered heterocyclic ring containing one, two or three heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulphur which is fused to a benzene ring;
  • the heterocyclyl group is a non- aromatic 5-membered or 6-membered heterocyclic ring containing one, two or three heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulphur, fused to a benzene ring.
  • the heterocyclyl group is a group chosen among furyl, pyrrolyl, thienyl, pyridyl, N-oxido-pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, isooxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, 1,2,3- triazolyl, 1,2,4-triazolyl, benzfuranyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, benzimidazolyl, indolyl, benzdihydrofuranyl, benzodioxolyl (such as 1,3-benzodioxolyl), benzoxadiazole, dihydrobenzodioxin, benzothiophene, benzothiadiazole, imidazothiazole, 2,3- dihydrobenzofuran, isoxazo
  • More particular values include, for example, furyl, pyrrolyl, thienyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, benzoxadiazole, dihydrobenzodioxin, benzothiophene, benzothiadiazole, imidazothiazole, 2,3-dihydrobenzofuran, isoxazole, 1,2- benzisoxazole, dihydropyrazole and benzdioxanyl (such as 1,4-benzdioxanyl).
  • the heterocyclyl group is a group chosen among furyl, pyrrolyl, thienyl, pyridyl, N-oxido-pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, benzoxadiazole, dihydrobenzodioxin, benzothiophene, benzothiadiazole, imidazothiazole, 2,3-dihydrobenzofuran, isoxazole, 1 ,2-benzisoxazole or dihydropyrazole.
  • Embodiments for R 2 include, for example (Ci-C3)alkyl substituted by one or more of OH, aryl, aryl(Ci-C3)alkyloxy, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl, with the proviso that any such OH group must be at least 2 carbon atoms away from any oxygen.
  • R 2 is represented by unsubstituted (Ci- Cs)alkyloxy or unsubstituted (Ci-C3)alkylthio, with the proviso that when R 2 is methoxy, and R c is alkylene, then R d is not chosen from the group consisting of phenyl, 4- fluorophenyl and 4-chlorophenyl.
  • R 2 is represented by unsubstituted (Ci- C3)alkyloxy or unsubstituted (Ci-C4)alkylthio, with the proviso that when R 2 is methoxy, and R c is alkylene, then R d is not chosen from the group consisting of phenyl, A- fluorophenyl and 4-chlorophenyl.
  • R 2 is represented by unsubstituted (C 1 - Cs)alkylthio or unsubstituted hydroxy(Ci-C 3 )alkyl.
  • R 2 is represented by unsubstituted (Ci-C3)alkyloxy or unsubstituted hydroxy(Ci-C3)alkyl, with the proviso that when R 2 is methoxy, and R c is alkylene, then R d is not chosen from the group consisting of phenyl, 4-fluorophenyl and 4-chlorophenyl.
  • R 2 is represented by unsubstituted (Ci-C 3 )alkylthio.
  • R 2 is represented by unsubstituted (Ci-C4)alkylthio.
  • R 2 may be selected from the group consisting of methylthio, ethylthio, n-propylthio, iso-propylthio, hydroxymethyl and hydroxyethyl.
  • R 2 may be selected from the group consisting of methylthio, ethylthio, n-propylthio, iso-propylthio, cyclopropylthio, isobutylthio, hydroxymethyl and methoxy, with the proviso that when R 2 is methoxy, and R c is alkylene, then R d is not chosen from the group consisting of phenyl, 4-fluorophenyl and A- chlorophenyl.
  • R 2 may be selected from the group consisting of methylthio, ethylthio, n-propylthio and hydroxymethyl.
  • R 2 in one embodiment of the invention is methylthio.
  • R 7 is (C 2 -C 3 )alkyl.
  • R 7 is selected among methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl and cyclo-propyl.
  • R 7 can be selected among n-propyl, isopropyl, or cyclo-propyl.
  • R 7 is chosen among methyl, ethyl and n-propyl.
  • R 7 is n-propyl. In another further embodiment R 7 is (C 3 -C 6 )cycloalkyl.
  • Ri 4 include, hydrogen, amino, and (Ci-Ce)alkyl optionally substituted by one or more of OH and COOH.
  • Ri 4 is represented by hydrogen, or (Ci-Ce)alkyl optionally substituted by one or more of OH and COOH.
  • Ri 4 is represented by hydrogen, or unsubstituted (C 1 - Ce)alkyl.
  • Ri 4 represents H.
  • R d represents (Cs-C 6 ) cycloalkyl optionally substituted by aryl or with one or more halogen (F, Cl, Br or I) atoms or mixed halogen atoms or represents aryl,or heterocyclyl.
  • R d represents cyclopropyl optionally substituted by aryl or with one or more halogen (F, Cl, Br or I) atoms or mixed halogen atoms or represents aryl,or heterocyclyl.
  • R d represents cyclopropyl optionally substituted by phenyl or with one or more halogen (F, Cl, Br or I) atoms or mixed halogen atoms.
  • R d includes aryl or (C 3 -C 6 ) cycloalkyl optionally substituted by aryl or with one or more halogen (F, Cl, Br or I) atoms or mixed halogen , with the proviso that when R 2 is methoxy, and R c is alkylene, then R d is not chosen from the group consisting of phenyl, 4-fluorophenyl and 4-chlorophenyl.
  • R d includes aryl or unsubstituted (C 3 -Ce) cycloalkyl, with the proviso that when R 2 is methoxy, and R c is alkylene, then R d is not chosen from the group consisting of phenyl, 4-fluorophenyl and 4-chlorophenyl.
  • R d include, aryl such as phenyl and aromatic heterocyclyl such as thienyl, with the proviso that when R 2 is methoxy, and R c is alkylene, then R d is not chosen from the group consisting of phenyl, 4-fluorophenyl and 4-chlorophenyl.
  • R d include phenyl which optionally may be substituted, with the proviso that when R 2 is methoxy, and R c is alkylene, then R d is not chosen from the group consisting of phenyl, 4-fluorophenyl and 4-chlorophenyl.
  • R d represents aryl, heterocyclyl or (C 3 -Ce)cycloalkyl, and anyone of these groups are optionally substituted with one or more halogen (F, Cl, Br or I) atoms or mixed halogen atoms, and/or one or more of the following groups, OH, CN, (C 1 - Ci 2 )alkyl, (Ci-Ci 2 )alkoxyC(O), (Ci-Ci 2 )alkoxy, halogen substituted (Ci-Ci 2 )alkyl, (C 3 - Ce)cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, (Ci-Ci 2 )alkylsulfmyl, (Ci-Ci 2 )alkylsulfonyl, (Ci- Ci 2 )alkylthio, (C 3 -C6)cycloalkylthio, arylsulfmyl, arylsulfonyl,
  • R b(Rd) independently represent H, (Ci-Ci 2 )alkyl, (Ci-Ci 2 )alkylC(O) or R a(Rd) and R b(Rd) together with the nitrogen atom represent piperidine, pyrrolidine, azetidine or aziridine, with the proviso that when R 2 is methoxy, and R c is alkylene, then R d is not chosen from the group consisting of phenyl, 4-fluorophenyl and 4-chlorophenyl. Even further embodiments for R d include phenyl optionally substituted at the 2,3,4,5 or 6-positions as well as any combination thereof.
  • Example of substituents are cyano, tetrazol-5-yl, methoxy, trifluoromethoxy, methyl, trifluoromethyl, fluoro, chloro, bromo, methylsulfonyl, 3-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-lH-pyrazol-l-yl. Two adjacent positions (e.g. 2,3) may also be connected to form a ring.
  • Example of such a substituent is 2-naphtyl.
  • R d also includes heteroaryls such as 2-chloro-5-thienyl, 3-bromo-5-chloro-2- thienyl, 2,l,3-benzoxadiazol-4-yl, 2,4-dimethyl-l,3-thiazol-5-yl, 2,3-dihydro-l,4- benzodioxin-6-yl, 5-chloro-3-methyl-l-benzothien-2-yl, 2,l,3-benzothiadiazol-4-yl, 2,5- dimethyl-3-furyl, 6-chloroimidazo[2,l- ⁇ ][l,3]thiazol-5-yl, 2,3-dihydro-l-benzofuran-5-yl, 5-chloro-3-thienyl, 5-isoxazol-5-yl-2-thienyl, 5-isoxazol-3-yl-2-thienyl, 4-bromo-5-chloro- 2-thienyl, 5-bromo-6-ch
  • R d include; phenyl- l,l-(C 3 -C 6 )cycloalkylene with the phenyl optionally substituted at the 2,3,4,5 or 6-positions as well as any combination thereof; phenyl optionally substituted at the 2,3,4,5 or 6-positions as well as any combination thereof.
  • substituents are cyano, tetrazol-5-yl, methoxy, trifluoromethoxy, methyl, trifluoromethyl, fluoro, chloro, bromo, methylsulfonyl, nitro, 3- methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-lH-pyrazol-l-yl. Two adjacent positions (e.g.
  • R d also includes heteroaryls such as 2-chloro-5-thienyl, 3-bromo-5-chloro-2-thienyl, 2,1,3- benzoxadiazol-4-yl, 2,4-dimethyl-l,3-thiazol-5-yl, 2,3-dihydro-l,4-benzodioxin-6-yl, 5- chloro-3-methyl-l-benzothien-2-yl, 2,l,3-benzothiadiazol-4-yl, 2,5-dimethyl-3-furyl, 6- chloroimidazo[2, 1 -b] [1 ,3]thiazol-5-yl, 2,3-dihydro- 1 -benzofuran-5-yl, 5-chloro-3-thienyl, 5-isoxazol-5-yl-2-thienyl, 5-isoxazol-3-yl
  • R c represents a direct bond or an unsubstituted or monosubstituted or disubstituted (Ci-C4)alkylene group wherein any substituents each individually and independently are selected from (d-C 4 )alkyl, (d-C 4 )alkoxy, (C 2 - C 4 )alkenyl, (C 2 -C 4 )alkynyl, (C 3 -Ce)cycloalkyl, carboxyl, carboxy-(Ci-C 4 )alkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, nitro, cyano, halogeno (F, Cl, Br or I), hydroxyl, NR a(Rc) R b(Rc) in which R ⁇ (RC) and R b(Rc) individually and independently from each other represents hydrogen, (C 1 - C 4 )alkyl or R ⁇ (RC) and R b(Rc) together with the nitrogen atom represent piperidine,
  • R c represents a direct bond or an unsubstituted or monosubstituted or disubstituted (Ci-C3)alkylene group wherein any substituents each individually and independently are selected from (Ci-C 4 )alkyl, (C 1 - C 4 )alkoxy, (C 2 -C 4 )alkenyl, (C 2 -C 4 )alkynyl, (C 3 -Ce)cycloalkyl, carboxyl, carboxy-(Ci- C 4 )alkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, nitro, cyano, halogeno (F, Cl, Br or I), hydroxyl, NR a(Rc) R b(Rc) in which R ⁇ Rc Wd R b( - Rc ⁇ individually and independently from each other represents hydrogen, (Ci-C 4 )alkyl or R ⁇ Rc Wd R b( - Rc ⁇ together with the nitrogen
  • R c represents a direct bond or an unsubstituted or monosubstituted or disubstituted (Ci-C 4 )alkylene group wherein any substituents each individually and independently are selected from (d-C 4 )alkyl, (C 1 - C 4 )alkoxy, (C 2 -C 4 )alkenyl, (C 2 -C 4 )alkynyl, (C 3 -Ce)cycloalkyl, carboxyl, carboxy-(Ci- C 4 )alkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, nitro, cyano, halogeno (F, Cl, Br or I), hydroxyl, NR a(Rc) R b(Rc) in which R ⁇ (RC) and R b(Rc) individually and independently from each other represents hydrogen, (Ci-C 4 )alkyl or R ⁇ (RC) and R b(Rc) together with the nitrogen atom represent
  • R c represents a direct bond or an unsubstituted or monosubstituted or disubstituted (Ci-C3)alkylene group wherein any substituents each individually and independently are selected from (Ci-C 4 )alkyl, (Ci- C 4 )alkoxy, (C 2 -C 4 )alkenyl, (C 2 -C 4 )alkynyl, (C 3 -Ce)cycloalkyl, carboxyl, carboxy-(Ci- C 4 )alkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, nitro, cyano, halogeno (F, Cl, Br or I), hydroxyl, NR a(Rc) R b(Rc) in which R a ⁇ Rc) and R b(Rc) individually and independently from each other represents hydrogen, (Ci-C 4 )alkyl or R a ⁇ Rc) and R b(Rc) together with the nitrogen
  • R c represents a direct bond or a Ci- alkylene group wherein any substituents each individually and independently are selected from (Ci-C 4 )alkyl, (C r C 4 )alkoxy, (C 2 -C 4 )alkenyl, (C 2 -C 4 )alkynyl, (C 3 -C 6 )cycloalkyl, carboxyl, carboxy-(Ci-C4)alkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, nitro, cyano, halogeno (F, Cl, Br or I), hydroxyl, NR a(Rc) R b(Rc) in which R a(Rc) and R b(Rc) individually and independently from each other represents hydrogen, (Ci-C 4 )alkyl or R a ⁇ Rc) and R b(Rc) together with the nitrogen atom represent piperidine, pyrrolidine, azetidine or aziridine, and R d
  • R c represents a direct bond or an unsubstituted or monosubstituted or disubstituted Ci -alkylene group wherein any substituents each individually and independently are selected from (Ci-C 4 )alkyl, (Ci- C 4 )alkoxy, (C 2 -C 4 )alkenyl, (C 2 -C 4 )alkynyl, (C 3 -C 6 )cycloalkyl, carboxyl, carboxy-(Ci- C 4 )alkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, nitro, cyano, halogeno (F, Cl, Br or I), hydroxyl, NR a(Rc) R b(Rc) in which R ⁇ (RC) and R b(Rc) individually and independently from each other represents hydrogen, (Ci-C 4 )alkyl or R ⁇ (RC) and R b(Rc) together with the nitrogen atom represent piperidine
  • R c represents an unsubstituted or monosubstituted or disubstituted Ci-alkylene group wherein any substituents each individually and independently are selected from (Ci-C 4 )alkyl, (Ci- C 4 )alkoxy, (C 2 -C 4 )alkenyl, (C 2 -C 4 )alkynyl, (C 3 -Ce)cycloalkyl, carboxyl, carboxy-(Ci- C 4 )alkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, nitro, cyano, halogeno (F, Cl, Br or I), hydroxyl, NR a(Rc) R b(Rc) in which R a ⁇ Rc) and R b(Rc) individually and independently from each other represents hydrogen, (Ci-C 4 )alkyl or R a ⁇ Rc) and R b(Rc) together with the nitrogen atom represent piperidine, pyr
  • R c represents a direct bond
  • Ri 9 represents hydrogen or methyl.
  • R 19 represents hydrogen.
  • R 19 represents methyl.
  • R c R d represents a benzyl group (R c being methylene and R d being phenyl), or a benzyl group which is substituted according to what is described in connection to substitution of the aryl group, with the proviso that R 2 is not methoxy.
  • R c R d represents an aryl-l,l(C 3 - C6)cycloalkylene group which is substituted according to what is described in connection to substitution of the aryl group (R c being a direct bond and R d an aryl-substituted 1,1(C 3 - C 6 )CyC loalkylene group).
  • R c R d represents a phenyl- 1,1-cyclopropylene group which is substituted according to what is described in connection to substitution of the aryl group (R c being a direct bond and R d a phenyl-substituted 1,1- cyclopropylene group).
  • X represents a single bond. In another embodiment of the invention X represents imino (-NH-) or methylene (-CH 2 - ). In yet another embodiment X represents imino (-NH-) . In a further embodiment X represents methylene (-CH 2 - ).
  • Suitable values for the B ring/ring system include, for example, diazepanylene, piperazinylene, piperidinylene, pyrrolidinylene and azetidinylene, wherein anyone of them may be presents in any of their isomeric forms (e.g. piperazin -tetrahydropyridazin- tetrahydropyrimidin).
  • Embodiments for the B ring/ring system include, for example, diazepanylene, piperazinylene, piperidinylene, pyrrolidinylene and azetidinylene. Further embodiments include these groups which are substituted with Ri 4 having a (Ci-Ce)alkyl group, wherein the (Ci-C 6 )alkyl group optionally is substituted with OH, COOH or COOR e group(s), e.g.
  • R e represents H, aryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl or (C 1 - Ci 2 )alkyl optionally substituted by one or more of halogen (F, Cl, Br or I) or mixed halogen atoms, OH, aryl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl.
  • the embodiment include, for example, diazepanylene, piperazinylene, piperidinylene, pyrrolidinylene or azetidinylene groups which are substituted with Ri 4 having a (Ci- C 6 )alkyl group, wherein the (Ci-C 6 )alkyl group optionally is substituted with OH, COOH or COOR e group(s), e.g.
  • R e represents H, aryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl or (Ci-Ce)alkyl optionally substituted by one or more of halogen (F, Cl, Br or I) or mixed halogen atoms, OH, aryl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl.
  • the B-ring/ring system is represented by piperidinylene.
  • the B-ring/ring system is represented by 4-piperidin- 1 -ylene.
  • a 2nd embodiment of formula I is defined by; Ri represents R 7 C(O);
  • R 2 represents CN, halogen (F, Cl, Br or I), (C 4 -Ce)alkyl optionally interrupted by oxygen and/or optionally substituted by OH, aryl, (C 3 -Ce)cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl; furthermore R 2 represents (C 2 -C 3 )alkyl interrupted by oxygen; furthermore R 2 represents (Ci-C3)alkyl substituted by one or more of OH, aryl, aryl(Ci-C3)alkyloxy, (C 3 - Ce)cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl, with the proviso that any such OH group must be at least 2 carbon atoms away from any oxygen; further R 2 represents unsubstituted (Ci-Ce)alkoxy, (C 3 -C 6 )cycloalkyl, hydroxy(Ci-C 6 )alkyl, (C r C 6 )alkylC(O), (C r C 6 )alkylthioC(
  • Ri4 represents H, OH with the proviso that the OH group must be at least 2 carbon atoms away from any heteroatom in the B ring/ring system, (Ci-Ce)alkyl optionally interrupted by oxygen and/or optionally substituted by one or more of OH, COOH and COOR e ; wherein R e represents aryl, (C 3 -C 6 )cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl or (d-C 6 )alkyl optionally substituted by one or more of halogen (F, Cl, Br or I) atom(s), OH, aryl, (C 3 - Ce)cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl; further Ri 4 represents aryl, aryl(Ci-C 6 )alkyl, aryl(Ci- C 3 )alkoxy, heterocyclyl, a halogen (F, Cl, Br or I) atom, (C 3 -C 6 )cycloalkyl, (C 3 - C 6 )
  • R c is a direct bond or represents an unsubstituted or monosubstituted or polysubstituted (Ci-C4)alkylene or l,l-(C 3 -C6)cycloalkylene group, wherein any substituents each individually and independently are selected from (Ci-C 4 )alkyl, (Ci- C 4 )alkoxyl, (C 2 -C 4 )alkenyl, (C 2 -C 4 )alkynyl, (C 3 -Ce)cycloalkyl, carboxyl, carboxy-(Ci- C 4 )alkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, cyano, halogeno (F, Cl, Br or I), hydroxyl, NR a(Rc) R b(Rc) in which R a(Rc) and R b(Rc) individually and independently from each other represents hydrogen, (Ci-C 4 )alkyl or R a ⁇ Rc) and R
  • Ri9 represents H or (Ci-C4)alkyl
  • R d represents (Ci-C 6 )alkyl, (C 3 -C 6 )cycloalkyl, aryl or heterocyclyl, and anyone of these groups optionally substituted with one or more halogen (F, Cl, Br or I) atoms or mixed halogen atoms and/or one or more of the following groups, OH, CN, (Ci-Ce)alkyl, (Ci-C 6 )alkoxyC(O), (Ci-C 6 )alkoxy, halogen substituted (Ci-C 6 )alkyl, (C 3 -C 6 )cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, (d-C 6 )alkylsulfmyl, (d-C 6 )alkylsulfonyl, (d-C 6 )alkylthio, (C 3 - Ce)cycloalkylthio, arylsulfmyl, arylsulfonyl, ary
  • R a(Rd) and R b(Rd) together with the nitrogen atom represent piperidine, pyrrolidine, azetidine or aziridine with the proviso that when R d is one of phenyl, 4- fluorophenyl or 4-chlorophenyl and R c is alkylene, then R 2 is not methoxy;
  • B is a monocyclic or bicyclic, 4 to 11-membered heterocyclic ring/ring system comprising one or more nitrogen and optionally one or more atoms selected from oxygen or sulphur, which nitrogen is connected to the pyridine-ring (according to formula I) and further the B-ring/ring system is connected to X in another of its positions; the substituent Ri 4 is connected to the B ring/ring system in such a way that no quarternary ammonium compounds are formed (by this connection).
  • R 2 represents unsubstituted (Ci-C 3 )alkylthio or unsubstituted hydroxy(Ci-C 3 )alkyl;
  • R 7 represents (Ci-C 3 )alkyl optionally interrupted by oxygen, and/or optionally substituted by OH, aryl, (C 3 -Ce)cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl or one or more halogen (F, Cl, Br or I) atoms; further R 7 represents (C 3 -Ce)cycloalkyl, hydroxy(Ci-Ce)alkyl, aryl or heterocyclyl;
  • Ri4 represents H, OH with the proviso that the OH group must be at least 2 carbon atoms away from any heteroatom in the B ring/ring system, (Ci-Ce)alkyl optionally interrupted by oxygen and/or optionally substituted by one or more of OH, COOH and COOR e ; wherein R e represents aryl, (C 3 -Ce)cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl or (Ci-Ce)alkyl optionally substituted by one or more of halogen (F, Cl, Br or I) atom(s), OH, aryl, (C 3 - Ce)cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl; further Ri 4 represents aryl, aryl(Ci-Ce)alkyl, aryl(Ci- C 3 )alkoxy, heterocyclyl, a halogen (F, Cl, Br or I) atom, (C 3 -Ce)cycloalkyl, (C 3 - C6)cycloalkyl
  • R c is a direct bond or represents an unsubstituted or monosubstituted or polysubstituted (Ci-C4)alkylene or l,l-(C 3 -C6)cycloalkylene group, wherein any substituents each individually and independently are selected from (Ci-C 4 )alkyl, (Ci- C 4 )alkoxyl, (C 2 -C 4 )alkenyl, (C 2 -C 4 )alkynyl, (C 3 -Ce)cycloalkyl, carboxyl, carboxy-(Ci- C 4 )alkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, cyano, halogeno (F, Cl, Br or I), hydroxyl, NR a(Rc) R b(Rc) in which R a(Rc) and R b(Rc) individually and independently from each other represents hydrogen, (Ci-C 4 )alkyl or R ⁇ (RC) and R b(
  • Ri 9 represents H or (Ci-C 4 )alkyl
  • R d represents (Ci-Ce)alkyl, (C 3 -Ce)cycloalkyl, aryl or heterocyclyl, and anyone of these groups optionally substituted with one or more halogen (F, Cl, Br or I) atoms or mixed halogen atoms and/or one or more of the following groups, OH, CN, (Ci-Ce)alkyl, (Ci-C 6 )alkoxyC(O), (Ci-C 6 )alkoxy, halogen substituted (C r C 6 )alkyl, (C 3 -C 6 )cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, (Ci-C 6 )alkylsulf ⁇ nyl, (Ci-C 6 )alkylsulfonyl, (Ci-C 6 )alkylthio, (C 3 - Ce)cycloalkylthio, arylsulfmyl, arylsulfonyl
  • a 3rd embodiment of formula I is defined by; Ri represents R 7 C(O);
  • R 2 represents CN, (C 4 -Ce)alkyl optionally interrupted by oxygen and/or optionally substituted by OH; furthermore R 2 represents (C 2 -C3)alkyl interrupted by oxygen; furthermore R 2 represents (Ci-C 3 )alkyl substituted by one or more of OH, with the proviso that any such OH group must be at least 2 carbon atoms away from any oxygen; further R 2 represents unsubstituted (Ci-Ce)alkoxy, (C3-Ce)cycloalkyl, hydroxy(Ci-Ce)alkyl, (C 1 - Ce)alkoxyC(O), (C 3 -C 6 )cycloalkoxy, aryl, heterocyclyl, (Ci-C 6 )alkylsulfmyl, (C 1 - C 6 )alkylsulfonyl, unsubstituted (Ci-C 6 )alkylthio, (C 3 -C 6 )cycl
  • R 7 represents (Ci-C 3 )alkyl optionally interrupted by oxygen, and/or optionally substituted by OH, aryl, (C 3 -Ce)cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl or one or more halogen (F, Cl, Br or I) atoms; further R 7 represents (C 3 -Ce)cycloalkyl, hydroxy(Ci-Ce)alkyl, aryl or heterocyclyl; Ri 4 represents H, OH with the proviso that the OH group must be at least 2 carbon atoms away from any heteroatom in the B ring/ring system, (Ci-Ce)alkyl optionally interrupted by oxygen and/or optionally substituted by one or more of OH, COOH and COOR e ; wherein R e represents (Ci-Ce)alkyl optionally substituted by one or more of halogen (F, Cl, Br or I) atom(s), OH, aryl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl; further
  • C 6 )alkylC(O), (Ci-C 6 )alkoxyC(O) or R a(14) and R b(14) together with the nitrogen atom represent piperidine, pyrrolidine, azetidine or aziridine;
  • R c is a direct bond or represents an unsubstituted or monosubstituted or polysubstituted (Ci-C 4 )alkylene or group, wherein any substituents each individually and independently are selected from (Ci-C 4 )alkyl, (Ci-C 4 )alkoxy, (C 3 -Ce)cycloalkyl, halogen (F, Cl, Br or I), hydroxyl, NR a(Rc) R b(Rc) in which R a(Rc) and R b(Rc) individually and independently from each other represents hydrogen, (Ci-C 4 )alkyl or R a(Rc) and R b(Rc) together with the nitrogen atom represent piperidine, pyrrolidine, azetidine or aziridine; further R c represents imino (-NH-), N-substituted imino (-NR19-), (Ci-C4)alkyleneimino or N-substitute
  • Rig represents H or (Ci-C 4 )alkyl
  • R d represents (Ci-C 6 )alkyl, (C 3 -C 6 )cycloalkyl, aryl or heterocyclyl, and anyone of these groups optionally substituted with one or more halogen (F, Cl, Br or I) atoms or mixed halogen atoms and/or one or more of the following groups, OH, CN, (Ci-Ce)alkyl, (Ci-C 6 )alkoxyC(O), (Ci-C 6 )alkoxy, halogen substituted (Ci-C 6 )alkyl, (C 3 -C 6 )cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, (d-C 6 )alkylsulfmyl, (d-C 6 )alkylsulfonyl, (d-C 6 )alkylthio, (C 3 - Ce)cycloalkylthio, aryl
  • R a(Rd) and R b(Rd) together with the nitrogen atom represent piperidine, pyrrolidine, azetidine or aziridine; with the proviso that when R d is one of phenyl, 4- fluorophenyl or 4-chlorophenyl and R c is alkylene, then R 2 is not methoxy;
  • X represents a single bond, imino (-NH-), methylene (-CH 2 -), iminomethylene
  • B is a monocyclic or bicyclic, 4 to 11-membered heterocyclic ring/ring system comprising one or more nitrogen and optionally one or more atoms selected from oxygen or sulphur, which nitrogen is connected to the pyridine-ring (according to formula I) and further the B-ring/ring system is connected to X in another of its positions; the substituent Ri 4 is connected to the B ring/ring system in such a way that no quarternary ammonium compounds are formed (by this connection).
  • Ri represents R 7 C(O);
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of methylthio, ethylthio, n-propylthio, iso- propylthio, hydroxymethyl and hydroxyethyl;
  • R 7 represents (Ci-C 3 )alkyl optionally interrupted by oxygen, and/or optionally substituted by OH, aryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl or one or more halogen (F, Cl, Br or I) atoms; further R 7 represents (C 3 -Ce)cycloalkyl, hydroxy(Ci-C 6 )alkyl, aryl or heterocyclyl;
  • Ri4 represents H, OH with the proviso that the OH group must be at least 2 carbon atoms away from any heteroatom in the B ring/ring system, (Ci-Ce)alkyl optionally interrupted by oxygen and/or optionally substituted by one or more of OH, COOH and COOR e ; wherein R e represents (Ci-Ce)alkyl optionally substituted by one or more of halogen (F, Cl, Br or I) atom(s), OH, aryl, (C 3 -Ce)cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl; further Ri 4 represents a halogen (F, Cl, Br or I) atom, (C 3 -Ce)cycloalkyl, (Ci-Ce)alkoxy, (C 3 - C 6 )CyC loalkoxy, (Ci-Ce)alkylthio, (C3-Ce)cycloalkylthio, or a group of formula NR a(14) R b
  • R c is a direct bond or represents an unsubstituted or monosubstituted or polysubstituted (Ci-C4)alkylene or group, wherein any substituents each individually and independently are selected from (Ci-C 4 )alkyl, (Ci-C 4 )alkoxy, (C 3 -C 6 )cycloalkyl, halogen (F, Cl, Br or I), hydroxyl, NR a(Rc) R b(Rc) in which R a(Rc) and R b(Rc) individually and independently from each other represents hydrogen, (Ci-C 4 )alkyl or R a(Rc) and R b(Rc) together with the nitrogen atom represent piperidine, pyrrolidine, azetidine or aziridine; further R c represents imino (-NH-), N-substituted imino (-NR 19 -), (Ci-C 4 )alkyleneimino or N-substi
  • R d represents (Ci-Ce)alkyl, (C 3 -Ce)cycloalkyl, aryl or heterocyclyl, and anyone of these groups optionally substituted with one or more halogen (F, Cl, Br or I) atoms or mixed halogen atoms and/or one or more of the following groups, OH, CN, (Ci-Ce)alkyl, (Ci-C 6 )alkoxyC(O), (Ci-C 6 )alkoxy, halogen substituted (d-C 6 )alkyl, (C 3 -C 6 )cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, (Ci-C 6 )alkylsulfmyl, (Ci-C 6 )alkylsulfonyl, (Ci-C 6 )alkylthio, (C 3 - Ce)cycloalkylthio, arylsulf ⁇ nyl, arylsulfonyl,
  • B is a monocyclic or bicyclic, 4 to 11-membered heterocyclic ring/ring system comprising one or more nitrogen and optionally one or more atoms selected from oxygen or sulphur, which nitrogen is connected to the pyridine-ring (according to formula I) and further the B-ring/ring system is connected to X in another of its positions; the substituent Ri 4 is connected to the B ring/ring system in such a way that no quarternary ammonium compounds are formed (by this connection).
  • a 4rth embodiment of formula I is defined by; Ri represents R 7 C(O); R 2 represents CN, (C 4 -Ce)alkyl optionally interrupted by oxygen and/or optionally substituted by OH; furthermore R 2 represents (C 2 -C3)alkyl interrupted by oxygen; furthermore R 2 represents (Ci-C3)alkyl substituted by one or more of OH, with the proviso that any such OH group must be at least 2 carbon atoms away from any oxygen; further R 2 represents unsubstituted (Ci-Ce)alkoxy, (C3-Ce)cycloalkyl, hydroxy(Ci-Ce)alkyl, (C 1 - Ce)alkoxyC(O), (Cs-C 6 )CyC loalkoxy, aryl, heterocyclyl, unsubstituted (Ci-Ce)alkylthio, (C 3 -C 6 )cycloalkylthio, arylthio, aryl(C
  • R 7 represents (Ci-C 3 )alkyl optionally interrupted by oxygen, and/or optionally substituted by OH, aryl, (C 3 -Ce)cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl or one or more halogen (F, Cl, Br or I) atoms; further R 7 represents (C 3 -Ce)cycloalkyl;
  • Ri 4 represents H, OH with the proviso that the OH group must be at least 2 carbon atoms away from any heteroatom in the B ring/ring system, (Ci-Ce)alkyl optionally interrupted by oxygen and/or optionally substituted by one or more of OH and COOH; further Ri 4 represents a halogen (F, Cl, Br or I) atom, (Ci-Ce)alkoxy, (C3-Ce)cycloalkoxy, (Ci-C 6 )alkylthio, (C 3 -C 6 )cycloalkylthio, or a group of formula NR a(14) R b(14) in which R a(14) and R b(14) independently represent H or (Ci-C 6 )alkyl;
  • R c is a direct bond or represents imino, N-substituted imino (-NR19-), (C 1 - C 4 )alkyleneimino or an unsubstituted or monosubstituted or polysubstituted (C 1 -
  • R d represents (Ci-Ce)alkyl, (C 3 -Ce)cycloalkyl, aryl or heterocyclyl, and anyone of these groups optionally substituted with one or more halogen (F, Cl, Br or I) atoms or mixed halogen atoms and/or one or more of the following groups, OH, CN, (Ci-Ce)alkyl, (Ci-C 6 )alkoxyC(O), (Ci-C 6 )alkoxy, halogen substituted (d-C 6 )alkyl, (C 3 -C 6 )cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, (Ci-C 6 )alkylsulfmyl, (Ci-C 6 )alkylsulfonyl, (Ci-C 6 )alkylthio, (C 3 - Ce)cycloalkylthio, arylsulf ⁇ nyl, arylsulfonyl,
  • X represents a single bond, imino (-NH-) or methylene (-CH 2 -);
  • B is a monocyclic or bicyclic, 4 to 11-membered heterocyclic ring/ring system comprising one or more nitrogen and optionally one or more atoms selected from oxygen or sulphur, which nitrogen is connected to the pyridine-ring (according to formula I) and further the B-ring/ring system is connected to X in another of its positions; the substituent Ri 4 is connected to the B ring/ring system in such a way that no quarternary ammonium compounds are formed (by this connection).
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of methylthio, ethylthio, n-propylthio and hydroxymethyl;
  • R 7 represents (Ci-C 3 )alkyl optionally interrupted by oxygen, and/or optionally substituted by OH, aryl, (C 3 -Ce)cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl or one or more halogen (F, Cl, Br or I) atoms; further R 7 represents (C 3 -C 6 )cycloalkyl;
  • Ri 4 represents H, OH with the proviso that the OH group must be at least 2 carbon atoms away from any heteroatom in the B ring/ring system, (Ci-Ce)alkyl optionally interrupted by oxygen and/or optionally substituted by one or more of OH and COOH; further Ri 4 represents a halogen (F, Cl, Br or I) atom, (Ci-Ce)alkoxy, (C3-Ce)cycloalkoxy, (Ci-C 6 )alkylthio, (C 3 -C 6 )cycloalkylthio, or a group of formula NR a(14) R b(14) in which R a(14) and R b( - 14 ⁇ independently represent H or (Ci-C 6 )alkyl;
  • R c is a direct bond or represents imino, N-substituted imino (-NR 1 9-), (Ci- C 4 )alkyleneimino or an unsubstituted or monosubstituted or polysubstituted (Ci- C 4 )alkylene group with any substituents selected from (Ci-C 4 )alkyl, (Ci-C 4 )alkoxy, (C 3 - C 6 )cycloalkyl, halogen (F, Cl, Br or I), hydroxyl, NR a(Rc) R b(Rc) in which R a(Rc) and R b(Rc) individually and independently from each other represents hydrogen, (Ci-C 4 )alkyl or R a ⁇ Rc) and R b(Rc) together with the nitrogen atom represent piperidine, pyrrolidine, azetidine or aziridine;
  • Rig represents H or (Ci-C 4 )alkyl
  • R d represents (Ci-Ce)alkyl, (C 3 -Ce)cycloalkyl, aryl or heterocyclyl, and anyone of these groups optionally substituted with one or more halogen (F, Cl, Br or I) atoms or mixed halogen atoms and/or one or more of the following groups, OH, CN, (Ci-Ce)alkyl, (Ci-C 6 )alkoxyC(O), (Ci-C 6 )alkoxy, halogen substituted (C r C 6 )alkyl, (C 3 -C 6 )cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, (Ci-C 6 )alkylsulf ⁇ nyl, (Ci-C 6 )alkylsulfonyl, (Ci-C 6 )alkylthio, (C 3 - Ce)cycloalkylthio, arylsulfmyl, arylsulfonyl
  • X represents a single bond, imino (-NH-) or methylene (-CH 2 -);
  • B is a monocyclic or bicyclic, 4 to 11-membered heterocyclic ring/ring system comprising one or more nitrogen and optionally one or more atoms selected from oxygen or sulphur, which nitrogen is connected to the pyridine-ring (according to formula I) and further the B-ring/ring system is connected to X in another of its positions; the substituent Rn is connected to the B ring/ring system in such a way that no quarternary ammonium compounds are formed (by this connection).
  • a 5th embodiment of formula I is defined by that; Ri is n-propylcarbonyl;
  • R 2 is chosen from the group consisting of methoxy, methylthio, ethylthio, n- propylthio, isopropylthio, cyclopropylthio, isobutylthio and hydroxymethyl;
  • R 7 is n-propyl (as Ri is R 7 (CO));
  • Ri 4 is hydrogen;
  • R c is chosen from the group consisting of a single bond, methylene (-CH 2 -), imino
  • Ri9 is hydrogen or methyl
  • R d is chosen from the group consisting of phenyl, 2-fluorophenyl, 4-fluorophenyl, 2,4-difluorophenyl, 2-chloro-4-fluorophenyl, 4-methoxy-phenyl, 4-metyl-phenyl, phenyl- 1,1 -cyclopropylene and (trans)-phenyl- 1 ,2-cyclopropylene;
  • X is a single bond;
  • B is 4-piperidin-l-ylene, and the substituent Ri 4 is connected to the B ring/ring system, in such a way that no quarternary ammonium compound is formed (by this connection).
  • Ri is n-propylcarbonyl
  • R 2 is chosen from the group consisting of methylthio, ethylthio, n-propylthio and hydroxymethyl
  • R 7 is n-propyl (as Ri is R 7 (CO));
  • Ri 4 is hydrogen
  • R c is chosen from the group consisting of a single bond, methylene (-CH 2 -), imino (-NH-) and methylimino (-N(CH 3 )-);
  • Ri9 is hydrogen or methyl
  • R d is chosen from the group consisting of phenyl, 2-fluorophenyl, 4-fluorophenyl, 2,4-difluorophenyl, 2-chloro-4-fluorophenyl, 4-methoxy-phenyl, 4-metyl-phenyl, phenyl- 1,1-cyclopropylene and (trans)-phenyl-l,2-cyclopropylene;
  • X is a single bond
  • B is 4-piperidin-l-ylene, and the substituent Ri 4 is connected to the B ring/ring system, in such a way that no quarternary ammonium compound is formed (by this connection).
  • formula (I) is defined as being any compound(s) of formula (Ia)-(Ii):
  • formula (I) is defined as being any compound(s) of formula (Ia):
  • formula (I) is defined as being a compound of formula (Iaa);
  • the reaction is generally carried out in an inert organic solvent such as dichloromethane at ambient temperature.
  • the reaction may be carried out using standard conditions or in the presence of TBTU, EDCI, PyBroP, PyBOP or the combination of EDCI and HOBt.
  • the reaction may be carried out in the presence of an organic base such as triethylamine or DIPEA.
  • reaction is generally carried out in an inert solvent such as DCM.
  • the reaction may be carried out in the presence of CDI.
  • the reaction may be carried out in the presence of an organic base such as triethylamine, DBU or DIPEA.
  • the reaction is generally carried out in an inert solvent such as THF.
  • the reaction may be carried out in the presence of an organic base such as triethylamine or DIPEA.
  • R c and R d are defined as in formula ( I ) above.
  • the reaction is generally carried out in an inert solvent such as DMA.
  • the reaction may be carried out in the presence of an organic base such as triethylamine or DIPEA.
  • Compounds of formula ( I ) may also be prepared by reacting a compound of formula ( VII ) in which Ri and R 2 are defined as in formula ( I ) above and L is a suitable leaving group, such as chloro, bromo, iodo, fluoro, benzotriazolyloxy(OBt), triflate (OTf) mesylate (OMs) or tosylate (OTs),
  • a suitable leaving group such as chloro, bromo, iodo, fluoro, benzotriazolyloxy(OBt), triflate (OTf) mesylate (OMs) or tosylate (OTs)
  • the reaction is generally carried out in an inert solvent such as DMA.
  • the reaction may be carried out in the presence of an organic base such as triethylamine or DIPEA.
  • the reaction is generally carried out at elevated temperatures using standard equipment or in a single-node microwave oven.
  • R 2 ' is an (Ci-Ci 2 )alkyl defined as in formula ( I ) above (corresponding to an R 2 (Ci-Ci 2 )alkoxy) and L is a leaving group such as chloro, bromo, iodo, triflate (OTf) or tosylate (OTs).
  • the reaction may be carried out in an inert organic solvent such as DCM, DMF, DMA, THF or CH3CN.
  • the reaction may be carried out using standard conditions or in the presence of a suitable base such as sodium hydride, DIPEA or silver carbonate or potassium carbonate. Preferentially silvercarbonate is used.
  • the reaction may be carried out at ambient temperature or at elevated temperatures using standard equipment or a single node microwave oven.
  • the reaction may be performed using standard conditions in the presence of a palladium catalyst such as Pd(PPh 3 ) 4 or by using Pd(OAc) 2 , Pd(OOCCF 3 ) 2 or Pd 2 (dba) 3 in combination with suitable phosphine ligands such as P( 1 Bu) 3 , (binaphtyl)P( l Bu) 2 , PPh 3 or XANTPHOS.
  • the reaction may be carried out in an inert solvent such as DCM, DMA, DMF, THF, dioxane or toluene.
  • an organic or inorganic base such as CsF, Cs 2 CO 3 , , sodium- or potassium tert-butoxide, K 3 PO 4 or DIPEA.
  • the reaction may be carried out at ambient temperature or at elevated temperatures using standard equipment or a single node microwave oven.
  • the reaction may alternatively be performed without the use of a palladium catalyst in an inert organic solvent such as DCM, THF in the presence of a suitable base such as DIPEA or by using the corresponding sodium salt of the alcohol and thiol (i.e. (Ci- Ci 2 )alkylO " Na + and (Ci-Ci 2 )alkylS " Na + ) respectively.
  • a palladium catalyst in an inert organic solvent such as DCM, THF in the presence of a suitable base such as DIPEA or by using the corresponding sodium salt of the alcohol and thiol (i.e. (Ci- Ci 2 )alkylO " Na + and (Ci-Ci 2 )alkylS " Na + ) respectively.
  • a suitable base such as DIPEA
  • the reaction may be carried out at ambient temperature or at elevated temperatures using standard equipment or a single node microwave oven.
  • the reaction may be performed using standard conditions in the presence of a palladium catalyst such as Pd(PPh 3 ) 4 or by using Pd(OAc) 2 , Pd(OOCCFs) 2 or Pd 2 (dba) 3 in combination with suitable phosphine ligands such as P( 1 Bu) 3 , (binaphtyl)P( l Bu) 2 , PPh 3 , dppf, dpppe or XANTPHOS.
  • a palladium catalyst such as Pd(PPh 3 ) 4 or by using Pd(OAc) 2 , Pd(OOCCFs) 2 or Pd 2 (dba) 3 in combination with suitable phosphine ligands such as P( 1 Bu) 3 , (binaphtyl)P( l Bu) 2 , PPh 3 , dppf, dpppe or XANTPHOS.
  • the reaction is also performed in the presence of Zink dust.
  • the reaction may be carried out in an inert solvent such as DCM, DMA, DMF, THF, dioxane or toluene.
  • an inert solvent such as DCM, DMA, DMF, THF, dioxane or toluene.
  • the reaction is carried out at ambient temperature or at elevated temperatures using standard equipment or a single node microwave oven. (For representative conditions See for example Littke, A. et al in Organic Letters, VoI
  • the intermediates referred to above may be prepared by, for example, the methods/processes outlined below.
  • the compounds of formula ( II ) in which Ri 1 R 2 , B, and Ri 4 are defined as in formula ( I ) above, X is a single bond or a carbon, may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula ( VII ) defined above and L is a suitable leaving group (such as fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, triflate (OTf), benzotriazolyloxy (OBt), mesylate (OMs) or tosylate (OTs)), with a compound of the general formula ( XIII ),
  • B and Ri 4 are defined as in formula ( I ) above and X is a single bond or a carbon.
  • the reaction is generally carried out at elevated temperatures using standard equipment or in a single-node microwave oven.
  • the reaction can be carried out in an inert solvent such as ethanol, DMA or a mixture of solvents such as ethanol-water.
  • the reaction may be carried out in the presence of an organic base such as TEA or DIPEA.
  • the reaction is generally carried out in an inert organic solvent such as DCM or THF at ambient temperature.
  • the reaction is carried out in the presence of a suitable coupling reagent such as for example PyBrop or PyBOP preferentially in the presence of an organic base such as TEA or DIPEA.
  • reaction can be performed using known reagents like CDI, EDCI or the combination of EDCI and HOBt to give a compound of the general formula ( XV ).
  • R 2 , B and Ri 4 is as defined in formula ( I ) above, X is a single bond or ( - CH 2 -) and LG is a leaving group such as Cl or F with a reagent of general formula R 7 - MgX', in which R 7 is defined as in formula ( I ) above and X' is a halogen.
  • the reaction is carried out using standard conditions in an inert solvent such as THF catalyzed by ferric acetylacetonate or other suitable ferric salts such as for example FeCl 3 .
  • the reaction may be performed at ambient temperature or preferentially at lower temperatures for example in the range of -78 0 C and O 0 C.
  • the recation may alternatively be performed by using an organocopper- or organocuprate reagent (such as for expemple R 7 Cu, (R 7 ) 2 CuLi or (R 7 ) 2 CuMgX').
  • an organocopper- or organocuprate reagent such as for expemple R 7 Cu, (R 7 ) 2 CuLi or (R 7 ) 2 CuMgX').
  • the reaction is carried out using standard conditions in an inert solvent such as DCM or THF.
  • the reaction may be performed at ambient temperature or preferentially at lower temperature for example in the range of -78 0 C and 0 0 C. (See for example Cais, M; Mandelbaum, A in Patai "The Chemistry of the Carbonyl Group, vol. 1, Wiley, NY, 1966, p. 303.)
  • the reaction can also be performed using standard conditions with cyanuric fluoride preferentially in the presence of pyridine (e.g. when LG is F)
  • the reaction may be performed in an inert solvent such as DCM or toluene.
  • the reaction is carried out at ambient temperature or at elevated temperatures.
  • the reaction is generally carried at elevated temperature using standard equipment. Preferentially the reaction is carried out under acidic conditions in an inert solvent such as MeCN or THF.
  • an inert solvent such as MeCN or THF.
  • reaction is carried out in an inert solvent such as THF at ambient temperature in the presence of a suitable base such as sodium pentoxide or NaH.
  • a suitable base such as sodium pentoxide or NaH.
  • the reaction is generally carried out at elevated temperatures using standard equipment or in a single-node microwave oven.
  • the reaction can be carried out in an inert solvent such as ethanol, DMA or a mixture of solvents such as ethanol-water.
  • the reaction may be carried out in the prescence of an organic base such as TEA or DIPEA.
  • reaction can be performed using known reagents like CDI, EDCI or the combination of EDCI and HOBt to give a compound of the general formula ( XXI ).
  • a compound of the general formula ( XXI ), which is defined as above can be reacted with a reagent of the general formula R 7 -MgX, in which R 7 is defined as in formula ( I ) above and X is a halogen, or a reagent of the formula R 7 -M, in which M is a metal exemplified by Zn and Li, to give a compound of the general formula ( IV ).
  • R 2 , B and R 14 are as defined in formula ( I ) above, X is ( -NH 2 ), (-CH 2 -
  • the reaction is carried out using standard conditions in an inert solvent such as THF catalyzed by ferric acetylacetonate or other suitable ferric salts such as FeCl 3 .
  • an inert solvent such as THF catalyzed by ferric acetylacetonate or other suitable ferric salts such as FeCl 3 .
  • the reaction may be performed at ambient temperature or preferentially at lower temperatures for example in the range of -78 0 C and 0 0 C.
  • the recation may alternatively be performed by using an organocopper- or organocuprate reagent (such as for expemple R 7 Cu, (R 7 ) 2 CuLi or (R 7 ) 2 CuMgX').
  • an organocopper- or organocuprate reagent such as for expemple R 7 Cu, (R 7 ) 2 CuLi or (R 7 ) 2 CuMgX').
  • the reaction is carried out using standard conditions in an inert solvent sauch as DCM or THF.
  • the reaction may be performed at ambient temperature or preferentially at lower temperature for example in the range of -78 0 C and 0 0 C.
  • Compounds of general formula ( XXII ) above can by prepared by reacting a compound of general formula ( XX ) defined as above using standard reactions e.g. with a chlorinating reagent such as oxalyl chloride, thionyl chloride or POCI 3 (e.g. when LG is Cl).
  • a chlorinating reagent such as oxalyl chloride, thionyl chloride or POCI 3 (e.g. when LG is Cl).
  • Advantageously dimethylformamide may be used as catalyst.
  • the reaction can also be performed using standard conditions with cyanuric fluoride preferentially in the presence of pyridine ( e.g. when LG is F)
  • the reaction may be performed in an inert solvent such as DCM or toluene.
  • the reaction is carried out at ambient temperature or at elevated temperatures.
  • the reaction is generally carried at elevated temperature using standard equipment. Preferentially the reaction is carried out under acidic conditions in an inert solvent such as MeCN or THF.
  • an inert solvent such as MeCN or THF.
  • reaction is carried out in an inert solvent such as THF at ambient temperature in the presence of a suitable base such as sodium pentoxide or NaH.
  • a suitable base such as sodium pentoxide or NaH.
  • the reaction may also be carried out with PyBOP or methyl sulfonyl chloride in the presence of a base, such as DIPEA, in an inert solvent such as DCM.
  • a base such as DIPEA
  • Compounds of the general formula ( VIII ) can be formed in one of the processes (el-e4).
  • the compounds of formula ( VIII ) are advantageously isolated as a zwitterion.
  • a ring nitrogen of compounds of formula ( XIII ) and ( XIX ) used in the below steps may be protected by a protective group such as t-butyloxycarbonyl.
  • a compound of formula (VIII) which is protected with t-butoxy carbonyl may be transformed into a compound without the protective group using standard procedures or a reagent such as HCl, FA or TFA.
  • the reaction is generally carried out in an inert organic solvent such as EtOH or DMSO.
  • the reaction is carried out at ambient temperature or at elevated temperatures using Standard equipment or a single node microwave oven.
  • the reaction is generally carried out in an inert organic solvent such as dichloromethane at ambient temperature.
  • the reaction may be carried out using standard conditions or in the presence of TBTU, EDCI, PyBrop or PyBOP or the combination of EDCI and HOBt.
  • the reaction may be carried out in the presence of an organic base such as triethylamine or DIPEA.
  • the reaction is generally carried out in an inert organic solvent such as EtOH or DMSO.
  • the reaction is carried out at ambient temperature or at elevated temperatures using standard equipment or a single node microwave oven.
  • reaction is generally carried out in an inert solvent such as DCM.
  • the reaction may be carried out in the presence of CDI.
  • the reaction may be carried out in the presence of an organic base such as triethylamine, DBU or DIPEA.
  • the reaction is generally carried out in an inert solvent such as THF.
  • the reaction may be carried out in the presence of an organic base such as triethylamine or DIPEA.
  • R 2 ' is an unsubstituted (Ci-Ci 2 )alkyl defined as in formula ( I ) above and L is a leaving group such as chloro, bromo, iodo, triflate (OTf) or tosylate (OTs).
  • the reaction may be carried out in an inert organic solvent such as DCM, DMF, DMA, THF or CH3CN.
  • the reaction may be carried out using standard conditions or in the presence of a suitable base such as sodium hydride, DIPEA or silver carbonate or potassium carbonate. Preferentially silvercarbonate is used.
  • the reaction may be carried out at ambient temperature or at elevated temperatures using standard equipment or a single node microwave oven.
  • Ri, B, Ri 4 and X are as defined in formula ( II ) above and L is a suitable leaving group such as Cl, Br, I benzotrazolyloxy (OBt) or triflate (OTf) with the corresponding unsubstituted (Ci-Ci 2 )alcohol and unsubstituted (Ci-Ci 2 )alkylthiol respectively.
  • L is a suitable leaving group such as Cl, Br, I benzotrazolyloxy (OBt) or triflate (OTf) with the corresponding unsubstituted (Ci-Ci 2 )alcohol and unsubstituted (Ci-Ci 2 )alkylthiol respectively.
  • the reaction may be performed using standard conditions in the presence of a palladium catalyst such as Pd(PPh 3 ) 4 or by using Pd(OAc) 2 , Pd(OOCCF 3 ) 2 or Pd 2 (dba) 3 in 5 combination with suitable phosphine ligands such as P( 1 Bu) 3 , (binaphtyl)P( l Bu) 2 , PPh 3 or XANTPHOS.
  • the reaction may be carried out in an inert solvent such as DCM, DMA, DMF, THF, dioxane or toluene.
  • an organic or inorganic base such as CsF, Cs 2 CO 3 , , sodium- or potassium tert-butoxide, K 3 PO 4 or DIPEA.
  • the reaction may be carried out at ambient temperature or at elevated temperatureso using standard equipment or a single node microwave oven.
  • the reaction may alternatively be performed without the use of a palladium catalysts in an inert organic solvent such as DCM, THF in the presence of a suitable base such as DIPEA or by using the corresponding sodium salt of the alcohol and thiol (i.e. (C 1 - Ci 2 )alkylO " Na + and (Ci-Ci 2 )alkylS " Na + ) respectively.
  • a palladium catalysts in an inert organic solvent such as DCM, THF in the presence of a suitable base such as DIPEA or by using the corresponding sodium salt of the alcohol and thiol (i.e. (C 1 - Ci 2 )alkylO " Na + and (Ci-Ci 2 )alkylS " Na + ) respectively.
  • the reaction may be performed using standard conditions in the presence of a palladium catalyst such as Pd(PPh 3 ) 4 or by using Pd(OAc) 2 , Pd(OOCCF 3 ) 2 or Pd 2 (dba) 3 in combination with suitable phosphine ligands such as P( 1 Bu) 3 , (binaphtyl)P( l Bu) 2 , PPh 3 , dppf, dpppe or XANTPHOS.
  • a palladium catalyst such as Pd(PPh 3 ) 4
  • Pd(OAc) 2 , Pd(OOCCF 3 ) 2 or Pd 2 (dba) 3 in combination with suitable phosphine ligands such as P( 1 Bu) 3 , (binaphtyl)P( l Bu) 2 , PPh 3 , dppf, dpppe or XANTPHOS.
  • the reaction is also performed in the presence ofo Zink dust.
  • the reaction may be carried out in an inert solvent such as DCM, DMA, DMF, THF, dioxane or toluene.
  • the reaction is carried out at ambient temperature or at elevated temperatures using standard equipment or a single node microwave oven.
  • Compounds of general formula ( XXXIV ) as defined above may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula ( XXIX ) with a halogenating reagent , such as thionylchloride, POCI 3 or oxalyl chloride. Optionally the reaction is performed in the presence of DMF.
  • a halogenating reagent such as thionylchloride, POCI 3 or oxalyl chloride.
  • the reaction is performed in the presence of DMF.
  • the reaction may also be carried out in an inert solvent, such as DCM, using PyBOP or trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride, optionally in the presence of an organic base such as TEA or DIPEA at or below r.t.
  • an inert solvent such as DCM
  • PyBOP or trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride optionally in the presence of an organic base such as TEA or DIPEA at or below r.t.
  • R 2 ' is an unsubstituted (Ci-Ci 2 )alkyl defined as in formula ( I ) above and L is a leaving group such as chloro, bromo, iodo, triflate (OTf) or tosylate (OTs).
  • the reaction may be carried out in an inert organic solvent such as DCM, DMF, DMA, THF or CH 3 CN.
  • the reaction may be carried out using standard conditions or in the presence of a suitable base such as sodium hydride, DIPEA or silver carbonate or potassium carbonate. Preferentially silvercarbonate is used.
  • the reaction may be carried out at ambient temperature or at elevated temperatures using standard equipment or a single node microwave oven.
  • R 1 , B and R14 are as defined in formula ( I )
  • X is (-NH 2 ), (-CH 2 -NH 2 ) or a single bond connected to a nitrogen atom which is a member of the B ring and L is a suitable leaving group such as Cl, Br, I, benzotriazolyloxy (OBt) or triflate (OTf) the corresponding unsubstituted (Ci-Ci 2 )alcohol and unsubstituted (Ci-Ci 2 )alkylthiol respectively.
  • OBt benzotriazolyloxy
  • Of triflate
  • the reaction may be performed using standard conditions in the presence of a palladium catalyst such as Pd(PPh 3 ) 4 or by using Pd(OAc) 2 , Pd(OOCCF 3 ) 2 or Pd 2 (dba) 3 in combination with suitable phosphine ligands such as P( 1 Bu) 3 , (binaphty ⁇ P ⁇ Bu ⁇ , PPh 3 or XANTPHOS.
  • a palladium catalyst such as Pd(PPh 3 ) 4 or by using Pd(OAc) 2 , Pd(OOCCF 3 ) 2 or Pd 2 (dba) 3 in combination with suitable phosphine ligands such as P( 1 Bu) 3 , (binaphty ⁇ P ⁇ Bu ⁇ , PPh 3 or XANTPHOS.
  • Pd(PPh 3 ) 4 palladium catalyst
  • Pd(OAc) 2 Pd(OOCCF 3 ) 2 or Pd 2 (dba) 3
  • DMF DMF, THF, dioxane or toluene.
  • organic or inorganic base such as CsF, Cs 2 CO 3 , sodium- or potassium tert-butoxide, K 3 PO 4 or DIPEA.
  • the reaction may be carried out at ambient temperature or at elevated temperatures using standard equipment or a single node microwave oven. (For representative conditions See for example Prim, D. et. al in Tetrahedron, VoI 58
  • the reaction may alternatively be performed without the use of a palladium catalyst in an inert organic solvent such as DCM, THF in the presence of a suitable base such as DIPEA or by using the corresponding sodium salt of the alcohol and thiol (i.e. (C 1 - Ci 2 )alkylO " Na + and (Ci-Ci 2 )alkylS " Na + ) respectively.
  • a palladium catalyst in an inert organic solvent such as DCM, THF in the presence of a suitable base such as DIPEA or by using the corresponding sodium salt of the alcohol and thiol (i.e. (C 1 - Ci 2 )alkylO " Na + and (Ci-Ci 2 )alkylS " Na + ) respectively.
  • the reaction may be performed using standard conditions in the presence of a palladium catalyst such as Pd(PPh 3 ) 4 or by using Pd(OAc) 2 , Pd(OOCCF 3 ) 2 or Pd 2 (dba) 3 in combination with suitable phosphine ligands such as P( 1 Bu) 3 , (binaphtyl)P( l Bu) 2 , PPh 3 , dppf, dpppe or XANTPHOS.
  • a palladium catalyst such as Pd(PPh 3 ) 4 or by using Pd(OAc) 2 , Pd(OOCCF 3 ) 2 or Pd 2 (dba) 3 in combination with suitable phosphine ligands such as P( 1 Bu) 3 , (binaphtyl)P( l Bu) 2 , PPh 3 , dppf, dpppe or XANTPHOS.
  • the reaction is also performed in the presence of Zink dust.
  • the reaction may be carried out in an inert solvent such as DCM, DMA, DMF, THF, dioxane or toluene.
  • an inert solvent such as DCM, DMA, DMF, THF, dioxane or toluene.
  • the reaction is carried out at ambient temperature or at elevated temperatures using standard equipment or a single node microwave oven.
  • Compounds of general formula ( XXXV ) as defined above may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula ( XXXII ) with a halogenating reagent , such as thionylchloride, POCl 3 or oxalyl chloride. Optionally the reaction is performed in the presence of DMF.
  • a halogenating reagent such as thionylchloride, POCl 3 or oxalyl chloride.
  • the reaction is performed in the presence of DMF.
  • the reaction may also be carried out in an inert solvent, such as DCM, using PyBOP or trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride, optionally in the presence of an organic base such as TEA or DIPEA at or below r.t.
  • an inert solvent such as DCM
  • PyBOP or trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride optionally in the presence of an organic base such as TEA or DIPEA at or below r.t.
  • Compounds of general formula ( XI ) as defined above may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula ( IX ) with a halogenating reagent , such as thionylchloride, POCl 3 or oxalyl chloride.
  • a halogenating reagent such as thionylchloride, POCl 3 or oxalyl chloride.
  • the reaction is performed in the presence of DMF.
  • the reaction may also be carried out in an inert solvent, such as DCM, using PyBOP or trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride, optionally in the presence of an organic base such as TEA or DIPEA at or below r.t.
  • R 2 is defined as in formula (I) above and L is a suitable leaving group (such as fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, triflate (OTf) mesylate (OMs) or tosylate (OTs)), with a compound of the general formula ( XIII ) defined as above .
  • L is a suitable leaving group (such as fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, triflate (OTf) mesylate (OMs) or tosylate (OTs)), with a compound of the general formula ( XIII ) defined as above .
  • the reaction is generally carried out at elevated temperatures using standard equipment or in a single-node microwave oven.
  • the reaction can be carried out in an inert solvent such as ethanol, DMA or a mixture of solvents such as ethanol-water.
  • the reaction may be carried out in the presence of an organic base such as TEA or DIPEA.
  • the compounds of formula ( XIV ) in which R 2 , B and Ri 4 are defined as in formula ( I ) above, X is a single bond or (-CH 2 -), may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula ( XXXVI ) defined above except that L is a hydroxy group with a compound of the general formula ( XIII ) in which B and Ri 4 are defined as in formula ( I ) above.
  • the reaction is generally carried out in an inert organic solvent such as DCM or THF at ambient temperature.
  • the reaction is carried out in the presence of a suitable coupling reagent such as for example PyBrop or PyBOP preferentially in the presence of an organic base such as TEA or DIPEA.
  • R 2 ' is an unsubstituted (Ci-Ci 2 )alkyl defined as in formula ( I ) above and L is a leaving group such as chloro, bromo, iodo, triflate (OTf) or tosylate (OTs).
  • the reaction may be carried out in an inert organic solvent such as DCM, DMF,
  • reaction may be carried out using standard conditions or in the presence of a suitable base such as sodium hydride, DIPEA or silver carbonate or potassium carbonate. Preferentially silvercarbonate is used.
  • the reaction may be carried out at ambient temperature or at elevated temperatures using standard equipment or a single node microwave oven.
  • B, R14 and X are as defined as above and L is a suitable leaving group such as Cl, Br, I, benzotriazolyloxy (OBt) or triflate (OTf) with the corresponding unsubstituted (Ci-Ci 2 )alcohol and unsubstituted (Ci-Ci 2 )alkylthiol respectively.
  • L is a suitable leaving group such as Cl, Br, I, benzotriazolyloxy (OBt) or triflate (OTf) with the corresponding unsubstituted (Ci-Ci 2 )alcohol and unsubstituted (Ci-Ci 2 )alkylthiol respectively.
  • the reaction may be performed using standard conditions in the presence of a palladium catalyst such as Pd(PPh 3 ) 4 or by using Pd(OAc) 2 , Pd(OOCCF 3 ) 2 or Pd 2 (dba) 3 in combination with suitable phosphine ligands such as P( 1 Bu) 3 , (binaphtyl)P( l Bu) 2 , PPh 3 or XANTPHOS.
  • a palladium catalyst such as Pd(PPh 3 ) 4 or by using Pd(OAc) 2 , Pd(OOCCF 3 ) 2 or Pd 2 (dba) 3 in combination with suitable phosphine ligands such as P( 1 Bu) 3 , (binaphtyl)P( l Bu) 2 , PPh 3 or XANTPHOS.
  • a palladium catalyst such as Pd(PPh 3 ) 4 or by using Pd(OAc) 2 , Pd(OOCCF 3
  • reaction may be carried out at ambient temperature or at elevated temperatures using standard equipment or a single node microwave oven.
  • organic or inorganic base such as CsF, Cs 2 CO 3 , , sodium- or potassium tert-butoxide, K 3 PO 4 or DIPEA. 5
  • the reaction may be carried out at ambient temperature or at elevated temperatures using standard equipment or a single node microwave oven.
  • reaction may alternatively be performed without the use of a palladium catalyst in an inert organic solvent such as DCM, THF in the presence of a suitable base such as DIPEA or by using the corresponding sodium salt of the alcohol and thiol (i.e. (C 1 - Ci 2 )alkylO " Na + and (d-Ci 2 )alkylS " Na + ) respectively.
  • the reaction may be carried out at ambient temperature or at elevated temperaturess using standard equipment or a single node microwave oven.
  • the reaction may be performed using standard conditions in the presence of a palladium catalyst such as Pd(PPh 3 ) 4 or by using Pd(OAc) 2 , Pd(OOCCF 3 ) 2 or Pd 2 (dba) 3 in combination with suitable phosphine ligands such as P( 1 Bu) 3 , (binaphty ⁇ P ⁇ Bu ⁇ , PPh 3 , dppf, dpppe or XANTPHOS.
  • a palladium catalyst such as Pd(PPh 3 ) 4 or by using Pd(OAc) 2 , Pd(OOCCF 3 ) 2 or Pd 2 (dba) 3 in combination with suitable phosphine ligands such as P( 1 Bu) 3 , (binaphty ⁇ P ⁇ Bu ⁇ , PPh 3 , dppf, dpppe or XANTPHOS.
  • Pd(PPh 3 ) 4 palladium catalyst
  • Pd(OAc) 2 Pd
  • the reaction may be carried out in an inert solvent such as DCM, DMA, DMF, THF, dioxane or toluene.
  • an inert solvent such as DCM, DMA, DMF, THF, dioxane or toluene.
  • Compounds of general formula ( XXXVII ) as defined above may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula ( XXX ) with a halogenating reagent , such as thionylchloride, POCI3 or oxalyl chloride. Optionally the reaction is performed in the presence of DMF.
  • a halogenating reagent such as thionylchloride, POCI3 or oxalyl chloride.
  • the reaction is performed in the presence of DMF.
  • the reaction may also be carried out in an inert solvent, such as DCM, using PyBOP or trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride, optionally in the presence of an organic base such as TEA or DIPEA at or below r.t.
  • an inert solvent such as DCM
  • PyBOP or trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride optionally in the presence of an organic base such as TEA or DIPEA at or below r.t.
  • the reaction is generally carried out at elevated temperatures using standard equipment or in a single-node microwave oven.
  • the reaction can be carried out in an inert solvent such as ethanol, DMA or a mixture of solvents such as ethanol-water.
  • the reaction may be carried out in the prescence of an organic base such as TEA or DIPEA.
  • the reaction is generally carried out in an inert organic solvent such as DCM or THF at ambient temperature.
  • the reaction is carried out in the presence of a suitable coupling reagent such as for example PyBrop preferentially in the presence of an organic base such as TEA or DIPEA.
  • R 2 ' is an unsubstituted (Ci-Ci 2 )alkyl defined as in formula ( I ) above and L is a leaving group such as chloro, bromo, iodo, triflate (OTf) or tosylate (OTs).
  • the reaction may be carried out in an inert organic solvent such as DCM, DMF, DMA, THF or CH3CN.
  • the reaction may be carried out using standard conditions or in the presence of a suitable base such as sodium hydride, DIPEA or silver carbonate or potassium carbonate. Preferentially silvercarbonate is used.
  • the reaction may be carried out at ambient temperature or at elevated temperatures using standard equipment or a single node microwave oven.
  • B and R 14 are as defined in formula ( I )
  • X is a nitrogen atom, (-CH 2 -NH 2 ) or a single bond connected to a nitrogen atom which is a member of the B ring above and L is a suitable leaving group such as Cl, Br, I benzotriazolyloxy (OBt) or triflate (OTf) with the corresponding unsubstituted (Ci-Ci 2 )alcohol and unsubstituted (Ci-Ci 2 )alkylthiol respectively.
  • OBt benzotriazolyloxy
  • Of triflate
  • the reaction may be performed using standard conditions in the presence of a palladium catalyst such as Pd(PPh 3 ) 4 or by using Pd(OAc) 2 , Pd(OOCCF 3 ) 2 or Pd 2 (dba) 3 in combination with suitable phosphine ligands such as P( 1 Bu) 3 , (binaphty ⁇ P ⁇ Bu ⁇ , PPh 3 or XANTPHOS.
  • a palladium catalyst such as Pd(PPh 3 ) 4 or by using Pd(OAc) 2 , Pd(OOCCF 3 ) 2 or Pd 2 (dba) 3 in combination with suitable phosphine ligands such as P( 1 Bu) 3 , (binaphty ⁇ P ⁇ Bu ⁇ , PPh 3 or XANTPHOS.
  • Pd(PPh 3 ) 4 palladium catalyst
  • Pd(OAc) 2 Pd(OOCCF 3 ) 2 or Pd 2 (dba) 3
  • reaction may be carried out at ambient temperature or at elevated temperatures using standard equipment or a single node microwave oven.
  • organic or inorganic base such as CsF, Cs 2 CO 3 , sodium- or potassium tert-butoxide, K 3 PO 4 or DIPEA.
  • the reaction may be carried out at ambient temperature or at elevated temperatures using standard equipment or a single node microwave oven.
  • the reaction may alternatively be performed without the use of a palladium catalyst in an inert organic solvent such as DCM, THF in the presence of a suitable base such as DIPEA or by using the corresponding sodium salt of the alcohol and thiol (i.e. (C 1 - Ci 2 )alkylO " Na + and (Ci-Ci 2 )alkylS " Na + ) respectively.
  • a suitable base such as DIPEA
  • the reaction may be carried out at ambient temperature or at elevated temperatures using standard equipment or a single node microwave oven.
  • the reaction may be performed using standard conditions in the presence of a palladium catalyst such as Pd(PPh 3 ) 4 or by using Pd(OAc) 2 , Pd(OOCCF 3 ) 2 or Pd 2 (dba) 3 ino combination with suitable phosphine ligands such as P( 1 Bu) 3 , (binaphtyl)P( l Bu) 2 , PPh 3 , dppf, dpppe or XANTPHOS.
  • a palladium catalyst such as Pd(PPh 3 ) 4
  • Pd(OAc) 2 , Pd(OOCCF 3 ) 2 or Pd 2 (dba) 3 ino combination with suitable phosphine ligands such as P( 1 Bu) 3 , (binaphtyl)P( l Bu) 2 , PPh 3 , dppf, dpppe or XANTPHOS.
  • the reaction is also performed in the presence of Zink dust.
  • the reaction may be carried out in an inert solvent such as DCM, DMA, DMF, THF, dioxane or toluene. 5
  • the reaction is carried out at ambient temperature or at elevated temperatures using standard equipment or a single node microwave oven.
  • Compounds of general formula ( XXXVIII ) as defined above may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula ( XXXIII ) with a halogenating reagent , such as thionylchloride, POCI 3 or oxalyl chloride. Optionally the reaction is performed in the presence of DMF.
  • a halogenating reagent such as thionylchloride, POCI 3 or oxalyl chloride.
  • the reaction is performed in the presence of DMF.
  • the reaction may also be carried out in an inert solvent, such as DCM, using PyBOP or trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride, optionally in the presence of an organic base such as TEA or DIPEA at or below r.t.
  • an inert solvent such as DCM
  • PyBOP or trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride optionally in the presence of an organic base such as TEA or DIPEA at or below r.t.
  • a compound of the formula LR c R d wherein L is a suitable leaving group, such as chloro, bromo, iodo can be transformed to the corresponding compound (III) using a sequence of reactions, first treatment with Na 2 SO 3 , followed by a using a reagent such as PCI5, POCI3 or SOCl 2 on the obtained product, and thereafter treating with ammoium hydroxide to give a compound of formula (III).
  • Compounds of general formula ( XI ) as defined above may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula ( IX ) with a halogenating reagent , such as thionylchloride, POCI3 or oxalyl chloride.
  • a halogenating reagent such as thionylchloride, POCI3 or oxalyl chloride.
  • the reaction is performed in the presence of DMF.
  • the reaction may also be carried out in an inert solvent, such as DCM, using PyBOP or trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride, optionally in the presence of an organic base such as TEA or DIPEA at or below r.t.
  • the compounds of the invention may be isolated from their reaction mixtures using conventional techniques.
  • Functional groups that it is desirable to protect include hydroxy, amino and carboxylic acid.
  • Suitable protecting groups for hydroxy include optionally substituted and/or unsaturated alkyl groups (e.g. methyl, allyl, benzyl or tert-butyl), trialkyl silyl or diarylalkylsilyl groups (e.g. t-butyldimethylsilyl, t-butyldiphenylsilyl or trimethylsilyl) and tetrahydropyranyl.
  • Suitable protecting groups for carboxylic acids include (Ci-Ce)alkyl, allyl or benzyl esters.
  • Suitable protecting groups for amino include allyl, t- butyloxycarbonyl, benzyloxycarbonyl, 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxymethyl or 2- trimethylsilylethoxycarbonyl (Teoc) .
  • the protection and deprotection of functional groups may take place before or after any reaction in the above mentioned processes.
  • Protected derivatives of the invention may be converted chemically to compounds of the invention using standard deprotection techniques (e.g. under alkaline or acidic conditions).
  • standard deprotection techniques e.g. under alkaline or acidic conditions.
  • certain compounds of formula ( II )-( XXXVIII ) may also be referred to as being "protected derivatives”.
  • Compounds of the invention may also contain one or more asymmetric carbon atoms and may therefore exhibit optical and/or diastereoisomerism.
  • Diastereoisomers may be separated using conventional techniques, e.g. chromatography or crystallization.
  • the various stereisomers may be isolated by separation of a racemic or other mixture of the compounds using conventional, e.g. HPLC techniques.
  • the desired optical isomers may be made by reaction of the appropriate optically active starting materials under conditions which will not cause racemisation or epimerization, or by derivatisation, for example with a homochiral acid followed by separation of the diasteromeric derivatives by conventional means (e.g. HPLC, chromatography over silica or crystallization).
  • Stereo centers may also be introduced by asymmetric synthesis, (e.g. metalloorganic reactions using chiral ligands). All stereoisomers are included within the scope of the invention. It will also be understood that some of the compounds described in the processes above may exhibit the phenomenon of tautomerism and the processes described above includes any tautomeric form.
  • Salts of the compounds of formula ( I ) may be formed by reacting the free acid, or a salt thereof, or the free base, or a salt or a derivative thereof, with one or more equivalents of the appropriate base (for example ammonium hydroxide optionally substituted by Ci.C ⁇ -alkyl or an alkali metal or alkaline earth metal hydroxide) or acid (for example a hydrohalic (especially HCl ), sulphuric, oxalic or phosphoric acid).
  • the reaction may be carried out in a solvent or medium in which the salt is insoluble or in a solvent in which the salt is soluble, e.g.
  • reaction may also carried out on an ion exchange resin.
  • the non-toxic physiologically acceptable salts are preferred, although other salts may be useful, e.g. in isolating or purifying the product.
  • Functional inhibition of- the P2Yi 2 receptor can be measured by in vitro assays using cell membranes from P2Yi 2 transfected CHO-cells, the methodology is indicated below.
  • D is the slope factor
  • x is the original known x values.
  • Y is the original known y values.
  • Most of the compounds of the invention have an activity, when tested in the functional inhibition of 2-Me-S-ADPinduced P2Yi 2 signalling assay described, at a concentration of around 0.5 ⁇ M or below, whereas the exemplified compounds having R 2 embodified by (Ci-C 3 )alkylthio or hydroxy(Ci-C 3 )alkyl are having an IC 50 of 0.05 ⁇ M or less and an average IC 50 of 0.02 ⁇ M.
  • the compounds of the invention act as P2Yi 2 receptor antagonists and are therefore useful in therapy.
  • a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for use in therapy is provided.
  • a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for the manufacture of a medicament for treatment of a platelet aggregation disorder.
  • a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for the manufacture of a medicament for the inhibition of the P2Yi 2 receptor.
  • a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for use as an inhibitor of the P2Yi 2 receptor.
  • Another even further aspect of the invention is a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for use in preventing thrombosis.
  • An alternative aspect of the invention is a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for use in treating platelet aggregation disorder.
  • the compounds are useful in therapy, especially adjunctive therapy, particularly they are indicated for use as: inhibitors of platelet activation, aggregation and degranulation, promoters of platelet disaggregation, anti-thrombotic agents or in the treatment or prophylaxis of unstable angina, coronary angioplasty (PTCA), myocardial infarction, perithrombolysis, primary arterial thrombotic complications of atherosclerosis such as thrombotic or embolic stroke, transient ischaemic attacks, peripheral vascular disease, myocardial infarction with or without thrombolysis, arterial complications due to interventions in atherosclerotic disease such as angioplasty, endarterectomy, stent placement, coronary and other vascular graft surgery, thrombotic complications of surgical or mechanical damage such as tissue salvage following accidental or surgical trauma, reconstructive surgery including skin and muscle flaps, conditions with a diffuse thrombotic/platelet consumption component such as disseminated intravascular coagulation, thrombotic thrombocytopaen
  • platelet concentrates, or shunt occlusion such as in renal dialysis and plasmapheresis, thrombosis secondary to vascular damage/inflammation such as vasculitis, arteritis, glomerulonephritis, inflammatory bowel disease and organ graft rejection, conditions such as migraine, Raynaud's phenomenon, conditions in which platelets can contribute to the underlying inflammatory disease process in the vascular wall such as atheromatous plaque formation/progression, stenosis/restenosis and in other inflammatory conditions such as asthma, in which platelets and platelet-derived factors are implicated in the immunological disease process.
  • the invention there is further provided the use of a compound according to the invention in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of the above disorders.
  • the compounds of the invention are useful for treating myocardial infarction, thrombotic stroke, transient ischaemic attacks, peripheral vascular disease and angina, especially unstable angina.
  • the invention also provides a method of treatment of the above disorders which comprises administering to a patient suffering from such a disorder a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to the invention.
  • the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, adjuvant and/or carrier.
  • the compounds may be administered topically, e.g. to the lung and/or the airways, in the form of solutions, suspensions, HFA aerosols and dry powder formulations; or systemically, e.g. by oral administration in the form of tablets, pills, capsules, syrups, powders or granules, or by parenteral administration in the form of sterile parenteral solutions or suspensions, by subcutaneous administration, or by rectal administration in the form of suppositories or transdermally .
  • the compounds of the invention may be administered on their own or as a pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound of the invention in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, adjuvant or carrier.
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, adjuvant or carrier particularly preferred are compositions not containing material capable of causing an adverse, e.g. an allergic, reaction.
  • Dry powder formulations and pressurised HFA aerosols of the compounds of the invention may be administered by oral or nasal inhalation.
  • the compound is desirably finely divided.
  • the compounds of the invention may also be administered by means of a dry powder inhaler.
  • the inhaler may be a single or a multi dose inhaler, and may be a breath actuated dry powder inhaler.
  • a carrier substance e.g. a mono-, di- or polysaccharide, a sugar alcohol or another polyol.
  • Suitable carriers include sugars and starch.
  • the finely divided compound may be coated by another substance.
  • the powder mixture may also be dispensed into hard gelatine capsules, each containing the desired dose of the active compound.
  • Another possibility is to process the finely divided powder into spheres, which break up during the inhalation procedure.
  • This spheronized powder may be filled into the drug
  • (R) reservoir of a multidose inhaler e.g. that known as the Turbuhaler in which a dosing unit meters the desired dose which is then inhaled by the patient.
  • a multidose inhaler e.g. that known as the Turbuhaler in which a dosing unit meters the desired dose which is then inhaled by the patient.
  • the active compound with or without a carrier substance is delivered to the patient.
  • the pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound of the invention may conveniently be tablets, pills, capsules, syrups, powders or granules for oral administration; sterile parenteral or subcutaneous solutions, suspensions for parenteral administration or suppositories for rectal administration.
  • the active compound may be admixed with an adjuvant or a carrier, e.g. lactose, saccharose, sorbitol, mannitol, starches such as potato starch, corn starch or amylopectin, cellulose derivatives, a binder such as gelatine or polyvinylpyrrolidone, and a lubricant such as magnesium stearate, calcium stearate, polyethylene glycol, waxes, paraffin, and the like, and then compressed into tablets.
  • a carrier e.g. lactose, saccharose, sorbitol, mannitol, starches such as potato starch, corn starch or amylopectin, cellulose derivatives, a binder such as gelatine or polyvinylpyrrolidone, and a lubricant such as magnesium stearate, calcium stearate, polyethylene glycol, waxes, paraffin, and the like, and then compressed into tablets.
  • the compound may be admixed with e.g. a vegetable oil or polyethylene glycol.
  • Hard gelatine capsules may contain granules of the compound using either the above mentioned excipients for tablets, e.g. lactose, saccharose, sorbitol , mannitol, starches, cellulose derivatives or gelatine. Also liquid or semisolid formulations of the drug may be filled into hard gelatine capsules.
  • Liquid preparations for oral application may be in the form of syrups or suspensions, for example solutions containing the compound, the balance being sugar and a mixture of ethanol, water, glycerol and propylene glycol.
  • Such liquid preparations may contain colouring agents, flavouring agents, saccharine and carboxymethylcellulose as a thickening agent or other excipients known to those skilled in art.
  • HPLC separations were performed on a Waters YMC-ODS AQS-3 120 Angstrom 3 x 500 mm or on a Waters Delta Prep Systems using Kromasil Cg, 10 ⁇ m columns.
  • IUPAC names were generated with ACDLabs Name: Release 9:00, Product version 9.04.
  • Chlorosulfonyl isocyanate (3.7 niL, 42.4 mmol) was dissolved in dry DCM (40 mL), the solution was cooled to 0 0 C and tert-butanol (3.98mL, 42.4 mmol) was added drop wise.
  • the reaction mixture was stirred at r.t. for 2h, the solution was cooled to 0 0 C and N- methylaniline (4.61 mL, 42.4 mmol) and TEA (8.85 mL, 63.6 mmol) dissolved in dry DCM (20 mL) were added drop wise through a dropping funnel. The reaction was stirred at r.t.
  • Tf 2 (O) (0.3 mL, 1.78 mmol) was added to a cold (ice/water bath temperature) mixture of ethyl 6- [4-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)piperidin- 1 -yl] -5 -cyano-2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydropyridine-3 - carboxylate from step (b) above (626 mg, 1.67 mmol) and TEA (0.5 mL, 3.59 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) and the mixture was stirred for 40 minutes.
  • a microwave vial was chraged with ethyl 6-[4-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)piperidin-l-yl]-5- cyano-2- ⁇ [(trifluoromethyl)sulfonyl]oxy ⁇ nicotinate from step (c) above (1.31 g, 2.58 mmol), sodium methanethiolate (235 mg, 3.53 mmol) and dry THF (10 mL).
  • the reaction mixture was heated to 120 0 C for 5 min. using microwave single node heating.
  • LCMS showed complete conversion. NaHC ⁇ 3(aq) was added and the mixture was extracted with DCM(x3).
  • the combined organic layer was run through a phase separator and evaporated.
  • a microwave vial was charged with IM NaOH (6 mL, 6 mmol) , tert-butyl 6-[4-(tert- butoxycarbonyl)piperidin-l-yl]-5-cyano-2-(methylthio)nicotinate from step (d) above (1.36 g, 3.37 mmol) , THF (6 mL) and EtOH (6 mL).
  • the reaction mixture was heated to 60 0 C for 5 minutes in a single node microwave oven.
  • the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and acetic acid (0.36 mL, 6.29 mmol) and water was added.
  • the crude product was purified by preparative HPLC (Kromasil Cs lO ⁇ m, 21.5x250mm , using an incresaing gradient of MeCN with a second acidic eluent H 2 O/MeCN/FA 95/5/0.2)) to give an additional 366 mg of 6-[4-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)piperidin-l-yl]-5-cyano-2- (methylthio)nicotinic acid as a white solid. Yield: 569 mg (45 %).
  • the crude product was purified by preparative HPLC (Kromasil Cg lO ⁇ m, 50 x 250mm , using an incresaing gradient of MeCN with a second acidic eluento H 2 O/MeCN/FA 95/5/0.2)) to give tert-butyl l-[5-butyryl-3-cyano-6-(methylthio)pyridin-2- yl]piperidine-4-carboxylate as a light yellow solid. Yield 350 mg (24 %).
  • DIPEA (74.2 mg, 0.574 mmol) was added to a suspension of l-[5-butyryl-3-cyano-6- (methylthio)pyridin-2-yl]piperidine-4-carboxylic acid (63 mg, 0.181 mmol) and PyBOP (117 mg, 0.225 mmol) in DCM (4 niL).
  • the reaction mixture was stirred at r.t. for 30 min. and 1-phenylcyclopropanesulfonamide (42 mg, 0.21 mmol) was added.
  • the reaction mixture was stirred at r.t. for 2.5 h. NaHCO 3 (aq) was added and the mixture was extracted with DCM (x3). The combined organics was run through a phase separator and evaporated.
  • the crude product was purified by preparative HPLC (Kromasil Cg 10 ⁇ m, 50x250mm , using an incresaing gradient of 40% to 90 % MeCN with a second acidic eluent H 2 O/MeCN/FA 95/5/0.2) during 30 minutes) to give l-[5-butyryl-3-cyano-6- (methylthio)pyridin-2-yl]-N-[(l-phenylcyclopropyl)sulfonyl]piperidine-4-carboxamide as a white solid. Yield: 71 mg (75%).
  • the crude product was purified by preparative HPLC (Kromasil Cg lO ⁇ m, Eluent: A: CH 3 CN; B: 0.2 % HOAc in water/CH 3 CN 95/5; C: 0.1 M NH 4 OAc/CH 3 CN 95/5. Using A/B/C 5/0/95 during injection and then eluting with a gradient going from A/B/C 5/95/0 to 100/0/0) to give the desired product. Yield: 141 mg (72 %).
  • n-Propylmagnesium bromide (4.2 mL, 0.48 M in THF, 2 mmol) was added during 20 minutes to a cold (ice/water bath temperature) solution of tert-butyl l-[5-(chlorocarbonyl)- 3-cyano-6-methoxypyridin-2-yl]piperidine-4-carboxylate (760 mg, 2.0 mmol) and ferric acetylacetonate (35 mg, 0.1 mmol) in THF (25 niL) under an athmosphere of nitrogen. The mixture was stirred for 10 minutes and water was added to quench the reaction.
  • the mixture was extracted with DCM (3 x 20 mL) and the combined organic phase was passed through a phase separator and evaporated to give 735 mg of the crude product.
  • the crude product was purified by preparative HPLC. (Kromasil Cg. , using an incresaing gradient of 60% to 95 % MeCN with a second acidic eluent H 2 O/MeCN/HOAc, 95/5/0.2 during 30 minutes) to give tert-butyl l-(5-butyryl-3-cyano-6-methoxypyridin-2-yl)piperidine-4- carboxylate. Yield: 352 mg (45 %).
  • Example 2(f) Prepared according to Example 2(f) from l-(5-butyryl-3-cyano-6-methoxypyridin-2- yl)piperidine-4-carboxylic acid (Example 2(e)) ( 133 mg, 0.4 mmol) and N-(4- fluorophenyl)-N-methylsulfamide ( 94 mg, 0.46 mmol) to give l-(5-butyryl-3-cyano-6- methoxypyridin-2-yl)-N- ⁇ [(4-fluorophenyl)(methyl)amino]sulfonyl ⁇ piperidine-4- carboxamide Yield: 64 mg ( 31 %)
  • the signal from the N-Me group is in the region 2.3-2.7 ppm where it coincides with the suppressed DMSO-signal.
  • Example 2(f) Prepared according to Example 2(f) from l-(5-butyryl-3-cyano-6-methoxypyridin-2- yl)piperidine-4-carboxylic acid (Example 2(e)) ( 133 mg, 0.4 mmol) and l-(4- methylphenyl)methanesulfonamide (85 mg, 0.46 mmol) to give l-(5-butyryl-3-cyano-6- methoxypyridin-2-yl)-N-[(4-methylbenzyl)sulfonyl]piperidine-4-carboxamide Yield: 78 mg ( 38 %).
  • Example 2(f) Prepared according to Example 2(f) from l-(5-butyryl-3-cyano-6-methoxypyridin-2- yl)piperidine-4-carboxylic acid (Example 2(e)) ( 133 mg, 0.4 mmol) and l-(4-chloro-2- fluorophenyl)methanesulfonamide (103 mg, 0.46 mmol) to give l-(5-butyryl-3-cyano-6- methoxypyridin-2-yl)-N-[(4-chloro-2-fluorobenzyl)sulfonyl]piperidine-4-carboxamide. Yield: 87 mg ( 40 %).
  • Example 2(f) Prepared according to Example 2(f) from l-(5-butyryl-3-cyano-6-methoxypyridin-2- yl)piperidine-4-carboxylic acid (Example 2(e)) ( 133 mg, 0.4 mmol) and l-(2,4- difluorophenyl)methanesulfonamide (95 mg, 0.46 mmol) to give l-(5-butyryl-3-cyano-6- methoxypyridin-2-yl)-N-[(2,4-difluorobenzyl)sulfonyl]piperidine-4-carboxamide. Yield:
  • Example 2(f) Prepared according to Example 2(f) from l-(5-butyryl-3-cyano-6-methoxypyridin-2- yl)piperidine-4-carboxylic acid (Example 2(e)) ( 133 mg, 0.4 mmol) and l-(2- fluorophenyl)methanesulfonamide (87 mg, 0.46 mmol) to give l-(5-butyryl-3-cyano-6- methoxypyridin-2-yl)-N-[(2-fluorobenzyl)sulfonyl]piperidine-4-carboxamide Yield: 59 mg
  • Chlorosulfonyl isocyanate (3.7 mL, 42.4 mmol) was dissolved in dry DCM (40 mL), the solution was cooled to 0 0 C and tert-butanol (3.98mL, 42.4 mmol) was added drop wise.
  • the reaction mixture was stirred at r.t. for 2h, the solution was cooled to 0 0 C and N- methylaniline (4.61 mL, 42.4 mmol) and TEA (8.85 mL, 63.6 mmol) dissolved in dry DCM (20 mL) were added drop wise through a dropping funnel. The reaction was stirred at r.t.
  • Example 9 Prepared according to Example 9 from l-[5-butyryl-3-cyano-6-(methylthio)pyridin-2- yl]piperidine-4-carboxylic acid (Example l(h)) (48 mg, 0.14 mmol) and N-Methyl-N- phenylsulfamide (32 mg, 0.17 mmol) to give l-[5-butyryl-3-cyano-6-(methylthio)pyridin- 2-yl]-N- ⁇ [methyl(phenyl)amino]sulfonyl ⁇ piperidine-4-carboxamide Yield: 4.9 mg ( 6 %).
  • Example 9 Prepared according to Example 9 from l-[5-butyryl-3-cyano-6-(methylthio)pyridin-2- yl]piperidine-4-carboxylic acid (Example l(h)) (48 mg, 0.14 mmol) and l-(4- methoxyphenyl)methanesulfonamide (28 mg, 0.14 mmol) to give l-[5-butyryl-3-cyano-6- (methylthio)pyridin-2-yl]-N-[(4-methoxybenzyl)sulfonyl]piperidine-4-carboxamide. Yield: 47 mg ( 63 %).
  • Example 9 Prepared according to Example 9 from l-[5-butyryl-3-cyano-6-(methylthio)pyridin-2- yl]piperidine-4-carboxylic acid (Example l(h)) (48 mg, 0.14 mmol) and l-(4- fluorophenyl)methanesulfonamide (26 mg, 0.14 mmol) to give l-[5-butyryl-3-cyano-6- (methylthio)pyridin-2-yl]-N-[(4-fluorobenzyl)sulfonyl]piperidine-4-carboxamide. Yield: 59 mg ( 81 %).
  • Example 9 Prepared according to Example 9 from l-[5-butyryl-3-cyano-6-(methylthio)pyridin-2- yl]piperidine-4-carboxylic acid (Example l(h)) (48 mg, 0.14 mmol) and l-(2,4- difluorophenyl)methanesulfonamide (29 mg, 0.14 mmol) to give l-[5-butyryl-3-cyano-6- (methylthio)pyridin-2-yl]-N-[(2,4-difluorobenzyl)sulfonyl]piperidine-4-carboxamide. Yield: 19 mg ( 25 %).
  • Example 9 Prepared according to Example 9 from l-[5-butyryl-3-cyano-6-(methylthio)pyridin-2- yl]piperidine-4-carboxylic acid (Example l(h)) (48 mg, 0.14 mmol) and l-(4- methylphenyl)methanesulfonamide (26 mg, 0.14 mmol) to give l-[5-butyryl-3-cyano-6- (methylthio)pyridin-2-yl]-N-[(4-methylbenzyl)sulfonyl]piperidine-4-carboxamide. Yield: 29 mg ( 40 %).
  • Example 9 Prepared according to Example 9 from l-[5-butyryl-3-cyano-6-(methylthio)pyridin-2- yl]piperidine-4-carboxylic acid (Example l(h)) (48 mg, 0.14 mmol) and 1- (phenyl)methanesulfonamide (24 mg, 0.14 mmol) to give N-(benzylsulfonyl)-l-[5-butyryl- 3-cyano-6-(methylthio)pyridin-2-yl]piperidine-4-carboxamide. Yield: 56 mg ( 80 %).
  • Bensylbromide (12.75 g, 74.5 mmol) was added to a slurry of ethyl 5-cyano-2- ⁇ [(3,4- dimethoxybenzyl)oxy]methyl ⁇ -6-oxo-l,6-dihydropyridine-3-carboxylate (18.5 g, 49.7 mmol) and K 2 CO 3 (13.73 g, 99.4 mmol) in CH 3 CN (400 mL) and the mixture was heated to reflux for 4.5 hours. The reaction was filtered and the solvent was evaporated. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc (400 mL) and the organic phase was washed with water (40 mL).
  • the crude product was purfied by flash chromathography on silica.
  • the organic solvent was evaporated and water (30 mL) was added followed by acetic acid (2.4 mL) dropwise during stirring.
  • the precipitated product was taken up in DCM (200 mL).
  • the water phase was extracted with an additional 30 mL DCM.
  • the combined organic phase was passed through a phase separator and evaporated to give the crude product as an oil.
  • the crude product was triturated by adding 5-10 mL Et 2 OZlOO mL Pethroleum ether while stirring which gave the product as a solid. The solid was filtered off, washed with Peth.
  • Cyanuric fluoride (4.54 g, 33.6 mmol) was added (during about 2 minutes) to a solution of 6-(benzyloxy)-5-cyano-2- ⁇ [(3,4-dimethoxybenzyl)oxy]methyl ⁇ nicotinic acid and pyridine (2.66 g, 33.6 mmol) in DCM (100 mL) at 0 0 C and the reaction was allowed to reach r.t. and stirred for 1 hour and 15 minutes.
  • n-Propylmagnesium bromide (0.88 + 0.4 mL, 1.25 M in THF, 1.6 mmol) was added dropwise to a cold solution (not completely homogenous) of 6-(benzyloxy)-5-cyano-2- ⁇ [(3,4-dimethoxybenzyl)oxy]methyl ⁇ nicotinoyl fluoride (436 mg, 1 mmol) and ferric acetylacetonate (14 mg, 0.04 mmol) in THF (10 mL) at 0 0 C (red solution before addition, at the end of the addition the mixture took a much darker brownish color, after a few minutes the mixturechanged to red again).
  • Example 2(e) Prepared according to Example l(i) from l-(5-butyryl-3-cyano-6-methoxypyridin-2- yl)piperidine-4-carboxylic acid (Example 2(e)) (50 mg, 0.15 mmol) and 1- phenylcyclopropanesulfonamide (33 mg, 0.17 mmol) to give l-(5-butyryl-3-cyano-6- methoxypyridin-2-yl)-N-[(l -phenylcyclopropyl)sulfonyl]piperidine-4-carboxamide. Yield: 58 mg (75%).
  • the combined organics was run through a phase separator and evaporated (mostly containing the corresponding methylester by-product).
  • the aqueuos phase was made acidic by addition of 6 M HCl and extracted with DCM (x3).
  • the combined organics was run through a phase separator and evaporated (mostly containing the acid product).
  • the two crudes were purified by preparative HPLC (Kromasil Cg lO ⁇ m, 50x250mm , using an incresaing gradient of 30% to 80 % MeCN with a second acidic eluent H 2 O/MeCN/FA 95/5/0.2) during 30 minutes) to give 1 -(5 -butyryl-3 -cyano-6-oxo- 1 ,6-dihydropyridin-2-yl)piperidine- 4-carboxylic acid as a solid. Yield: 146 mg (34%).
  • Ethanethiol (0.5 mL, 420 mg, 6.75 mmol) was added to a solution of 1-(6-(1H- benzo[d][l,2,3]triazol-l-yloxy)-5-butyryl-3-cyanopyridin-2-yl)-N-(l- phenylcyclopropylsulfonyl)piperidine-4-carboxamide (153 mg, 0.25 mmol) in EtOH (3 mL) and DIPEA (0.1 mL, 74.2 mg, 0.57 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated to 12O 0 C for lOmin in a single node microwave oven. LCMS showed starting material left.
  • the crude product was purified by preparative HPLC (Kromasil C 8 lO ⁇ m, 20x250mm , using an incresaing gradient of 40% to 80 % MeCN with a second acidic eluent H 2 O/MeCN/FA 95/5/0.2) during 25 minutes) to give l-[5-butyryl-3-cyano-6- (methylthio)pyridin-2-yl]-N-[(l-phenylcyclopropyl)sulfonyl]piperidine-4-carboxamide as a white solid. Yield: 60 mg (45%).
  • Example 18(c) Prepared according to Example 18(c) from l-(6-(lH-benzo[d][l,2,3]triazol-l-yloxy)-5- butyryl-3 -cyanopyridin-2-yl)-N-( 1 -phenylcyclopropylsulfonyl)piperidine-4-carboxamide (Example 18(b)) (77 mg, 0.13 mmol) and propane- 1 -thiol (1.0 mL, 841 mg, 11.0 mmol) to give l-[5-Butyryl-3-cyano-6-(propylthio)pyridin-2-yl]-N-[(l- phenylcyclopropyl)sulfonyl]piperidine-4-carboxamide as a white solid. Yield: 31.1 mg (45%).
  • reaction mixture was heated again to 120 0 C for 30 min, but failure with the mivrowave oven led to heating to 220 0 C.
  • NaHCO3(aq) was added and the mixture was extracted with DCM (x3).
  • the combined organics was run through a phase separator and evaporated.
  • the crude product was purified by preparative HPLC (Kromasil Cg 10 ⁇ m, 250x20 ID mm using an increasing gradient of 30-90% MeCN with a second acidic eluent H 2 O/MeCN/FA 95/5/0.2 over 25 minutes with a flow of 19 mL/min) to give l-(5-butyryl-3-cyano-6- (isobutylthio)pyridin-2-yl)-N-( 1 -phenylcyclopropylsulfonyl)piperidine-4-carboxamide as a solid. Yield: 4.3 mg (10%).
  • Propane-2-thiol (0.050 niL, 0.53 mmol) was added to a suspension of sodium 2- methylbutan-2-olate (32 mg, 0.28 mmol) in dry THF (5 mL) at r.t. The mixture was stirred at r.t. for 20 minutes and l-(6-(lH-benzo[d][l,2,3]triazol-l-yloxy)-5-butyryl-3- cyanopyridin-2-yl)-N-( 1 -phenylcyclopropylsulfonyl)piperidine-4-carboxamide (See Example 18(b)) (50 mg, 0.08 mmol) dissolved in dry THF (5 mL) was added.
  • the solution was prepared as a saline solution comprising the active compound.
  • the rats Two days prior to dosing, the rats were prepared by cannulation of the left carotid artery for blood sampling and, for the i.v. administration rats, by cannulation of the right jugular vein.
  • the catheters were filled with heparin (100 IU/mL), exteriorised at the nape of the neck and sealed.
  • the surgery was performed under isoflurane (Forene®, Abbott) anaesthesia.
  • the rats were housed individually and had free access to food and water. About 16 hours prior to dosing the animals were deprived of food, and fasting until 4 hours after dosing. The rats had free access to drinking water during the experiment.
  • a cage card number identified the rats.
  • the p.o. test formulation was administered orally by gavage, with the dose being 5 ⁇ mol/kg , whereas the intravenously administered dose was given in the jugular vein, with the dose being 2 ⁇ mol/kg.
  • blood samples of about 0.150 mL were withdrawn from the carotid artery, up to 24 h after dosing. About 10 samples were withdrawn. The blood samples were collected in heparinized plastic tubes and centrifuged, within 30 minutes, for five minutes at 10 000 g and +4°C. The plasma was transferred to a 96-well plate and stored at -20 0 C until analysis.
  • the plasma concentrations of the test item were determined by liquid chromatography and mass-spectrometric detection.
  • the concentrations of the test item in the formulation were confirmed by liquid chromatography and mass-spectrometric detection.
  • C(O) concentration at time zero
  • the AUC(O t) was extrapolated to AUC by adding C t /k.
  • C t is the predicted plasma concentration at the time of the last plasma sample with a determinable concentration
  • k is the apparent terminal rate constant.
  • C t and k were obtained by linear least squares regression analysis of the logarithm of the last 3 to 5 plasma concentrations versus time.
  • the apparent terminal half-life (Iy 2 ) was calculated as In 2/k.
  • the bioavailability (F) was calculated as (AUC p . o .xD ⁇ Se 1 ⁇ ., mean /AUQ. v ., mean X D ⁇ Se p . o .)x 100 %.

Abstract

The present invention relates to certain new pyridin analogues of Formula ( I ) to processes for preparing such compounds, to their utility as P2Y 12 inhibitors and as anti-trombotic agents etc, their use as medicaments in cardiovascular diseases as well as pharmaceutical compositions containing them.

Description

Ketone pyridine analogues and their use in the treatment of cardiovascular disorders
Field of the invention The present invention provides novel pyridine compounds, their use as medicaments, compositions containing them and processes for their preparation.
Background of the invention
Platelet adhesion and aggregation are initiating events in arterial thrombosis. Although the process of platelet adhesion to the sub-endothelial surface may have an important role to play in the repair of damaged vessel walls, the platelet aggregation that this initiates can precipitate acute thrombotic occlusion of vital vascular beds, leading to events with high morbidity such as myocardial infarction and unstable angina. The success of interventions used to prevent or alleviate these conditions, such as thrombolysis and angioplasty is also compromised by platelet mediated occlusion or re-occlusion. Haemostasis is controlled via a tight balance between platelet aggregation, coagulation and fibrinolysis. Thrombus formation under pathological conditions, like e.g. arteriosclerotic plaque rupture, is firstly initiated by platelet adhesion, activation and aggregation. This results not only in the formation of a platelet plug but also in the exposure of negatively charged phospholipids on the outer platelet membrane promoting blood coagulation. Inhibition of the build-up of the initial platelet plug would be expected to reduce thrombus formation and reduce the number of cardiovascular events as was demonstrated by the anti-thrombotic effect of e.g. Aspirin (BMJ 1994; 308: 81-106 Antiplatelet Trialists' Collaboration. Collaborative overview of randomised trials of antiplatelet therapy, I: Prevention of death, myocardial infarction, and stroke by prolonged antiplatelet therapy in various categories of patients).
Platelet activation/aggregation can be induced by a variety of different agonists. However, distinct intracellular signalling pathways have to be activated to obtain full platelet aggregation, mediated via G-proteins Gq, G12/13 and G1 (Platelets, AD Michelson ed., Elsevier Science 2002, ISBN 0-12-493951-1; 197-213: D Woulfe, et al. Signal transduction during the initiation, extension, and perpetuation of platelet plug formation) In platelets, the G-protein coupled receptor P2Yi2 (previously also known as the platelet Ϋ2τ, P2Tac, or P2Ycyc receptor) signals via Gi, resulting in a lowering of intra-cellular cAMP and full aggregation (Nature 2001; 409: 202-207 G Hollopeter, et al. Identification of the platelet ADP receptor targeted by antithrombotic drugs.). Released ADP from dense- granules will positively feedback on the P2Y12 receptor to allow full aggregation. WO 2002/098856 and WO 2004/052366 describe piperazino-carbonylmethylaminocarbonyl-naphtyl or -quinolyl derivatives as ADP receptor antagonist.
Clinical evidence for the key-role of the ADP-P2Yi2 feedback mechanism is provided by the clinical use of clopidogrel, an thienopyridine prodrug which active metabolite selectively and irreversibly binds to the P2Yi2 receptor, that has shown in several clinical trials to be effective in reducing the risk for cardiovascular events in patients at risk (Lancet 1996; 348: 1329-39: CAPRIE Steering committee, A randomised, blinded, trial of clopidogrel versus aspirin in patients at risk of ischaemic events (CAPRIE); N Engl J Med 2001; 345 (7): 494-502): The Clopidogrel in Unstable Angina to prevent Recurrent Events Trial Investigators. Effects of clopidogrel in addition to aspirin in patients with acute coronary syndromes without ST-segment elevation.). In these studies, the clinical benefit with a reduced bleeding risk as compared to thienopyridines (Sem Thromb Haemostas 2005; 31 (2): 195-204 JJJ van Giezen & RG Humphries. Preclinical and clinical studies with selective reversible direct P2Yi2 antagonists. WO 2005/000281 describes a serie of pyrazolidine-3,5-dione derivatives and WO 2006/114774 describes a serie of phenyl-pyrimidine derivatives which both series have been described as P2Yi2 antagonists for the potential treatment of thrombosis.
Some thienopyrimidines have been described as P2Yi2 antagonists in WO 2003/022214, WO 2006/103544, WO 2006/079916, WO 2006/100591, WO 2006/103545 and WO 2006/103555.
WO 2001/057037 discloses some sulfonyl derivatives as platelet ADP receptor inhibitors. None of these are 2-pyridyl-5-keto derivatives.
Furthermore, in WO 2007/056219 a quinazoline dione derivative is presented as P2Yi2 antagonist, and in WO 2007/056167 a process for its preparation is presented. WO 2006/073361 discloses some P2Yi2 antagonists for the potential treatment of thrombosis. WO 2007/008140 discloses further P2Yi2 antagonists for the potential treatment of thrombosis. Other patent applications disclosing P2Yi2 antagonists for the potential treatment of thrombosis are WO 2008/002247, WO 2008/004941, WO 2008/004942, WO 2008/004943, WO 2008/004944, WO 2008/004945, WO 2008/004946, WO 2008/085117, WO 2008/085118 and WO 2008/085119.
It is an object of the present invention to provide improved, potent, reversible and selective P2Yi2-antagonists having beneficial properties as anti-thrombosis agents.
Summary of the invention
When testing a compound similar to formula I but having an ester function in Ri -position, in rats and humans, unexpectedly low plasma concentrations of that compound was found but high plasma levels of the corresponding inactive free acid was also found.
We have now surprisingly found that certain pyridine compounds of Formula (I)
Figure imgf000004_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof are reversible and selective P2Yi2 antagonists, hereinafter referred to as the compounds of the invention. The compounds of the invention, having improved stability towards esterases in Ri -position, unexpectedly exhibit improved beneficial properties that render them particularly suitable for use in the treatment of diseases/conditions as described below (See p.81-82). Examples of such beneficial properties are high potency, high selectivity, beneficial pharmacokinetic properties and an advantageous therapeutic window. It is believed that the unexpected high potency exhibited for certain compounds of the invention is related to the selection of certain substituents in the Reposition, examples of such substituents are (Ci-C3)alkylthio or hydroxy(Ci-C3)alkyl. Furthermore, the fact that they are stable against esterase activity in Ri -position will inhibit degradation to inactive free acid in vivo. It is believed that thereby the desired plasma concentration levels of the active compound will be maintained in humans and/or animals.
Detailed description of the invention
According to the present invention there is provided a novel compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof:
Figure imgf000005_0001
(I) wherein
Ri represents R7C(O);
R2 represents CN, halogen (F, Cl, Br or I), (C4-Cg)alkyl optionally interrupted by oxygen and/or optionally substituted by OH, aryl, (C3-Ce)cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl; furthermore R2 represents (C2-C3)alkyl interrupted by oxygen; furthermore R2 represents (Ci-C3)alkyl substituted by one or more of OH, aryl, aryl(Ci-C3)alkyloxy, (C3- Ce)cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl, with the proviso that any such OH group must be at least 2 carbon atoms away from any oxygen; further R2 represents unsubstituted (Ci-Ci2)alkoxy, (C3-C6)cycloalkyl, hydroxy(C1-C12)alkyl, (Ci-Ci2)alkylC(O), (Ci-Ci2)alkylthioC(O), (C1- Ci2)alkylC(S), (Ci-Ci2)alkoxyC(O), (C3-C6)cycloalkoxy, aryl, arylC(O), MyI(C1- Ci2)alkylC(O), heterocyclyl, heterocyclylC(O), heterocyclyl(Ci-Ci2)alkylC(O), (C1- C12)alkylsulfinyl, (C1-C 12)alkylsulfonyl, unsubstituted (Ci-Ci2)alkylthio, (C3-
Ce)cycloalkylthio, arylsulfinyl, arylsulfonyl, arylthio, aryl(Ci-Ci2)alkylthio, aryl(Ci- Ci2)alkylsulfinyl, aryl(Ci-Ci2)alkylsulfonyl, heterocyclyl(Ci-Ci2)alkylthio, heterocyclyl(Ci-Ci2)alkylsulfϊnyl, heterocyclyl(Ci-Ci2)alkylsulfonyl, (C3- C6)cycloalkyl(Ci-Ci2)alkylthio, (C3-C6)cycloalkyl(Ci-Ci2)alkylsulfmyl, (C3- C6)cycloalkyl(Ci-Ci2)alkylsulfonyl; with the proviso that when R2 is methoxy and Rc is alkylene, then Rd is not chosen from the group consisting of phenyl, 4-fluorophenyl and 4- chlorophenyl;
R7 represents (Ci-C3)alkyl optionally interrupted by oxygen, and/or optionally substituted by OH, aryl, (C3-Ce)cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl or one or more halogen (F, Cl, Br or I) atoms; further R7 represents (C3-C6)cycloalkyl, hydroxy(Ci-Ci2)alkyl, aryl or heterocyclyl;
Ri4 represents H, OH with the proviso that the OH group must be at least 2 carbon atoms away from any heteroatom in the B ring/ring system, (Ci-Cg)alkyl optionally interrupted by oxygen and/or optionally substituted by one or more of OH, COOH and COORe; wherein Re represents aryl, (C3-Ce)cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl or (Ci-Cg)alkyl optionally substituted by one or more of halogen (F, Cl, Br or I) atom(s), OH, aryl, (C3- C6)cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl; further Ri4 represents aryl, aryl(d-C8)alkyl, aryl(Ci- Cs)alkoxy, heterocyclyl, a halogen (F, Cl, Br or I) atom, (C3-Ce)cycloalkyl, (C3- C6)cycloalkyl(Ci-C8)alkoxy, hydroxy(Ci-C8)alkyl, (Ci-C8)alkoxy, (C3-Ce)cycloalkoxy, (Ci-C8)alkylsulfϊnyl, (Ci-C8)alkylsulfonyl, (Ci-C8)alkylthio, (C3-C6)cycloalkylthio, or a group of formula NRa(14)Rb(14) in which Ra(14) and Rb(14) independently represent H, (C1- C8)alkyl, (Ci-C8)alkylC(O), (Ci-C8)alkoxyC(O) or Ra(14) and Rb(14) together with the nitrogen atom represent piperidine, pyrrolidine, azetidine or aziridine;
Rc is a direct bond or represents an unsubstituted or monosubstituted or polysubstituted (Ci-C4)alkylene group, wherein any substituents each individually and independently are selected from (Ci-C4)alkyl, (Ci-C4)alkoxy, (C2-C4)alkenyl, (C2- C4)alkynyl, (C3-Ce)cycloalkyl, carboxyl, carboxy-(Ci-C4)alkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, cyano, halogeno (F, Cl, Br or I), hydroxyl, NRa(Rc)Rb(Rc) in which Ra(Rc) and Rb(Rc) individually and independently from each other represents hydrogen, (Ci-C4)alkyl or Ra^Rc) and Rb(Rc) together with the nitrogen atom represent piperidine, pyrrolidine, azetidine or aziridine; further Rc represents imino (-NH-), N-substituted imino (-NR19-), (Ci-C4)alkyleneimino or N-substituted (Ci-C4)alkyleneimino ( -N(Ri9)-((Ci-C4)alkylene) wherein the mentioned alkylene groups are unsubstituted or monosubstituted or polysubstituted with any substituents according to above; with the proviso that when Rc is alkylene and R2 is methoxy, then Rd is not chosen from the group consisting of phenyl, 4-fluorophenyl and A- 5 chlorophenyl; preferably Rc represents direct bond, imino or (Ci-C4)alkyleneimino or an unsubstituted or monosubstituted or polysubstituted (Ci-C4)alkylene group with any substituents according to above; with the proviso that when Rc is alkylene and R2 is methoxy, then Rd is not chosen from the group consisting of phenyl, 4-fluorophenyl and A- chlorophenyl; 0
Ri9 represents H or (Ci-C4)alkyl;
Rd represents (Ci-Ci2)alkyl, (C3-Cg)cycloalkyl, aryl or heterocyclyl, and anyone of these groups optionally substituted with one or more halogen (F, Cl, Br or I) atoms ors mixed halogen atoms and/or one or more of the following groups, OH, CN, (Ci-Ci2)alkyl, (Ci-Ci2)alkoxyC(O), (Ci-Ci2)alkoxy, halogen substituted (Ci-Ci2)alkyl, (C3-C6)cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, (Ci-Ci2)alkylsulfmyl, (Ci-Ci2)alkylsulfonyl, (Ci-Ci2)alkylthio, (C3- Ce)cycloalkylthio, arylsulfmyl, arylsulfonyl, arylthio, aryl(Ci-Ci2)alkylthio, aryl(Ci- Ci2)alkylsulfinyl, aryl(Ci-Ci2)alkylsulfonyl, heterocyclyl(Ci-Ci2)alkylthio, o heterocyclyl(Ci-Ci2)alkylsulfmyl, heterocyclyl(Ci-Ci2)alkylsulfonyl, (C3- C6)cycloalkyl(Ci-Ci2)alkylthio, (C3-C6)cycloalkyl(Ci-Ci2)alkylsulfmyl, (C3- C6)cycloalkyl(Ci-Ci2)alkylsulfonyl or a group of formula NRa(Rd)Rb(Rd) in which Ra(Rd) and Rb(Rd) independently represent H, (Ci-Ci2)alkyl, (Ci-Ci2)alkylC(O) or Ra(Rd) and Rb(Rd) together with the nitrogen atom represent piperidine, pyrrolidine, azetidine or aziridine5 with the proviso that when Rd is one of phenyl, 4-fluorophenyl or 4-chlorophenyl and Rc is alkylene, then R2 is not methoxy;
X represents a single bond, imino (-NH-), methylene (-CH2-), iminomethylene (-CH2-NH-) wherein the carbon is connected to the B-ring/ring system, methyleneiminoo (-NH-CH2-) wherein the nitrogen is connected to the B-ring/ring system and any carbon and/or nitrogen in these groups may optionally be substitued with (Ci-C6) alkyl; further X may represent a group (-CH2-)n wherein n= 2-6, which optionally is unsaturated and/or substituted by one or more substituent chosen among halogen, hydroxyl or (Ci-Ce)alkyl;
B is a monocyclic or bicyclic, 4 to 11-membered heterocyclic ring/ring system comprising one or more nitrogen and optionally one or more atoms selected from oxygen or sulphur, which nitrogen is connected to the pyridine-ring (according to formula I) and further the B-ring/ring system is connected to X in another of its positions; The substituent Ri4 is connected to the B ring/ring system in such a way that no quarternary ammonium compounds are formed (by this connection).
An alternative embodiment of formula I is;
Figure imgf000008_0001
(I) wherein Ri represents R7C(O);
R2 represents unsubstituted (Ci-C3)alkylthio or unsubstituted hydroxy(Ci-C3)alkyl;
R7 represents (Ci-C3)alkyl optionally interrupted by oxygen, and/or optionally substituted by OH, aryl, (C3-Ce)cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl or one or more halogen (F, Cl, Br or I) atoms; further R7 represents (C3-Ce)cycloalkyl, hydroxy(Ci-Ci2)alkyl, aryl or heterocyclyl;
Ri4 represents H, OH with the proviso that the OH group must be at least 2 carbon atoms away from any heteroatom in the B ring/ring system, (Ci-Cg)alkyl optionally interrupted by oxygen and/or optionally substituted by one or more of OH, COOH and COORe; wherein Re represents aryl, (C3-C6)cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl or (d-C8)alkyl optionally substituted by one or more of halogen (F, Cl, Br or I) atom(s), OH, aryl, (C3- Ce)cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl; further R44 represents aryl, aryl(Ci-C8)alkyl, aryl(Ci- C3)alkoxy, heterocyclyl, a halogen (F, Cl, Br or I) atom, (C3-Ce)cycloalkyl, (C3- C6)Cy cloalkyl(Ci-Cg)alkoxy, hydroxy(Ci-C8)alkyl, (Ci-Cg)alkoxy, (C3-Ce)cycloalkoxy, (Ci-C8)alkylsulfmyl, (Ci-C8)alkylsulfonyl, (Ci-C8)alkylthio, (C3-C6)cycloalkylthio, or a group of formula NRa(14)Rb(14) in which Ra(14) and Rb(14) independently represent H, (C1- C8)alkyl, (Ci-C8)alkylC(O), (Ci-C8)alkoxyC(O) or Ra(14) and Rb(14) together with the nitrogen atom represent piperidine, pyrrolidine, azetidine or aziridine;
Rc is a direct bond or represents an unsubstituted or monosubstituted or polysubstituted (Ci-C4)alkylene group, wherein any substituents each individually and independently are selected from (Ci-C4)alkyl, (Ci-C4)alkoxy, (C2-C4)alkenyl, (C2- C4)alkynyl, (C3-Ce)cycloalkyl, carboxyl, carboxy-(Ci-C4)alkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, cyano, halogeno (F, Cl, Br or I), hydroxyl, NRa(Rc)Rb(Rc) in which Ra(Rc) and Rb(Rc) individually and independently from each other represents hydrogen, (Ci-C4)alkyl or Ra^Rc) and Rb(Rc) together with the nitrogen atom represent piperidine, pyrrolidine, azetidine or aziridine; further Rc represents imino (-NH-), N-substituted imino (-NR19-), (Ci-C4)alkyleneimino or N-substituted (Ci-C4)alkyleneimino ( -N(Ri9)-((Ci-C4)alkylene) wherein the mentioned alkylene groups are unsubstituted or monosubstituted or polysubstituted with any substituents according to above; with the proviso that when Rc is alkylene and R2 is methoxy, then Rd is not chosen from the group consisting of phenyl, 4-fluorophenyl and A- chlorophenyl; preferably Rc represents direct bond, imino or (Ci-C4)alkyleneimino or an unsubstituted or monosubstituted or polysubstituted (Ci-C4)alkylene group with any substituents according to above;
Ri9 represents H or (Ci-C4)alkyl;
Rd represents (Ci-Ci2)alkyl, (C3-C8)cycloalkyl, aryl or heterocyclyl, and anyone of these groups optionally substituted with one or more halogen (F, Cl, Br or I) atoms or mixed halogen atoms and/or one or more of the following groups, OH, CN, (Ci-Ci2)alkyl, (Ci-Ci2)alkoxyC(O), (Ci-Ci2)alkoxy, halogen substituted (Ci-Ci2)alkyl, (C3-C6)cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, (Ci-Ci2)alkylsulfϊnyl, (Ci-Ci2)alkylsulfonyl, (Ci-Ci2)alkylthio, (C3- C6)cycloalkylthio, arylsulfϊnyl, arylsulfonyl, arylthio, aryl(Ci-Ci2)alkylthio, aryl(Ci- Ci2)alkylsulfϊnyl, aryl(Ci-Ci2)alkylsulfonyl, heterocyclyl(Ci-Ci2)alkylthio, heterocyclyl(Ci-Ci2)alkylsulfϊnyl, heterocyclyl(Ci-Ci2)alkylsulfonyl, (C3- 5 C6)cycloalkyl(Ci-Ci2)alkylthio, (C3-C6)cycloalkyl(Ci-Ci2)alkylsulfmyl, (C3-
C6)cycloalkyl(Ci-Ci2)alkylsulfonyl or a group of formula NRa(Rd)Rb(Rd) in which Ra(Rd) and Rb(Rd) independently represent H, (Ci-Ci2)alkyl, (Ci-Ci2)alkylC(O) or Ra(Rd) and Rb(Rd) together with the nitrogen atom represent piperidine, pyrrolidine, azetidine or aziridine; o X represents a single bond, imino (-NH-), methylene (-CH2-), iminomethylene
(-CH2-NH-) wherein the carbon is connected to the B-ring/ring system, methyleneimino (-NH-CH2-) wherein the nitrogen is connected to the B-ring/ring system and any carbon and/or nitrogen in these groups may optionally be substitued with (Ci-C6) alkyl; further X may represent a group (-CH2-)n wherein n= 2-6, which optionally is unsaturated and/ors substituted by one or more substituent chosen among halogen, hydroxyl or (Ci-Ce)alkyl;
B is a monocyclic or bicyclic, 4 to 11-membered heterocyclic ring/ring system comprising one or more nitrogen and optionally one or more atoms selected from oxygen or sulphur, which nitrogen is connected to the pyridine-ring (according to formula I) ando further the B-ring/ring system is connected to X in another of its positions; the substituent Ri4 is connected to the B ring/ring system in such a way that no quarternary ammonium compounds are formed (by this connection).
5 Preferred values of each variable group or specific embodiments of variable groups or terms are as follows. Such values or embodiments may be used where appropriate with any of the values, definitions, claims, aspects, embodiments or embodiments of the invention defined hereinbefore or hereinafter. In particular, each may be used as an individual limitation on the broadest definition of formula (I). o
For the avoidance of doubt it is to be understood that where in this specification a group is qualified by 'hereinbefore defined', 'defined hereinbefore' or 'defined above' the said group encompasses the first occurring and broadest definition as well as each and all of the particular definitions for that group.
It will be understood that when formula I compounds contain a chiral centre, the compounds of the invention may exist in, and be isolated in, optically active or racemic form. The invention includes any optically active or racemic form of a compound of formula I which act as P2Yi2 receptor antagonists. The synthesis of optically active forms may be carried out by standard techniques of organic chemistry well known in the art, for example by, resolution of a racemic mixture, by chiral chromatography, synthesis from optically active starting materials or by asymmetric synthesis. It will also be understood that the compounds of the formula I may exhibit the phenomenon of tautomerism, the present invention includes any tautomeric form of a compound of formula I which is a P2Yi2 receptor antagonist.
It will also be understood that in so far as compounds of the present invention exist as solvates, and in particular hydrates, these are included as part of the present invention. It is also to be understood that generic terms such as "alkyl" include both the straight chain and branched chain groups such as butyl and tert-butyl. However, when a specific term such as "butyl" is used, it is specific for the straight chain or "normal" butyl group, branched chain isomers such as "t-butyl" being referred to specifically when intended.
As used herein, when two or more groups are used in connection with each other, it means that the latter group is substituted by the immediately preceding group. For instance, aryl(Ci-C6)alkyl means a (Ci-C6) alkyl group substituted by an aryl group.
As used herein, the expression "alkyl optionally interrupted by oxygen" means that the optional oxygen atom is placed inside the alkyl group between two carbon atoms of the considered alkyl group, and not in any of the ends thereof. The term "cycloalkyl" generally denotes a substituted or unsubstituted (C3-C6), unless other chain length specified, cyclic hydrocarbon.
When the term "cycloalkyl" denotes a substituted hydrocarbon according to above, it denotes a cyclic hydrocarbon according to above which is being substituted by one or more halogen (F, Cl, Br or I) atoms or mixed halogen atoms and/or one or more of the following groups, OH, CN, unsubstituted (Ci-Ci2)alkyl, halogen substituted (Ci-Ci2)alkyl, unsubstituted (Ci-Ci2)alkoxyC(O), halogen substituted (Ci-Ci2)alkoxyC(O), unsubstituted (Ci-Ci2)alkoxy, halogen substituted (Ci-Ci2)alkoxy, unsubstituted (C3-Ce)cycloalkyl, halogen substituted (C3-C6)cycloalkyl, unsubstituted aryl, halogen substituted aryl, unsubstituted heterocyclyl, halogen substituted heterocyclyl, unsubstituted (Ci- Ci2)alkylsulfinyl, halogen substituted (Ci-Ci2)alkylsulfinyl, unsubstituted (Ci- Ci2)alkylsulfonyl, halogen substituted (Ci-Ci2)alkylsulfonyl, unsubstituted (Ci- Ci2)alkylthio, halogen substituted (Ci-Ci2)alkylthio, unsubstituted (C3-C6)cycloalkylthio, halogen substituted (C3-Ce)cycloalkylthio, unsubstituted arylsulfϊnyl, halogen substituted arylsulfϊnyl, unsubstituted arylsulfonyl, halogen substituted arylsulfonyl, unsubstituted arylthio, halogen substituted arylthio, unsubstituted aryl(Ci-Ci2)alkylthio, halogen substituted aryl(Ci-Ci2)alkylthio, unsubstituted aryl(Ci-Ci2)alkylsulfinyl, halogen substituted aryl(Ci-Ci2)alkylsulfinyl, unsubstituted aryl(Ci-Ci2)alkylsulfonyl, halogen substituted aryl(Ci-Ci2)alkylsulfonyl, unsubstituted heterocyclyl(Ci-Ci2)alkylthio, halogen substituted heterocyclyl(Ci-Ci2)alkylthio, unsubstituted heterocyclyl(Ci-Ci2)alkylsulfinyl, halogen substituted heterocyclyl(Ci-Ci2)alkylsulfinyl, unsubstituted heterocyclyl(Ci- Ci2)alkylsulfonyl, halogen substituted heterocyclyl(Ci-Ci2)alkylsulfonyl, unsubstituted (C3-C6)cycloalkyl(Ci-Ci2)alkylthio, halogen substituted (C3-C6)Cy cloalkyl(Ci- Ci2)alkylthio, unsubstituted (C3-C6)cycloalkyl(Ci-Ci2)alkylsulfinyl, halogen substituted (C3-C6)cycloalkyl(Ci-Ci2)alkylsulfmyl, unsubstituted (C3-C6)cycloalkyl(d-
Ci2)alkylsulfonyl, halogen substituted (C3-C6)cycloalkyl(Ci-Ci2)alkylsulfonyl or a group of formula NRaRb in which Ra and Rb independently represent H, unsubstituted (Ci- Ci2)alkyl, unsubstituted (Ci-Ci2)alkylC(O) or Ra and Rb together with the nitrogen atom represent unsubstituted piperidine, unsubstituted pyrrolidine, unsubstituted azetidine or unsubstituted aziridine. The term "alkoxy" includes both linear or branched chain groups, unless otherwise specified optionally substituted by one or more halogens (F, Cl, Br or I) or mixed halogen atoms.
The term aryl in general without other specification denotes a substituted or unsubstituted (C6-C14) aromatic hydrocarbon and includes, but is not limited to, phenyl, naphthyl, tetrahydronaphtyl, indenyl, indanyl, antracenyl, fenantrenyl, and fluorenyl. When said aryl is being substituted, it is substituted by one or more halogen (F, Cl, Br or I) atoms or mixed halogen atoms and/or one or more of the following groups, OH, CN, unsubstituted (Ci- Ci2)alkyl, halogen substituted (Ci-Ci2)alkyl, unsubstituted (Ci-Ci2)alkoxyC(O), halogen substituted (Ci-Ci2)alkoxyC(O), unsubstituted (Ci-Ci2)alkoxy, halogen substituted (Ci- Ci2)alkoxy, unsubstituted (C3-Ce)cycloalkyl, halogen substituted (C3-Ce)cycloalkyl, unsubstituted aryl, halogen substituted aryl, unsubstituted heterocyclyl, halogen substituted heterocyclyl, unsubstituted (Ci-Ci2)alkylsulfinyl, halogen substituted (Ci-Ci2)alkylsulfinyl, unsubstituted (Ci-Ci2)alkylsulfonyl, halogen substituted (Ci-Ci2)alkylsulfonyl, unsubstituted (Ci-Ci2)alkylthio, halogen substituted (Ci-Ci2)alkylthio, unsubstituted (C3- Ce)cycloalkylthio, halogen substituted (C3-Ce)cycloalkylthio, unsubstituted arylsulfinyl, halogen substituted arylsulfmyl,unsubstituted arylsulfonyl, halogen substituted arylsulfonyl, unsubstituted arylthio, halogen substituted arylthio,unsubstituted aryl(Ci- Ci2)alkylthio, halogen substituted aryl(Ci-Ci2)alkylthio, unsubstituted aryl(Ci-
Ci2)alkylsulfϊnyl, halogen substituted aryl(Ci-Ci2)alkylsulfϊnyl, unsubstituted aryl(Ci- Ci2)alkylsulfonyl, halogen substituted aryl(Ci-Ci2)alkylsulfonyl, unsubstituted heterocyclyl(Ci-Ci2)alkylthio, halogen substituted heterocyclyl(Ci-Ci2)alkylthio, unsubstituted heterocyclyl(Ci-Ci2)alkylsulfinyl, halogen substituted heterocyclyl(Ci- Ci2)alkylsulfinyl, unsubstituted heterocyclyl(Ci-Ci2)alkylsulfonyl, halogen substituted heterocyclyl(Ci-Ci2)alkylsulfonyl, unsubstituted (C3-C6)cycloalkyl(Ci-Ci2)alkylthio, halogen substituted (C3-C6)cycloalkyl(Ci-Ci2)alkylthio, unsubstituted (C3- C6)cycloalkyl(Ci-Ci2)alkylsulfinyl, halogen substituted (C3-C6)cycloalkyl(Ci- Ci2)alkylsulfinyl, unsubstituted (C3-C6)cycloalkyl(Ci-Ci2)alkylsulfonyl, halogen substituted (C3-C6)cycloalkyl(Ci-Ci2)alkylsulfonyl or a group of formula NRaRb in which Ra and Rb independently represent H, unsubstituted (Ci-Ci2)alkyl, unsubstituted (Ci- Ci2)alkylC(O) or Ra and Rb together with the nitrogen atom represent unsubstituted piperidine, unsubstituted pyrrolidine, unsubstituted azetidine or unsubstituted aziridine.
In one embodiment of the invention, the term aryl in general without other specification denotes a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group, which when substituted is substituted by one or more halogen (F, Cl, Br or I) atoms or mixed halogen atoms and/or one or more of the following groups, OH, CN, unsubstituted (Ci-C12)alkyl, halogen substituted (Ci-C12)alkyl, unsubstituted (Ci-Ci2)alkoxyC(O), halogen substituted (C1- Ci2)alkoxyC(O), unsubstituted (Ci-Ci2)alkoxy, halogen substituted (Ci-Ci2)alkoxy, unsubstituted (C3-Ce)cycloalkyl, halogen substituted (C3-Ce)cycloalkyl, unsubstituted aryl, halogen substituted aryl, unsubstituted heterocyclyl, halogen substituted heterocyclyl, unsubstituted (Ci-Ci2)alkylsulfmyl, halogen substituted (Ci-Ci2)alkylsulfinyl, unsubstituted (Ci-Ci2)alkylsulfonyl, halogen substituted (Ci-Ci2)alkylsulfonyl, unsubstituted (Ci-Ci2)alkylthio, halogen substituted (Ci-Ci2)alkylthio, unsubstituted (C3- Ce)cycloalkylthio, halogen substituted (C3-Ce)cycloalkylthio, unsubstituted arylsulfinyl, halogen substituted arylsulfϊnyl,unsubstituted arylsulfonyl, halogen substituted arylsulfonyl, unsubstituted arylthio, halogen substituted arylthio,unsubstituted aryl(Ci- Ci2)alkylthio, halogen substituted aryl(Ci-Ci2)alkylthio, unsubstituted aryl(Ci- Ci2)alkylsulfinyl, halogen substituted aryl(Ci-Ci2)alkylsulfmyl, unsubstituted aryl(Ci- Ci2)alkylsulfonyl, halogen substituted aryl(Ci-Ci2)alkylsulfonyl, unsubstituted heterocyclyl(Ci-Ci2)alkylthio, halogen substituted heterocyclyl(Ci-Ci2)alkylthio, unsubstituted heterocyclyl(Ci-Ci2)alkylsulfϊnyl, halogen substituted heterocyclyl(Ci- Ci2)alkylsulfϊnyl, unsubstituted heterocyclyl(Ci-Ci2)alkylsulfonyl, halogen substituted heterocyclyl(Ci-Ci2)alkylsulfonyl, unsubstituted (C3-C6)cycloalkyl(Ci-Ci2)alkylthio, halogen substituted (C3-C6)cycloalkyl(Ci-Ci2)alkylthio, unsubstituted (C3-
C6)cycloalkyl(Ci-Ci2)alkylsulfinyl, halogen substituted (C3-C6)Cy cloalkyl(Ci- Ci2)alkylsulfinyl, unsubstituted (C3-C6)cycloalkyl(Ci-Ci2)alkylsulfonyl, halogen substituted (C3-C6)cycloalkyl(Ci-Ci2)alkylsulfonyl or a group of formula NRaRb in which Ra and Rb independently represent H, unsubstituted (Ci-Ci2)alkyl, unsubstituted (C1- Ci2)alkylC(O) or Ra and Rb together with the nitrogen atom represent unsubstituted piperidine, unsubstituted pyrrolidine, unsubstituted azetidine or unsubstituted aziridine. The term "heterocyclyl" denotes a substituted or unsubstituted, 4- to 10- membered monocyclic or multicyclic ring system in which one or more of the atoms in the ring or rings is an element other than carbon, for example nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur, especially 4-, 5- or 6-membered aromatic or aliphatic hetorocyclic groups, and includes, but is not limited to azetidine, furan, thiophene, pyrrole, pyrroline, pyrrolidine, dioxolane, oxathiolane, oxazolane, oxazole, thiazole, imidazole, imidazoline, imidazolidine, pyrazole, pyrazoline, pyrazolidine, isothiazole, oxadiazole, furazan, triazole, thiadiazole, pyran, pyridine as well as pyridine-N-oxide, piperidine, dioxane, morpholine, dithiane, oxathiane, thiomorpholine, pyridazine, pyrimidine, pyrazine, piperazine, triazine, thiadiazine, dithiazine, azaindole, azaindoline, indole, indoline, naphthyridine, benzoxadiazole, dihydrobenzodioxin, benzothiophene, benzothiadiazole, imidazothiazole, 2,3- dihydrobenzofuran, isoxazole, 3-benzisoxazole, 1 ,2-benzisoxazole, dihydropyrazole groups, and shall be understood to include all isomers of the above identified groups. For the above groups, e.g. azetidinyl, the term "azetidinyl" as well as "azetidinylene", etc., shall be understood to include all possible regio isomers. It is further to be understood that the term heterocyclyl may be embodified by one selection among the given possible embodiments for a variable and embodified by another (or the same) selection for another variable, eg. R2 when selected as heterocyclyl may be a furan, when Rd (also when selected as heterocyclyl) may be a pyrrole.
Generally, when cycloalkyl is substituted with aryl, heterocyclyl or another cycloalkyl, that substituent is not again substituted with another one of any one of these groups. It is not contemplated in this invention to create a "polymer" compound. Thus, e.g. -cycloalkyl-cycloalkyl, -cycloalkyl-heterocyclyl and -cycloalkyl-aryl are intended to be covered, but -cycloalkyl-cycloalkyl-cycloalkyl as well as -cycloalkyl-aryl-cycloalkyl or - cycloalkyl-heterocyclyl-aryl or even longer such chains are intended to be excluded from the invention.
When the term "heterocyclyl" denotes a substituted ring system according to above, it denotes a ring system according to above which is being substituted by one or more halogen (F, Cl, Br or I) atoms or mixed halogen atoms and/or one or more of the following groups, OH, CN, unsubstituted (Ci-Ci2)alkyl, halogen substituted (Ci-Ci2)alkyl, unsubstituted (CrC12)alkoxyC(O), halogen substituted (d-Ci2)alkoxyC(O), unsubstituted (Ci-Ci2)alkoxy, halogen substituted (Ci-Ci2)alkoxy, unsubstituted (C3- C6)cycloalkyl, halogen substituted (C3-Ce)cycloalkyl, unsubstituted aryl, halogen substituted aryl, unsubstituted heterocyclyl, halogen substituted heterocyclyl, unsubstituted (Ci-Ci2)alkylsulfϊnyl, halogen substituted (Ci-Ci2)alkylsulfϊnyl, unsubstituted (C1- Ci2)alkylsulfonyl, halogen substituted (Ci-Ci2)alkylsulfonyl, unsubstituted (C1- C12)alkylthio, halogen substituted (C1-C12)alkylthio, unsubstituted (C3-Ce)cycloalkylthio, halogen substituted (C3-C6)cycloalkylthio, unsubstituted arylsulfϊnyl, halogen substituted arylsulfϊnyl, unsubstituted arylsulfonyl, halogen substituted arylsulfonyl, unsubstituted arylthio, halogen substituted arylthio, unsubstituted aryl(Ci-Ci2)alkylthio, halogen substituted aryl(Ci-Ci2)alkylthio, unsubstituted aryl(Ci-Ci2)alkylsulfinyl, halogen substituted aryl(Ci-Ci2)alkylsulfϊnyl, unsubstituted aryl(Ci-Ci2)alkylsulfonyl, halogen substituted aryl(Ci-Ci2)alkylsulfonyl, unsubstituted heterocyclyl(Ci-Ci2)alkylthio, halogen substituted heterocyclyl(Ci-Ci2)alkylthio, unsubstituted heterocyclyl(Ci-Ci2)alkylsulfϊnyl, halogen substituted heterocyclyl(Ci-Ci2)alkylsulfϊnyl, unsubstituted heterocyclyl(Ci- Ci2)alkylsulfonyl, halogen substituted heterocyclyl(Ci-Ci2)alkylsulfonyl, unsubstituted (C3-C6)cycloalkyl(Ci-Ci2)alkylthio, halogen substituted (C3-C6)Cy cloalkyl(Cr Ci2)alkylthio, unsubstituted (C3-C6)cycloalkyl(Ci-Ci2)alkylsulfinyl, halogen substituted (C3-C6)cycloalkyl(Ci-Ci2)alkylsulfmyl, unsubstituted (C3-C6)cycloalkyl(Ci- Ci2)alkylsulfonyl, halogen substituted (C3-C6)cycloalkyl(Ci-Ci2)alkylsulfonyl or a group of formula NRaRb in which Ra and Rb independently represent H, unsubstituted (C1- Ci2)alkyl, unsubstituted (Ci-Ci2)alkylC(O) or Ra and Rb together with the nitrogen atom represent unsubstituted piperidine, unsubstituted pyrrolidine, unsubstituted azetidine or unsubstituted aziridine.
In another embodiment of the invention the heterocyclyl group comprises an aromatic 5-membered or 6-membered heterocyclic ring containing one, two or three heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulphur, and an aromatic 5-membered or 6-membered heterocyclic ring containing one, two or three heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulphur which is fused to a benzene ring; In an alternative embodiment of the invention the heterocyclyl group is a non- aromatic 5-membered or 6-membered heterocyclic ring containing one, two or three heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulphur, fused to a benzene ring.
In a further embodiment of the invention the heterocyclyl group is a group chosen among furyl, pyrrolyl, thienyl, pyridyl, N-oxido-pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, isooxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, 1,2,3- triazolyl, 1,2,4-triazolyl, benzfuranyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, benzimidazolyl, indolyl, benzdihydrofuranyl, benzodioxolyl (such as 1,3-benzodioxolyl), benzoxadiazole, dihydrobenzodioxin, benzothiophene, benzothiadiazole, imidazothiazole, 2,3- dihydrobenzofuran, isoxazole, dihydropyrazole and benzdioxanyl (such as 1 ,4- benzdioxanyl). More particular values include, for example, furyl, pyrrolyl, thienyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, benzoxadiazole, dihydrobenzodioxin, benzothiophene, benzothiadiazole, imidazothiazole, 2,3-dihydrobenzofuran, isoxazole, 1,2- benzisoxazole, dihydropyrazole and benzdioxanyl (such as 1,4-benzdioxanyl).
In an even further embodiment of the invention the heterocyclyl group is a group chosen among furyl, pyrrolyl, thienyl, pyridyl, N-oxido-pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, benzoxadiazole, dihydrobenzodioxin, benzothiophene, benzothiadiazole, imidazothiazole, 2,3-dihydrobenzofuran, isoxazole, 1 ,2-benzisoxazole or dihydropyrazole.
Embodiments for R2 include, for example (Ci-C3)alkyl substituted by one or more of OH, aryl, aryl(Ci-C3)alkyloxy, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl, with the proviso that any such OH group must be at least 2 carbon atoms away from any oxygen.
In one embodiment of the invention R2 is represented by unsubstituted (Ci- Cs)alkyloxy or unsubstituted (Ci-C3)alkylthio, with the proviso that when R2 is methoxy, and Rc is alkylene, then Rd is not chosen from the group consisting of phenyl, 4- fluorophenyl and 4-chlorophenyl.
In another embodiment of the invention R2 is represented by unsubstituted (Ci- C3)alkyloxy or unsubstituted (Ci-C4)alkylthio, with the proviso that when R2 is methoxy, and Rc is alkylene, then Rd is not chosen from the group consisting of phenyl, A- fluorophenyl and 4-chlorophenyl.
In a further embodiment of the invention R2 is represented by unsubstituted (C1- Cs)alkylthio or unsubstituted hydroxy(Ci-C3)alkyl.
In an alternative further embodiment of the invention R2 is represented by unsubstituted (Ci-C3)alkyloxy or unsubstituted hydroxy(Ci-C3)alkyl, with the proviso that when R2 is methoxy, and Rc is alkylene, then Rd is not chosen from the group consisting of phenyl, 4-fluorophenyl and 4-chlorophenyl.
In an even further alternative embodiment of the invention R2 is represented by unsubstituted (Ci-C3)alkylthio.
In an utterly further alternative embodiment of the invention R2 is represented by unsubstituted (Ci-C4)alkylthio.
It is also contemplated that R2 may be selected from the group consisting of methylthio, ethylthio, n-propylthio, iso-propylthio, hydroxymethyl and hydroxyethyl.
It is further contemplated that R2 may be selected from the group consisting of methylthio, ethylthio, n-propylthio, iso-propylthio, cyclopropylthio, isobutylthio, hydroxymethyl and methoxy, with the proviso that when R2 is methoxy, and Rc is alkylene, then Rd is not chosen from the group consisting of phenyl, 4-fluorophenyl and A- chlorophenyl.
It is further contemplated that R2 may be selected from the group consisting of methylthio, ethylthio, n-propylthio and hydroxymethyl.
It is even further contemplated that R2 in one embodiment of the invention is methylthio. In one embodiment of the invention R7 is (C2-C3)alkyl.
Alternatively, it is also contemplated that in another embodiment of the invention R7 is selected among methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl and cyclo-propyl.
In one further embodiment of the invention R7 can be selected among n-propyl, isopropyl, or cyclo-propyl.
In an even further embodiment R7 is chosen among methyl, ethyl and n-propyl.
In an alternative further embodiment R7 is n-propyl. In another further embodiment R7 is (C3-C6)cycloalkyl.
Further embodiments for Ri4 include, hydrogen, amino, and (Ci-Ce)alkyl optionally substituted by one or more of OH and COOH.
In a further embodiment Ri4 is represented by hydrogen, or (Ci-Ce)alkyl optionally substituted by one or more of OH and COOH.
In an even further embodiment Ri4 is represented by hydrogen, or unsubstituted (C1- Ce)alkyl.
In one embodiment of the invention Ri4 represents H.
In one embodiment of the invention Rd represents (Cs-C6) cycloalkyl optionally substituted by aryl or with one or more halogen (F, Cl, Br or I) atoms or mixed halogen atoms or represents aryl,or heterocyclyl.
In one embodiment of the invention Rd represents cyclopropyl optionally substituted by aryl or with one or more halogen (F, Cl, Br or I) atoms or mixed halogen atoms or represents aryl,or heterocyclyl.
In one embodiment of the invention Rd represents cyclopropyl optionally substituted by phenyl or with one or more halogen (F, Cl, Br or I) atoms or mixed halogen atoms. Further embodiments for Rd includes aryl or (C3-C6) cycloalkyl optionally substituted by aryl or with one or more halogen (F, Cl, Br or I) atoms or mixed halogen , with the proviso that when R2 is methoxy, and Rc is alkylene, then Rd is not chosen from the group consisting of phenyl, 4-fluorophenyl and 4-chlorophenyl.
Even further embodiments for Rd includes aryl or unsubstituted (C3-Ce) cycloalkyl, with the proviso that when R2 is methoxy, and Rc is alkylene, then Rd is not chosen from the group consisting of phenyl, 4-fluorophenyl and 4-chlorophenyl.
Another embodiment for Rd include, aryl such as phenyl and aromatic heterocyclyl such as thienyl, with the proviso that when R2 is methoxy, and Rc is alkylene, then Rd is not chosen from the group consisting of phenyl, 4-fluorophenyl and 4-chlorophenyl.
Other embodiments of Rd include phenyl which optionally may be substituted, with the proviso that when R2 is methoxy, and Rc is alkylene, then Rd is not chosen from the group consisting of phenyl, 4-fluorophenyl and 4-chlorophenyl.
In a special embodiment Rd represents aryl, heterocyclyl or (C3-Ce)cycloalkyl, and anyone of these groups are optionally substituted with one or more halogen (F, Cl, Br or I) atoms or mixed halogen atoms, and/or one or more of the following groups, OH, CN, (C1- Ci2)alkyl, (Ci-Ci2)alkoxyC(O), (Ci-Ci2)alkoxy, halogen substituted (Ci-Ci2)alkyl, (C3- Ce)cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, (Ci-Ci2)alkylsulfmyl, (Ci-Ci2)alkylsulfonyl, (Ci- Ci2)alkylthio, (C3-C6)cycloalkylthio, arylsulfmyl, arylsulfonyl, arylthio, aryl(Ci- Ci2)alkylthio, aryl(Ci-Ci2)alkylsulfmyl, aryl(Ci-Ci2)alkylsulfonyl, heterocyc IyI(C1-
Ci2)alkylthio, heterocyclyl(Ci-Ci2)alkylsulfmyl, heterocyclyl(Ci-Ci2)alkylsulfonyl, (C3- C6)cycloalkyl(Ci-Ci2)alkylthio, (C3-C6)cycloalkyl(Ci-Ci2)alkylsulfmyl, (C3- C6)cycloalkyl(Ci-Ci2)alkylsulfonyl or a group of formula NR a(Rd) R b(Rd) in which R a(Rd) and
Rb(Rd) independently represent H, (Ci-Ci2)alkyl, (Ci-Ci2)alkylC(O) or Ra(Rd) and Rb(Rd) together with the nitrogen atom represent piperidine, pyrrolidine, azetidine or aziridine, with the proviso that when R2 is methoxy, and Rc is alkylene, then Rd is not chosen from the group consisting of phenyl, 4-fluorophenyl and 4-chlorophenyl. Even further embodiments for Rd include phenyl optionally substituted at the 2,3,4,5 or 6-positions as well as any combination thereof. Example of substituents are cyano, tetrazol-5-yl, methoxy, trifluoromethoxy, methyl, trifluoromethyl, fluoro, chloro, bromo, methylsulfonyl, 3-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-lH-pyrazol-l-yl. Two adjacent positions (e.g. 2,3) may also be connected to form a ring. Example of such a substituent is 2-naphtyl. Further Rd also includes heteroaryls such as 2-chloro-5-thienyl, 3-bromo-5-chloro-2- thienyl, 2,l,3-benzoxadiazol-4-yl, 2,4-dimethyl-l,3-thiazol-5-yl, 2,3-dihydro-l,4- benzodioxin-6-yl, 5-chloro-3-methyl-l-benzothien-2-yl, 2,l,3-benzothiadiazol-4-yl, 2,5- dimethyl-3-furyl, 6-chloroimidazo[2,l-δ][l,3]thiazol-5-yl, 2,3-dihydro-l-benzofuran-5-yl, 5-chloro-3-thienyl, 5-isoxazol-5-yl-2-thienyl, 5-isoxazol-3-yl-2-thienyl, 4-bromo-5-chloro- 2-thienyl, 5-bromo-6-chloropyridin-3-yl, 5-bromo-2-thienyl, 5-pyridin-2-yl-2-thienyl, 2,5- dichloro-3-thienyl, 4,5-dichloro-2-thienyl,benzothien-3-yl, 2,5-dimethyl-3-thienyl, 3- thienyl,2-thienyl, 5-methylisoxazol-4-yl, pyridin-3-yl, [l-methyl-5-(trifluoromethyl)-lH- pyrazol-3-yl]-2-thienyl, 5-chloro-l,3-dimethyl-lH-pyrazol-4-yl, 4-[(4- chlorophenyl)sulfonyl]-3-methyl-2-thienyl, 5-(methoxycarbonyl)-2-furyl and A- (methoxycarbonyl)-5-methyl-2-furyl, with the proviso that when R2 is methoxy, and Rc is alkylene, then Rd is not chosen from the group consisting of phenyl, 4-fluorophenyl and A- chlorophenyl.
Even another further embodiment for Rd include; phenyl- l,l-(C3-C6)cycloalkylene with the phenyl optionally substituted at the 2,3,4,5 or 6-positions as well as any combination thereof; phenyl optionally substituted at the 2,3,4,5 or 6-positions as well as any combination thereof. Example of substituents are cyano, tetrazol-5-yl, methoxy, trifluoromethoxy, methyl, trifluoromethyl, fluoro, chloro, bromo, methylsulfonyl, nitro, 3- methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-lH-pyrazol-l-yl. Two adjacent positions (e.g. 2,3) may also be connected to form a ring. Example of such a substituent is 2-naphtyl. Further Rd also includes heteroaryls such as 2-chloro-5-thienyl, 3-bromo-5-chloro-2-thienyl, 2,1,3- benzoxadiazol-4-yl, 2,4-dimethyl-l,3-thiazol-5-yl, 2,3-dihydro-l,4-benzodioxin-6-yl, 5- chloro-3-methyl-l-benzothien-2-yl, 2,l,3-benzothiadiazol-4-yl, 2,5-dimethyl-3-furyl, 6- chloroimidazo[2, 1 -b] [1 ,3]thiazol-5-yl, 2,3-dihydro- 1 -benzofuran-5-yl, 5-chloro-3-thienyl, 5-isoxazol-5-yl-2-thienyl, 5-isoxazol-3-yl-2-thienyl, 4-bromo-5-chloro-2-thienyl, 5 -bromo- 6-chloropyridin-3-yl, 5-bromo-2-thienyl, 5-pyridin-2-yl-2-thienyl, 2,5-dichloro-3-thienyl, 4,5-dichloro-2-thienyl,benzothien-3-yl, 2,5-dimethyl-3-thienyl, 3-thienyl,2-thienyl, 5- methylisoxazol-4-yl, pyridin-3-yl, [ 1 -methyl-5-(trifluoromethyl)- lH-pyrazol-3-yl]-2- thienyl, 5-chloro-l,3-dimethyl-lH-pyrazol-4-yl, 4-[(4-chlorophenyl)sulfonyl]-3-methyl-2- thienyl, 5-(methoxycarbonyl)-2-furyl and 4-(methoxycarbonyl)-5-methyl-2-furyl.
In one embodiment of the invention Rc represents a direct bond or an unsubstituted or monosubstituted or disubstituted (Ci-C4)alkylene group wherein any substituents each individually and independently are selected from (d-C4)alkyl, (d-C4)alkoxy, (C2- C4)alkenyl, (C2-C4)alkynyl, (C3-Ce)cycloalkyl, carboxyl, carboxy-(Ci-C4)alkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, nitro, cyano, halogeno (F, Cl, Br or I), hydroxyl, NRa(Rc)Rb(Rc) in which RΆ(RC) and Rb(Rc) individually and independently from each other represents hydrogen, (C1- C4)alkyl or RΆ(RC) and Rb(Rc) together with the nitrogen atom represent piperidine, pyrrolidine, azetidine or aziridine, and Rd represents aryl, i.e RcRd represents an aryl-(Ci- C4)alkylene group with any substituents according to above, with the proviso that when Rc is alkylene and R2 is methoxy, then Rd is not chosen from the group consisting of phenyl, 4-fluorophenyl and 4-chlorophenyl.
In an alternative embodiment of the invention Rc represents a direct bond or an unsubstituted or monosubstituted or disubstituted (Ci-C3)alkylene group wherein any substituents each individually and independently are selected from (Ci-C4)alkyl, (C1- C4)alkoxy, (C2-C4)alkenyl, (C2-C4)alkynyl, (C3-Ce)cycloalkyl, carboxyl, carboxy-(Ci- C4)alkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, nitro, cyano, halogeno (F, Cl, Br or I), hydroxyl, NRa(Rc)Rb(Rc) in which R^RcWd Rb(-Rc^ individually and independently from each other represents hydrogen, (Ci-C4)alkyl or R^RcWd Rb(-Rc^ together with the nitrogen atom represent piperidine, pyrrolidine, azetidine or aziridine , and Rd represents aryl, i.e RcRd represents an aryl-(Ci-C3)alkylene group with any substituents according to above, with the proviso that when Rc is alkylene and R2 is methoxy, then Rd is not chosen from the group consisting of phenyl, 4-fluorophenyl and 4-chlorophenyl.
In a further embodiment of the invention Rc represents a direct bond or an unsubstituted or monosubstituted or disubstituted (Ci-C4)alkylene group wherein any substituents each individually and independently are selected from (d-C4)alkyl, (C1- C4)alkoxy, (C2-C4)alkenyl, (C2-C4)alkynyl, (C3-Ce)cycloalkyl, carboxyl, carboxy-(Ci- C4)alkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, nitro, cyano, halogeno (F, Cl, Br or I), hydroxyl, NRa(Rc)Rb(Rc) in which RΆ(RC) and Rb(Rc) individually and independently from each other represents hydrogen, (Ci-C4)alkyl or RΆ(RC) and Rb(Rc) together with the nitrogen atom represent piperidine, pyrrolidine, azetidine or aziridine, and Rd represents heterocyclyl, i e. Rc Rd represents a heterocyclyl-(Ci-C4)alkylene group with any substituents according to above
In a further alternative embodiment of the invention Rc represents a direct bond or an unsubstituted or monosubstituted or disubstituted (Ci-C3)alkylene group wherein any substituents each individually and independently are selected from (Ci-C4)alkyl, (Ci- C4)alkoxy, (C2-C4)alkenyl, (C2-C4)alkynyl, (C3-Ce)cycloalkyl, carboxyl, carboxy-(Ci- C4)alkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, nitro, cyano, halogeno (F, Cl, Br or I), hydroxyl, NRa(Rc)Rb(Rc) in which Ra^Rc) and Rb(Rc) individually and independently from each other represents hydrogen, (Ci-C4)alkyl or Ra^Rc) and Rb(Rc) together with the nitrogen atom represent piperidine, pyrrolidine, azetidine or aziridine, and Rd represents heterocyclyl, i e. Rc Rd represents a heterocyclyl-(Ci-C3)alkylene group with any substituents according to above.
In a particular embodiment of the invention Rc represents a direct bond or a Ci- alkylene group wherein any substituents each individually and independently are selected from (Ci-C4)alkyl, (CrC4)alkoxy, (C2-C4)alkenyl, (C2-C4)alkynyl, (C3-C6)cycloalkyl, carboxyl, carboxy-(Ci-C4)alkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, nitro, cyano, halogeno (F, Cl, Br or I), hydroxyl, NRa(Rc)Rb(Rc) in which Ra(Rc) and Rb(Rc) individually and independently from each other represents hydrogen, (Ci-C4)alkyl or Ra^Rc) and Rb(Rc) together with the nitrogen atom represent piperidine, pyrrolidine, azetidine or aziridine, and Rd represents aryl, i.e Rc Rd represents an aryl-Ci -alkylene group with any substituents according to above with the proviso that when Rc is alkylene and R2 is methoxy, then Rd is not chosen from the group consisting of phenyl, 4-fluorophenyl and 4-chlorophenyl.
In a further particular embodiment of the invention Rc represents a direct bond or an unsubstituted or monosubstituted or disubstituted Ci -alkylene group wherein any substituents each individually and independently are selected from (Ci-C4)alkyl, (Ci- C4)alkoxy, (C2-C4)alkenyl, (C2-C4)alkynyl, (C3-C6)cycloalkyl, carboxyl, carboxy-(Ci- C4)alkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, nitro, cyano, halogeno (F, Cl, Br or I), hydroxyl, NRa(Rc)Rb(Rc) in which RΆ(RC) and Rb(Rc) individually and independently from each other represents hydrogen, (Ci-C4)alkyl or RΆ(RC) and Rb(Rc) together with the nitrogen atom represent piperidine, pyrrolidine, azetidine or aziridine, and Rd represents aryl, i.e Rc Rd represents an aryl-Ci-alkylene group with any substituents according to above with the proviso that when Rc is alkylene and R2 is methoxy, then Rd is not chosen from the group consisting of phenyl, 4-fluorophenyl and 4-chlorophenyl.
In an even further particular embodiment of the invention Rc represents an unsubstituted or monosubstituted or disubstituted Ci-alkylene group wherein any substituents each individually and independently are selected from (Ci-C4)alkyl, (Ci- C4)alkoxy, (C2-C4)alkenyl, (C2-C4)alkynyl, (C3-Ce)cycloalkyl, carboxyl, carboxy-(Ci- C4)alkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, nitro, cyano, halogeno (F, Cl, Br or I), hydroxyl, NRa(Rc)Rb(Rc) in which Ra^Rc) and Rb(Rc) individually and independently from each other represents hydrogen, (Ci-C4)alkyl or Ra^Rc) and Rb(Rc) together with the nitrogen atom represent piperidine, pyrrolidine, azetidine or aziridine, and Rd represents aryl, i.e Rc Rd represents an aryl-Ci-alkylene group with any substituents according to above with the proviso that when Rc is alkylene and R2 is methoxy, then Rd is not chosen from the group consisting of phenyl, 4-fluorophenyl and 4-chlorophenyl.
In an even further alternative particular embodiment of the invention Rc represents a direct bond.
In one embodiment of the invention Ri9 represents hydrogen or methyl. In an alternative embodiment of the invention R19 represents hydrogen. In another embodiment of the invention R19 represents methyl.
In a particular embodiment of the invention Rc Rd represents a benzyl group (Rc being methylene and Rd being phenyl), or a benzyl group which is substituted according to what is described in connection to substitution of the aryl group, with the proviso that R2 is not methoxy. In a most particular embodiment of the invention Rc Rd represents an aryl-l,l(C3- C6)cycloalkylene group which is substituted according to what is described in connection to substitution of the aryl group (Rc being a direct bond and Rd an aryl-substituted 1,1(C3- C6)CyC loalkylene group).
In an alternative most particular embodiment of the invention Rc Rd represents a phenyl- 1,1-cyclopropylene group which is substituted according to what is described in connection to substitution of the aryl group (Rc being a direct bond and Rd a phenyl-substituted 1,1- cyclopropylene group).
In one embodiment of the invention X represents a single bond. In another embodiment of the invention X represents imino (-NH-) or methylene (-CH2- ). In yet another embodiment X represents imino (-NH-) . In a further embodiment X represents methylene (-CH2- ).
Suitable values for the B ring/ring system include, for example, diazepanylene, piperazinylene, piperidinylene, pyrrolidinylene and azetidinylene, wherein anyone of them may be presents in any of their isomeric forms (e.g. piperazin -tetrahydropyridazin- tetrahydropyrimidin).
Embodiments for the B ring/ring system include, for example, diazepanylene, piperazinylene, piperidinylene, pyrrolidinylene and azetidinylene. Further embodiments include these groups which are substituted with Ri4 having a (Ci-Ce)alkyl group, wherein the (Ci-C6)alkyl group optionally is substituted with OH, COOH or COORe group(s), e.g. a 2-carboxyethyl group, and wherein Re represents H, aryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl or (C1- Ci2)alkyl optionally substituted by one or more of halogen (F, Cl, Br or I) or mixed halogen atoms, OH, aryl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl.
In an alternative to the embodiment for the B ring/ring system above, the embodiment include, for example, diazepanylene, piperazinylene, piperidinylene, pyrrolidinylene or azetidinylene groups which are substituted with Ri4 having a (Ci- C6)alkyl group, wherein the (Ci-C6)alkyl group optionally is substituted with OH, COOH or COORe group(s), e.g. a 2-carboxyethyl group, and wherein Re represents H, aryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl or (Ci-Ce)alkyl optionally substituted by one or more of halogen (F, Cl, Br or I) or mixed halogen atoms, OH, aryl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl.
It is also contemplated that in one embodiment, the B-ring/ring system is represented by piperidinylene.
It is also further contemplated that in one embodiment, the B-ring/ring system is represented by 4-piperidin- 1 -ylene.
A 2nd embodiment of formula I is defined by; Ri represents R7C(O);
R2 represents CN, halogen (F, Cl, Br or I), (C4-Ce)alkyl optionally interrupted by oxygen and/or optionally substituted by OH, aryl, (C3-Ce)cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl; furthermore R2 represents (C2-C3)alkyl interrupted by oxygen; furthermore R2 represents (Ci-C3)alkyl substituted by one or more of OH, aryl, aryl(Ci-C3)alkyloxy, (C3- Ce)cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl, with the proviso that any such OH group must be at least 2 carbon atoms away from any oxygen; further R2 represents unsubstituted (Ci-Ce)alkoxy, (C3-C6)cycloalkyl, hydroxy(Ci-C6)alkyl, (CrC6)alkylC(O), (CrC6)alkylthioC(O), (C1- C6)alkylC(S), (Ci-C6)alkoxyC(O), (C3-C6)cycloalkoxy, aryl, arylC(O), aryl(Ci- C6)alkylC(O), heterocyclyl, heterocyclylC(O), heterocyclyl(Ci-C6)alkylC(O), (C1- C6)alkylsulfϊnyl, (Ci-C6)alkylsulfonyl, unsubstituted (Ci-Ce)alkylthio, (C3- C6)cycloalkylthio, arylsulfmyl, arylsulfonyl, arylthio, aryl(d-C6)alkylthio, aryl(Ci-
Ce)alkylsulfinyl, aryl(Ci-C6)alkylsulfonyl, heterocyclyl(Ci-C6)alkylthio, heterocyclyl(Ci- C6)alkylsulfmyl, heterocyclyl(Ci-C6)alkylsulfonyl, (C3-C6)cycloalkyl(Ci-C6)alkylthio, (C3- C6)cycloalkyl(Ci-C6)alkylsulfϊnyl, (C3-C6)cycloalkyl(Ci-C6)alkylsulfonyl; with the proviso that when R2 is methoxy and Rc is alkylene, then Rd is not chosen from the group consisting of phenyl, 4-fluorophenyl and 4-chlorophenyl; R7 represents (Ci-C3)alkyl optionally interrupted by oxygen, and/or optionally substituted by OH, aryl, (C3-Ce)cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl or one or more halogen (F, Cl, Br or I) atoms; further R7 represents (C3-Ce)cycloalkyl, hydroxy(Ci-Ce)alkyl, aryl or heterocyclyl;
Ri4 represents H, OH with the proviso that the OH group must be at least 2 carbon atoms away from any heteroatom in the B ring/ring system, (Ci-Ce)alkyl optionally interrupted by oxygen and/or optionally substituted by one or more of OH, COOH and COORe; wherein Re represents aryl, (C3-C6)cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl or (d-C6)alkyl optionally substituted by one or more of halogen (F, Cl, Br or I) atom(s), OH, aryl, (C3- Ce)cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl; further Ri4 represents aryl, aryl(Ci-C6)alkyl, aryl(Ci- C3)alkoxy, heterocyclyl, a halogen (F, Cl, Br or I) atom, (C3-C6)cycloalkyl, (C3- C6)Cy cloalkyl(Ci-C6)alkoxy, hydroxy(Ci-Ce)alkyl, (Ci-Ce)alkoxy, (C3-C6)cycloalkoxy, (Ci-C6)alkylsulfmyl, (Ci-C6)alkylsulfonyl, (Ci-C6)alkylthio, (C3-C6)cycloalkylthio, or a group of formula NRa(14)Rb(14) in which Ra(14) and Rb(14) independently represent H, (Ci- C6)alkyl, (Ci-C6)alkylC(O), (Ci-C6)alkoxyC(O) or Ra(14) and Rb(14) together with the nitrogen atom represent piperidine, pyrrolidine, azetidine or aziridine;
Rc is a direct bond or represents an unsubstituted or monosubstituted or polysubstituted (Ci-C4)alkylene or l,l-(C3-C6)cycloalkylene group, wherein any substituents each individually and independently are selected from (Ci-C4)alkyl, (Ci- C4)alkoxyl, (C2-C4)alkenyl, (C2-C4)alkynyl, (C3-Ce)cycloalkyl, carboxyl, carboxy-(Ci- C4)alkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, cyano, halogeno (F, Cl, Br or I), hydroxyl, NRa(Rc)Rb(Rc) in which Ra(Rc) and Rb(Rc) individually and independently from each other represents hydrogen, (Ci-C4)alkyl or Ra^Rc) and Rb(Rc) together with the nitrogen atom represent piperidine, pyrrolidine, azetidine or aziridine; further Rc represents imino (-NH-), N- substituted imino (-NR19-), (Ci-C4)alkyleneimino or N-substituted (Ci-C4)alkyleneimino ( -N(Ri9)-((Ci-C4)alkylene) wherein the mentioned alkylene groups are unsubstituted or monosubstituted or polysubstituted with any substituents according to above; with the proviso that when Rc is alkylene and R2 is methoxy, then Rd is not chosen from the group consisting of phenyl, 4-fluorophenyl and 4-chlorophenyl; preferably Rc represents a direct bond or imino or (Ci-C4)alkyleneimino or an unsubstituted or monosubstituted or polysubstituted (Ci-C4)alkylene group with any substituents according to above; with the proviso that when Rc is alkylene and R2 is methoxy, then Rd is not chosen from the group consisting of phenyl, 4-fluorophenyl and 4- chlorophenyl;
Ri9 represents H or (Ci-C4)alkyl;
Rd represents (Ci-C6)alkyl, (C3-C6)cycloalkyl, aryl or heterocyclyl, and anyone of these groups optionally substituted with one or more halogen (F, Cl, Br or I) atoms or mixed halogen atoms and/or one or more of the following groups, OH, CN, (Ci-Ce)alkyl, (Ci-C6)alkoxyC(O), (Ci-C6)alkoxy, halogen substituted (Ci-C6)alkyl, (C3-C6)cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, (d-C6)alkylsulfmyl, (d-C6)alkylsulfonyl, (d-C6)alkylthio, (C3- Ce)cycloalkylthio, arylsulfmyl, arylsulfonyl, arylthio, aryl(Ci-C6)alkylthio, aryl(Ci- C6)alkylsulfϊnyl, aryl(Ci-C6)alkylsulfonyl, heterocyclyl(Ci-C6)alkylthio, heterocyclyl(Ci- C6)alkylsulfmyl, heterocyclyl(Ci-C6)alkylsulfonyl, (C3-C6)cycloalkyl(Ci-C6)alkylthio, (C3- C6)cycloalkyl(Ci-C6)alkylsulfϊnyl, (C3-C6)cycloalkyl(Ci-C6)alkylsulfonyl or a group of formula NR a(Rd) R b(Rd) in which R a(Rd) and R b(Rd) independently represent H, (C1-C6)alkyl,
(Ci-Ce)alkylC(O) or Ra(Rd) and Rb(Rd) together with the nitrogen atom represent piperidine, pyrrolidine, azetidine or aziridine with the proviso that when Rd is one of phenyl, 4- fluorophenyl or 4-chlorophenyl and Rc is alkylene, then R2 is not methoxy;
X represents a single bond, imino (-NH-), methylene (-CH2-), iminomethylene (-CH2-NH-) wherein the carbon is connected to the B-ring/ring system, methyleneimino (-NH-CH2-) wherein the nitrogen is connected to the B-ring/ring system and any carbon and/or nitrogen in these groups may optionally be substitued with (Ci-C6) alkyl; further X may represent a group (-CH2-)n wherein n= 2-6, which optionally is unsaturated and/or substituted by one or more substituent chosen among halogen, hydroxyl or (Ci-Ce)alkyl;
B is a monocyclic or bicyclic, 4 to 11-membered heterocyclic ring/ring system comprising one or more nitrogen and optionally one or more atoms selected from oxygen or sulphur, which nitrogen is connected to the pyridine-ring (according to formula I) and further the B-ring/ring system is connected to X in another of its positions; the substituent Ri4 is connected to the B ring/ring system in such a way that no quarternary ammonium compounds are formed (by this connection).
An alternative 2nd embodiment of formula I is defined by; Ri represents RyC(O);
R2 represents unsubstituted (Ci-C3)alkylthio or unsubstituted hydroxy(Ci-C3)alkyl;
R7 represents (Ci-C3)alkyl optionally interrupted by oxygen, and/or optionally substituted by OH, aryl, (C3-Ce)cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl or one or more halogen (F, Cl, Br or I) atoms; further R7 represents (C3-Ce)cycloalkyl, hydroxy(Ci-Ce)alkyl, aryl or heterocyclyl;
Ri4 represents H, OH with the proviso that the OH group must be at least 2 carbon atoms away from any heteroatom in the B ring/ring system, (Ci-Ce)alkyl optionally interrupted by oxygen and/or optionally substituted by one or more of OH, COOH and COORe; wherein Re represents aryl, (C3-Ce)cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl or (Ci-Ce)alkyl optionally substituted by one or more of halogen (F, Cl, Br or I) atom(s), OH, aryl, (C3- Ce)cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl; further Ri4 represents aryl, aryl(Ci-Ce)alkyl, aryl(Ci- C3)alkoxy, heterocyclyl, a halogen (F, Cl, Br or I) atom, (C3-Ce)cycloalkyl, (C3- C6)cycloalkyl(Ci-C6)alkoxy, hydroxy(Ci-Ce)alkyl, (Ci-Ce)alkoxy, (C3-Ce)cycloalkoxy, (Ci-C6)alkylsulfinyl, (Ci-C6)alkylsulfonyl, (Ci-C6)alkylthio, (C3-C6)cycloalkylthio, or a group of formula NRa(14)Rb(14) in which Ra(14) and Rb(14) independently represent H, (C1- C6)alkyl, (Ci-C6)alkylC(O), (Ci-C6)alkoxyC(O) or Ra(14) and Rb(14) together with the nitrogen atom represent piperidine, pyrrolidine, azetidine or aziridine;
Rc is a direct bond or represents an unsubstituted or monosubstituted or polysubstituted (Ci-C4)alkylene or l,l-(C3-C6)cycloalkylene group, wherein any substituents each individually and independently are selected from (Ci-C4)alkyl, (Ci- C4)alkoxyl, (C2-C4)alkenyl, (C2-C4)alkynyl, (C3-Ce)cycloalkyl, carboxyl, carboxy-(Ci- C4)alkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, cyano, halogeno (F, Cl, Br or I), hydroxyl, NRa(Rc)Rb(Rc) in which Ra(Rc) and Rb(Rc) individually and independently from each other represents hydrogen, (Ci-C4)alkyl or RΆ(RC) and Rb(Rc) together with the nitrogen atom represent piperidine, pyrrolidine, azetidine or aziridine; further Rc represents imino (-NH-), N- substituted imino (-NR19-), (Ci-C4)alkyleneimino or N-substituted (Ci-C4)alkyleneimino ( -N(Ri9)-((Ci-C4)alkylene) wherein the mentioned alkylene groups are unsubstituted or monosubstituted or polysubstituted with any substituents according to above; preferably Rc represents a direct bond or imino or (Ci-C4)alkyleneimino or an unsubstituted or monosubstituted or polysubstituted (Ci-C4)alkylene group with any substituents according to above;
Ri9 represents H or (Ci-C4)alkyl;
Rd represents (Ci-Ce)alkyl, (C3-Ce)cycloalkyl, aryl or heterocyclyl, and anyone of these groups optionally substituted with one or more halogen (F, Cl, Br or I) atoms or mixed halogen atoms and/or one or more of the following groups, OH, CN, (Ci-Ce)alkyl, (Ci-C6)alkoxyC(O), (Ci-C6)alkoxy, halogen substituted (CrC6)alkyl, (C3-C6)cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, (Ci-C6)alkylsulfϊnyl, (Ci-C6)alkylsulfonyl, (Ci-C6)alkylthio, (C3- Ce)cycloalkylthio, arylsulfmyl, arylsulfonyl, arylthio, aryl(Ci-C6)alkylthio, aryl(Ci- C6)alkylsulfϊnyl, aryl(Ci-C6)alkylsulfonyl, heterocyclyl(Ci-C6)alkylthio, heterocyclyl(Ci- C6)alkylsulfmyl, heterocyclyl(d-C6)alkylsulfonyl, (C3-C6)cycloalkyl(Ci-C6)alkylthio, (C3- C6)cycloalkyl(Ci-C6)alkylsulfϊnyl, (C3-C6)cycloalkyl(Ci-C6)alkylsulfonyl or a group of formula NR a(Rd) R b(Rd) in which R a(Rd) and R b(Rd) independently represent H, (C1-C6)alkyl,
(Ci-C6)alkylC(O) or Ra(Rd) and Rb(Rd) together with the nitrogen atom represent piperidine, pyrrolidine, azetidine or aziridine;
X represents a single bond, imino (-NH-), methylene (-CH2-), iminomethylene (-CH2-NH-) wherein the carbon is connected to the B-ring/ring system, methyleneimino (-NH-CH2-) wherein the nitrogen is connected to the B-ring/ring system and any carbon and/or nitrogen in these groups may optionally be substitued with (Ci-C6) alkyl; further X may represent a group (-CH2-)n wherein n= 2-6, which optionally is unsaturated and/or substituted by one or more substituent chosen among halogen, hydroxyl or (Ci-Ce)alkyl; B is a monocyclic or bicyclic, 4 to 11-membered heterocyclic ring/ring system comprising one or more nitrogen and optionally one or more atoms selected from oxygen or sulphur, which nitrogen is connected to the pyridine-ring (according to formula I) and further the B-ring/ring system is connected to X in another of its positions; the substituent Ri4 is connected to the B ring/ring system in such a way that no quarternary ammonium compounds are formed (by this connection).
A 3rd embodiment of formula I is defined by; Ri represents R7C(O);
R2 represents CN, (C4-Ce)alkyl optionally interrupted by oxygen and/or optionally substituted by OH; furthermore R2 represents (C2-C3)alkyl interrupted by oxygen; furthermore R2 represents (Ci-C3)alkyl substituted by one or more of OH, with the proviso that any such OH group must be at least 2 carbon atoms away from any oxygen; further R2 represents unsubstituted (Ci-Ce)alkoxy, (C3-Ce)cycloalkyl, hydroxy(Ci-Ce)alkyl, (C1- Ce)alkoxyC(O), (C3-C6)cycloalkoxy, aryl, heterocyclyl, (Ci-C6)alkylsulfmyl, (C1- C6)alkylsulfonyl, unsubstituted (Ci-C6)alkylthio, (C3-C6)cycloalkylthio, arylsulfϊnyl, arylsulfonyl, arylthio, aryl(Ci-C6)alkylthio, aryl(Ci-C6)alkylsulfmyl, aryl(Ci- C6)alkylsulfonyl, heterocyclyl(Ci-Ce)alkylthio, heterocyclyl(Ci-C6)alkylsulfmyl, heterocyclyl(Ci-C6)alkylsulfonyl, (C3-C6)cycloalkyl(Ci-C6)alkylthio, (C3- C6)cycloalkyl(Ci-C6)alkylsulfinyl, (C3-C6)cycloalkyl(Ci-C6)alkylsulfonyl; with the proviso that when R2 is methoxy and Rc is alkylene, then Rd is not chosen from the group consisting of phenyl, 4-fluorophenyl and 4-chlorophenyl;
R7 represents (Ci-C3)alkyl optionally interrupted by oxygen, and/or optionally substituted by OH, aryl, (C3-Ce)cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl or one or more halogen (F, Cl, Br or I) atoms; further R7 represents (C3-Ce)cycloalkyl, hydroxy(Ci-Ce)alkyl, aryl or heterocyclyl; Ri4 represents H, OH with the proviso that the OH group must be at least 2 carbon atoms away from any heteroatom in the B ring/ring system, (Ci-Ce)alkyl optionally interrupted by oxygen and/or optionally substituted by one or more of OH, COOH and COORe; wherein Re represents (Ci-Ce)alkyl optionally substituted by one or more of halogen (F, Cl, Br or I) atom(s), OH, aryl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl; further Ri4 represents a halogen (F, Cl, Br or I) atom, (C3-Ce)cycloalkyl, (Ci-Ce)alkoxy, (C3- C6)CyC loalkoxy, (Ci-Ce)alkylthio, (C3-Ce)cycloalkylthio, or a group of formula NR a(i4) R b(i4) in which R a(i4) and R b(i4) mdeperidentry represent H, (C1-C6)alkyl, (C1-
C6)alkylC(O), (Ci-C6)alkoxyC(O) or Ra(14) and Rb(14) together with the nitrogen atom represent piperidine, pyrrolidine, azetidine or aziridine;
Rc is a direct bond or represents an unsubstituted or monosubstituted or polysubstituted (Ci-C4)alkylene or group, wherein any substituents each individually and independently are selected from (Ci-C4)alkyl, (Ci-C4)alkoxy, (C3-Ce)cycloalkyl, halogen (F, Cl, Br or I), hydroxyl, NRa(Rc)Rb(Rc) in which Ra(Rc) and Rb(Rc) individually and independently from each other represents hydrogen, (Ci-C4)alkyl or Ra(Rc) and Rb(Rc) together with the nitrogen atom represent piperidine, pyrrolidine, azetidine or aziridine; further Rc represents imino (-NH-), N-substituted imino (-NR19-), (Ci-C4)alkyleneimino or N-substituted (Ci-C4)alkyleneimino ( -N(Ri9)-((Ci-C4)alkylene) wherein the mentioned alkylene groups are unsubstituted or monosubstituted or polysubstituted with any substituents according to above; with the proviso that when Rc is alkylene and R2 is methoxy, then Rd is not chosen from the group consisting of phenyl, 4-fluorophenyl and A- chlorophenyl; preferably Rc represents a direct bond or imino or (Ci-C4)alkyleneimino or an unsubstituted or monosubstituted or polysubstituted (Ci-C4)alkylene group with any substituents according to above; with the proviso that when Rc is alkylene and R2 is methoxy, then Rd is not chosen from the group consisting of phenyl, 4-fluorophenyl and A- chlorophenyl;
Rig represents H or (Ci-C4)alkyl; Rd represents (Ci-C6)alkyl, (C3-C6)cycloalkyl, aryl or heterocyclyl, and anyone of these groups optionally substituted with one or more halogen (F, Cl, Br or I) atoms or mixed halogen atoms and/or one or more of the following groups, OH, CN, (Ci-Ce)alkyl, (Ci-C6)alkoxyC(O), (Ci-C6)alkoxy, halogen substituted (Ci-C6)alkyl, (C3-C6)cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, (d-C6)alkylsulfmyl, (d-C6)alkylsulfonyl, (d-C6)alkylthio, (C3- Ce)cycloalkylthio, arylsulfϊnyl, arylsulfonyl, arylthio, aryl(Ci-C6)alkylthio, aryl(Ci- C6)alkylsulfϊnyl, aryl(Ci-C6)alkylsulfonyl, heterocyclyl(Ci-C6)alkylthio, heterocyclyl(Ci- C6)alkylsulfmyl, heterocyclyl(Ci-C6)alkylsulfonyl, (C3-C6)cycloalkyl(Ci-C6)alkylthio, (C3- C6)cycloalkyl(Ci-C6)alkylsulfmyl, (C3-C6)cycloalkyl(Ci-C6)alkylsulfonyl or a group of formula NR a(Rd) R b(Rd) in which R a(Rd) and R b(Rd) independently represent H, (C1-C6)alkyl,
(Ci-Ce)alkylC(O) or Ra(Rd) and Rb(Rd) together with the nitrogen atom represent piperidine, pyrrolidine, azetidine or aziridine; with the proviso that when Rd is one of phenyl, 4- fluorophenyl or 4-chlorophenyl and Rc is alkylene, then R2 is not methoxy;
X represents a single bond, imino (-NH-), methylene (-CH2-), iminomethylene
(-CH2-NH-) wherein the carbon is connected to the B-ring/ring system, methyleneimino (-NH-CH2-) wherein the nitrogen is connected to the B-ring/ring system and any carbon and/or nitrogen in these groups may optionally be substitued with (Ci-C6) alkyl; further X may represent a group (-CH2-)n wherein n= 2-6, which optionally is unsaturated and/or substituted by one or more substituent chosen among halogen, hydroxyl or (Ci-Ce)alkyl;
B is a monocyclic or bicyclic, 4 to 11-membered heterocyclic ring/ring system comprising one or more nitrogen and optionally one or more atoms selected from oxygen or sulphur, which nitrogen is connected to the pyridine-ring (according to formula I) and further the B-ring/ring system is connected to X in another of its positions; the substituent Ri4 is connected to the B ring/ring system in such a way that no quarternary ammonium compounds are formed (by this connection).
An alternative 3rd embodiment of formula I is defined by; Ri represents R7C(O); R2 is selected from the group consisting of methylthio, ethylthio, n-propylthio, iso- propylthio, hydroxymethyl and hydroxyethyl;
R7 represents (Ci-C3)alkyl optionally interrupted by oxygen, and/or optionally substituted by OH, aryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl or one or more halogen (F, Cl, Br or I) atoms; further R7 represents (C3-Ce)cycloalkyl, hydroxy(Ci-C6)alkyl, aryl or heterocyclyl;
Ri4 represents H, OH with the proviso that the OH group must be at least 2 carbon atoms away from any heteroatom in the B ring/ring system, (Ci-Ce)alkyl optionally interrupted by oxygen and/or optionally substituted by one or more of OH, COOH and COORe; wherein Re represents (Ci-Ce)alkyl optionally substituted by one or more of halogen (F, Cl, Br or I) atom(s), OH, aryl, (C3-Ce)cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl; further Ri4 represents a halogen (F, Cl, Br or I) atom, (C3-Ce)cycloalkyl, (Ci-Ce)alkoxy, (C3- C6)CyC loalkoxy, (Ci-Ce)alkylthio, (C3-Ce)cycloalkylthio, or a group of formula NRa(14)Rb(14) in which Ra(14) and Rb(14) independently represent H, (Ci-C6)alkyl, (C1- Ce)alkylC(O), (Ci-C6)alkoxyC(O) or Ra(14) and Rb(14) together with the nitrogen atom represent piperidine, pyrrolidine, azetidine or aziridine;
Rc is a direct bond or represents an unsubstituted or monosubstituted or polysubstituted (Ci-C4)alkylene or group, wherein any substituents each individually and independently are selected from (Ci-C4)alkyl, (Ci-C4)alkoxy, (C3-C6)cycloalkyl, halogen (F, Cl, Br or I), hydroxyl, NRa(Rc)Rb(Rc) in which Ra(Rc) and Rb(Rc) individually and independently from each other represents hydrogen, (Ci-C4)alkyl or Ra(Rc) and Rb(Rc) together with the nitrogen atom represent piperidine, pyrrolidine, azetidine or aziridine; further Rc represents imino (-NH-), N-substituted imino (-NR19-), (Ci-C4)alkyleneimino or N-substituted (Ci-C4)alkyleneimino ( -N(Ri9)-((Ci-C4)alkylene) wherein the mentioned alkylene groups are unsubstituted or monosubstituted or polysubstituted with any substituents according to above; preferably Rc represents a direct bond or imino or (Ci-C4)alkyleneimino or an unsubstituted or monosubstituted or polysubstituted (Ci-C4)alkylene group with any substituents according to above; Ri9 represents H or (d-C4)alkyl;
Rd represents (Ci-Ce)alkyl, (C3-Ce)cycloalkyl, aryl or heterocyclyl, and anyone of these groups optionally substituted with one or more halogen (F, Cl, Br or I) atoms or mixed halogen atoms and/or one or more of the following groups, OH, CN, (Ci-Ce)alkyl, (Ci-C6)alkoxyC(O), (Ci-C6)alkoxy, halogen substituted (d-C6)alkyl, (C3-C6)cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, (Ci-C6)alkylsulfmyl, (Ci-C6)alkylsulfonyl, (Ci-C6)alkylthio, (C3- Ce)cycloalkylthio, arylsulfϊnyl, arylsulfonyl, arylthio, aryl(Ci-C6)alkylthio, aryl(Ci- C6)alkylsulfϊnyl, aryl(d-C6)alkylsulfonyl, heterocyclyl(Ci-C6)alkylthio, heterocyclyl(Cr C6)alkylsulfmyl, heterocyclyl(Ci-C6)alkylsulfonyl, (C3-C6)cycloalkyl(Ci-C6)alkylthio, (C3- C6)cycloalkyl(Ci-C6)alkylsulfϊnyl, (C3-C6)cycloalkyl(Ci-C6)alkylsulfonyl or a group of formula NR a(Rd) R b(Rd) in which R a(Rd) and R b(Rd) independently represent H, (C1-C6)alkyl,
(CrC6)alkylC(O) or Ra(Rd) and Rb(Rd) together with the nitrogen atom represent piperidine, pyrrolidine, azetidine or aziridine;
X represents a single bond, imino (-NH-), methylene (-CH2-), iminomethylene (-CH2-NH-) wherein the carbon is connected to the B-ring/ring system, methyleneimino (-NH-CH2-) wherein the nitrogen is connected to the B-ring/ring system and any carbon and/or nitrogen in these groups may optionally be substitued with (Ci-C6) alkyl; further X may represent a group (-CH2-)n wherein n= 2-6, which optionally is unsaturated and/or substituted by one or more substituent chosen among halogen, hydroxyl or (Ci-Ce)alkyl;
B is a monocyclic or bicyclic, 4 to 11-membered heterocyclic ring/ring system comprising one or more nitrogen and optionally one or more atoms selected from oxygen or sulphur, which nitrogen is connected to the pyridine-ring (according to formula I) and further the B-ring/ring system is connected to X in another of its positions; the substituent Ri4 is connected to the B ring/ring system in such a way that no quarternary ammonium compounds are formed (by this connection).
A 4rth embodiment of formula I is defined by; Ri represents R7C(O); R2 represents CN, (C4-Ce)alkyl optionally interrupted by oxygen and/or optionally substituted by OH; furthermore R2 represents (C2-C3)alkyl interrupted by oxygen; furthermore R2 represents (Ci-C3)alkyl substituted by one or more of OH, with the proviso that any such OH group must be at least 2 carbon atoms away from any oxygen; further R2 represents unsubstituted (Ci-Ce)alkoxy, (C3-Ce)cycloalkyl, hydroxy(Ci-Ce)alkyl, (C1- Ce)alkoxyC(O), (Cs-C6)CyC loalkoxy, aryl, heterocyclyl, unsubstituted (Ci-Ce)alkylthio, (C3-C6)cycloalkylthio, arylthio, aryl(Ci-C6)alkylthio, heterocyclyl(Ci-C6)alkylthio, (C3- C6)cycloalkyl(Ci-C6)alkylthio; with the proviso that when R2 is methoxy and Rc is alkylene, then Rd is not chosen from the group consisting of phenyl, 4-fluorophenyl and 4- chlorophenyl;
R7 represents (Ci-C3)alkyl optionally interrupted by oxygen, and/or optionally substituted by OH, aryl, (C3-Ce)cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl or one or more halogen (F, Cl, Br or I) atoms; further R7 represents (C3-Ce)cycloalkyl;
Ri4 represents H, OH with the proviso that the OH group must be at least 2 carbon atoms away from any heteroatom in the B ring/ring system, (Ci-Ce)alkyl optionally interrupted by oxygen and/or optionally substituted by one or more of OH and COOH; further Ri4 represents a halogen (F, Cl, Br or I) atom, (Ci-Ce)alkoxy, (C3-Ce)cycloalkoxy, (Ci-C6)alkylthio, (C3-C6)cycloalkylthio, or a group of formula NRa(14)Rb(14) in which Ra(14) and Rb(14) independently represent H or (Ci-C6)alkyl;
Rc is a direct bond or represents imino, N-substituted imino (-NR19-), (C1- C4)alkyleneimino or an unsubstituted or monosubstituted or polysubstituted (C1-
C4)alkylene group with any substituents selected from (Ci-C4)alkyl, (Ci-C4)alkoxy, (C3- C6)cycloalkyl, halogen (F, Cl, Br or I), hydroxyl, NRa(Rc)Rb(Rc) in which Ra(Rc) and Rb(Rc) individually and independently from each other represents hydrogen, (Ci-C4)alkyl or RΆ(RC) and Rb(Rc) together with the nitrogen atom represent piperidine, pyrrolidine, azetidine or aziridine, with the proviso that when Rc is alkylene and R2 is methoxy, then Rd is not chosen from the group consisting of phenyl, 4-fluorophenyl and 4-chlorophenyl; Ri9 represents H or (d-C4)alkyl;
Rd represents (Ci-Ce)alkyl, (C3-Ce)cycloalkyl, aryl or heterocyclyl, and anyone of these groups optionally substituted with one or more halogen (F, Cl, Br or I) atoms or mixed halogen atoms and/or one or more of the following groups, OH, CN, (Ci-Ce)alkyl, (Ci-C6)alkoxyC(O), (Ci-C6)alkoxy, halogen substituted (d-C6)alkyl, (C3-C6)cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, (Ci-C6)alkylsulfmyl, (Ci-C6)alkylsulfonyl, (Ci-C6)alkylthio, (C3- Ce)cycloalkylthio, arylsulfϊnyl, arylsulfonyl, arylthio, aryl(Ci-C6)alkylthio, aryl(Ci- C6)alkylsulfϊnyl, aryl(d-C6)alkylsulfonyl, heterocyclyl(Ci-C6)alkylthio, heterocyclyl(Cr C6)alkylsulfmyl, heterocyclyl(Ci-C6)alkylsulfonyl, (C3-C6)cycloalkyl(Ci-C6)alkylthio, (C3- C6)cycloalkyl(Ci-C6)alkylsulfϊnyl, (C3-C6)cycloalkyl(Ci-C6)alkylsulfonyl or a group of formula NR a(Rd) R b(Rd) in which R a(Rd) and R b(Rd) independently represent H, (C1-C6)alkyl,
(CrC6)alkylC(O) or Ra(Rd) and Rb(Rd) together with the nitrogen atom represent piperidine, pyrrolidine, azetidine or aziridine; with the proviso that when Rd is one of phenyl, A- fluorophenyl or 4-chlorophenyl and Rc is alkylene, then R2 is not methoxy;
X represents a single bond, imino (-NH-) or methylene (-CH2-);
B is a monocyclic or bicyclic, 4 to 11-membered heterocyclic ring/ring system comprising one or more nitrogen and optionally one or more atoms selected from oxygen or sulphur, which nitrogen is connected to the pyridine-ring (according to formula I) and further the B-ring/ring system is connected to X in another of its positions; the substituent Ri4 is connected to the B ring/ring system in such a way that no quarternary ammonium compounds are formed (by this connection).
An alternative 4rth embodiment of formula I is defined by; Ri represents R7C(O);
R2 is selected from the group consisting of methylthio, ethylthio, n-propylthio and hydroxymethyl; R7 represents (Ci-C3)alkyl optionally interrupted by oxygen, and/or optionally substituted by OH, aryl, (C3-Ce)cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl or one or more halogen (F, Cl, Br or I) atoms; further R7 represents (C3-C6)cycloalkyl;
Ri4 represents H, OH with the proviso that the OH group must be at least 2 carbon atoms away from any heteroatom in the B ring/ring system, (Ci-Ce)alkyl optionally interrupted by oxygen and/or optionally substituted by one or more of OH and COOH; further Ri4 represents a halogen (F, Cl, Br or I) atom, (Ci-Ce)alkoxy, (C3-Ce)cycloalkoxy, (Ci-C6)alkylthio, (C3-C6)cycloalkylthio, or a group of formula NRa(14)Rb(14) in which Ra(14) and Rb(-14^ independently represent H or (Ci-C6)alkyl;
Rc is a direct bond or represents imino, N-substituted imino (-NR19-), (Ci- C4)alkyleneimino or an unsubstituted or monosubstituted or polysubstituted (Ci- C4)alkylene group with any substituents selected from (Ci-C4)alkyl, (Ci-C4)alkoxy, (C3- C6)cycloalkyl, halogen (F, Cl, Br or I), hydroxyl, NRa(Rc)Rb(Rc) in which Ra(Rc) and Rb(Rc) individually and independently from each other represents hydrogen, (Ci-C4)alkyl or Ra^Rc) and Rb(Rc) together with the nitrogen atom represent piperidine, pyrrolidine, azetidine or aziridine;
Rig represents H or (Ci-C4)alkyl;
Rd represents (Ci-Ce)alkyl, (C3-Ce)cycloalkyl, aryl or heterocyclyl, and anyone of these groups optionally substituted with one or more halogen (F, Cl, Br or I) atoms or mixed halogen atoms and/or one or more of the following groups, OH, CN, (Ci-Ce)alkyl, (Ci-C6)alkoxyC(O), (Ci-C6)alkoxy, halogen substituted (CrC6)alkyl, (C3-C6)cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, (Ci-C6)alkylsulfϊnyl, (Ci-C6)alkylsulfonyl, (Ci-C6)alkylthio, (C3- Ce)cycloalkylthio, arylsulfmyl, arylsulfonyl, arylthio, aryl(Ci-C6)alkylthio, aryl(Ci- C6)alkylsulfϊnyl, aryl(Ci-C6)alkylsulfonyl, heterocyclyl(Ci-C6)alkylthio, heterocyclyl(Ci- C6)alkylsulfmyl, heterocyclyl(d-C6)alkylsulfonyl, (C3-C6)cycloalkyl(Ci-C6)alkylthio, (C3- C6)cycloalkyl(Ci-C6)alkylsulfϊnyl, (C3-C6)cycloalkyl(Ci-C6)alkylsulfonyl or a group of formula NR a(Rd) R b(Rd) in which R a(Rd) and R b(Rd) independently represent H, (C1-C6)alkyl, (CrC6)alkylC(O) or Ra(Rd) and Rb(Rd) together with the nitrogen atom represent piperidine, pyrrolidine, azetidine or aziridine;
X represents a single bond, imino (-NH-) or methylene (-CH2-); and
B is a monocyclic or bicyclic, 4 to 11-membered heterocyclic ring/ring system comprising one or more nitrogen and optionally one or more atoms selected from oxygen or sulphur, which nitrogen is connected to the pyridine-ring (according to formula I) and further the B-ring/ring system is connected to X in another of its positions; the substituent Rn is connected to the B ring/ring system in such a way that no quarternary ammonium compounds are formed (by this connection).
A 5th embodiment of formula I is defined by that; Ri is n-propylcarbonyl;
R2 is chosen from the group consisting of methoxy, methylthio, ethylthio, n- propylthio, isopropylthio, cyclopropylthio, isobutylthio and hydroxymethyl; R7 is n-propyl (as Ri is R7(CO)); Ri4 is hydrogen; Rc is chosen from the group consisting of a single bond, methylene (-CH2-), imino
(-NH-) and methylimino (-N(CH3)-); Ri9 is hydrogen or methyl;
Rd is chosen from the group consisting of phenyl, 2-fluorophenyl, 4-fluorophenyl, 2,4-difluorophenyl, 2-chloro-4-fluorophenyl, 4-methoxy-phenyl, 4-metyl-phenyl, phenyl- 1,1 -cyclopropylene and (trans)-phenyl- 1 ,2-cyclopropylene; X is a single bond; and
B is 4-piperidin-l-ylene, and the substituent Ri4 is connected to the B ring/ring system, in such a way that no quarternary ammonium compound is formed (by this connection).
An alternative 5th embodiment of formula I is defined by that; Ri is n-propylcarbonyl; R2 is chosen from the group consisting of methylthio, ethylthio, n-propylthio and hydroxymethyl;
R7 is n-propyl (as Ri is R7(CO));
Ri4 is hydrogen;
Rc is chosen from the group consisting of a single bond, methylene (-CH2-), imino (-NH-) and methylimino (-N(CH3)-);
Ri9 is hydrogen or methyl;
Rd is chosen from the group consisting of phenyl, 2-fluorophenyl, 4-fluorophenyl, 2,4-difluorophenyl, 2-chloro-4-fluorophenyl, 4-methoxy-phenyl, 4-metyl-phenyl, phenyl- 1,1-cyclopropylene and (trans)-phenyl-l,2-cyclopropylene;
X is a single bond; and
B is 4-piperidin-l-ylene, and the substituent Ri4 is connected to the B ring/ring system, in such a way that no quarternary ammonium compound is formed (by this connection).
In a 6th embodiment of formula (I), formula (I) is defined as being any compound(s) of formula (Ia)-(Ii):
Figure imgf000040_0001
Figure imgf000040_0002
(Ib)
Figure imgf000041_0001
Figure imgf000041_0002
Figure imgf000041_0003
Figure imgf000041_0004
Figure imgf000041_0005
10
Figure imgf000042_0001
Figure imgf000042_0002
In the above Ia to Ii the various values of R are as defined above and include any of the previously mentioned embodiments.
In an alternative 6th embodiment of formula (I), formula (I) is defined as being any compound(s) of formula (Ia):
Figure imgf000042_0003
In a 7 7 th embodiment formula (I) is defined as being a compound of formula (Iaa);
Figure imgf000043_0001
In the above Iaa the various values of R (except Ri4 being H) are as defined above and include any of the previously mentioned embodiments.
Examples of specific compounds according to the invention, (embodiments of Formula I) may be selected among;
1 - [5 -butyryl-3 -cyano-6-(methylthio)pyridin-2-yl] -N- [( 1 - phenylcyclopropyl)sulfonyl]piperidine-4-carboxamide, 1 -(5 -butyryl-3 -cyano-6-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-N-{ [(4- fluorophenyl)amino]sulfonyl}piperidine-4-carboxamide,
1 -(5 -butyryl-3 -cyano-6-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-N- { [(4- fluorophenyl)(methyl)amino]sulfonyl}piperidine-4-carboxamide,
1 -(5 -butyryl-3 -cyano-6-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-N- [(4- methoxybenzyl)sulfonyl]piperidine-4-carboxamide,
1 -(5 -butyryl-3 -cyano-6-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-N- [(4- methylbenzyl)sulfonyl]piperidine-4-carboxamide,
1 -(5 -butyryl-3 -cyano-6-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-N-[(4-chloro-2- fluorobenzyl)sulfonyl]piperidine-4-carboxamide, 1 -(5-butyryl-3-cyano-6-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-N-[(2,4- difluorobenzyl)sulfonyl]piperidine-4-carboxamide,
1 -(5 -butyryl-3 -cyano-6-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-N- [(2- fluorobenzyl)sulfonyl]piperidine-4-carboxamide,
1 - [5 -butyryl-3 -cyano-6-(methylthio)pyridin-2-yl] -N- [(2- fluorobenzyl)sulfonyl]piperidine-4-carboxamide, 1 - [5 -butyryl-3 -cyano-6-(methylthio)pyridin-2-yl]-N- {[methyl(phenyl)amino]sulfonyl}piperidine-4-carboxamide,
1 - [5 -butyryl-3 -cyano-6-(methylthio)pyridin-2-yl] -N- [(4- methoxybenzyl)sulfonyl]piperidine-4-carboxamide, 1 - [5 -butyryl-3 -cyano-6-(methylthio)pyridin-2-yl] -N- [(4- fluorobenzyl)sulfonyl]piperidine-4-carboxamide,
1 - [5 -butyryl-3 -cyano-6-(methylthio)pyridin-2-yl] -N- [(2,4- difluorobenzyl)sulfonyl]piperidine-4-carboxamide,
1 - [5 -butyryl-3 -cyano-6-(methylthio)pyridin-2-yl] -N- [(4- methylbenzyl)sulfonyl]piperidine-4-carboxamide,
N-(benzylsulfonyl)- 1 - [5 -butyryl-3 -cyano-6-(methylthio)pyridin-2-yl]piperidine -4- carboxamide,
1 - [5 -butyryl-3 -cyano-6-(hydroxymethyl)pyridin-2-yl] -N- [( 1 - phenylcyclopropyl)sulfonyl]piperidine-4-carboxamide, 1 -(5 -butyryl-3 -cyano-6-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-N- [( 1 - phenylcyclopropyl)sulfonyl]piperidine-4-carboxamide,
1 - [5 -butyryl-3 -cyano-6-(ethylthio)pyridin-2-yl] -N-[( 1 - phenylcyclopropyl)sulfonyl]piperidine-4-carboxamide,
1 - [5 -butanoyl-3 -cyano-6-(propylthio)pyridin-2-yl] -N-[( 1 - phenylcyclopropyl)sulfonyl]piperidine-4-carboxamide,
1 -(5 -butyryl-3 -cyano-6-(methylthio)pyridin-2-yl)-N-((trans)-2- phenylcyclopropylsulfonyl)piperidine-4-carboxamide,
1 -(5 -butyryl-3 -cyano-6-(isobutylthio)pyridin-2-yl)-N-( 1 - phenylcyclopropylsulfonyl)piperidine-4-carboxamide, 1 -(5 -butyryl-3 -cyano-6-(isopropylthio)pyridin-2-yl)-N-( 1 - phenylcyclopropylsulfonyl)piperidine-4-carboxamide and
1 -(5 -butyryl-3 -cyano-6-(cyclopropylthio)pyridin-2-yl)-N-( 1 - phenylcyclopropylsulfonyl)piperidine-4-carboxamide; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. Alternative examples of specific compounds according to the invention, (embodiments of Formula I) may be selected among;
1 - [5 -butyryl-3 -cyano-6-(methylthio)pyridin-2-yl] -N- [( 1 - phenylcyclopropyl)sulfonyl]piperidine-4-carboxamide, 1 - [5 -butyryl-3 -cyano-6-(methylthio)pyridin-2-yl] -N- [(2- fluorobenzyl)sulfonyl]piperidine-4-carboxamide,
1 - [5 -butyryl-3 -cyano-6-(methylthio)pyridin-2-yl]-N- {[methyl(phenyl)amino]sulfonyl}piperidine-4-carboxamide,
1 - [5 -butyryl-3 -cyano-6-(methylthio)pyridin-2-yl] -N- [(4- methoxybenzyl)sulfonyl]piperidine-4-carboxamide,
1 - [5 -butyryl-3 -cyano-6-(methylthio)pyridin-2-yl] -N- [(4- fluorobenzyl)sulfonyl]piperidine-4-carboxamide,
1 - [5 -butyryl-3 -cyano-6-(methylthio)pyridin-2-yl] -N- [(2,4- difluorobenzyl)sulfonyl]piperidine-4-carboxamide, 1 - [5 -butyryl-3 -cyano-6-(methylthio)pyridin-2-yl] -N- [(4- methylbenzyl)sulfonyl]piperidine-4-carboxamide,
N-(benzylsulfonyl)- 1 - [5 -butyryl-3 -cyano-6-(methylthio)pyridin-2-yl]piperidine -4- carboxamide,
1 - [5 -butyryl-3 -cyano-6-(hydroxymethyl)pyridin-2-yl] -N- [( 1 - phenylcyclopropyl)sulfonyl]piperidine-4-carboxamide,
1 - [5 -butyryl-3 -cyano-6-(ethylthio)pyridin-2-yl] -N-[( 1 - phenylcyclopropyl)sulfonyl]piperidine-4-carboxamide, and
1 - [5 -butanoyl-3 -cyano-6-(propylthio)pyridin-2-yl] -N-[( 1 - phenylcyclopropyl)sulfonyl]piperidine-4-carboxamide; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
In another alternative example the specific compound according to the invention, (embodiments of Formula I) is;
1 - [5 -butyryl-3 -cyano-6-(methylthio)pyridin-2-yl] -N- [( 1 - phenylcyclopropyl)sulfonyl]piperidine-4-carboxamide; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In a further alternative example the specific compound according to the invention, (embodiments of Formula I) is; l-[5-butanoyl-3-cyano-6-(propylthio)pyridin-2-yl]-N-[(l- phenylcyclopropyl)sulfonyl]piperidine-4-carboxamide; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
As a further option, examples of specific compounds according to the invention,
(embodiments of Formula I) may be selected as one or more among; 1 -(5 -butyryl-3 -cyano-6-(methylthio)pyridin-2-yl)-N-((trans)-2- phenylcyclopropylsulfonyl)piperidine-4-carboxamide and
1 -(5 -butyryl-3 -cyano-6-(isopropylthio)pyridin-2-yl)-N-( 1 - phenylcyclopropylsulfonyl)piperidine-4-carboxamide; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
Processes The following processes together with the intermediates are provided as a further feature of the present invention.
Compounds of formula ( I ) may be prepared by the following processes al-a9;
al) Compounds of formula ( I ) in which R1, R2, B, Ri4, Rc and Rd are defined as in formula ( I ) above, X is a single bond or (-CH2-), can be formed by reacting a compound of formula ( II ), in which R1, R2, B and Ri4 are defined
Figure imgf000047_0001
as in formula ( I ) above, X is a single bond or a carbon, with a compound of formula ( III ) in which Rc and Rd are defined as in formula ( I ) above.
H2NSO2- Rc-Rd ( III )
The reaction is generally carried out in an inert organic solvent such as dichloromethane at ambient temperature. The reaction may be carried out using standard conditions or in the presence of TBTU, EDCI, PyBroP, PyBOP or the combination of EDCI and HOBt. Optionally, the reaction may be carried out in the presence of an organic base such as triethylamine or DIPEA.
al) Compounds of formula ( I ) in which R1, R2, B, Ri4, Rc and Rd are defined as in formula ( I ) above, X is (-NH-), (-CH2-NH-) or a single bond connected to a nitrogen which is a member of the B ring, can be formed by reacting a compound of formula ( IV ), in which R1, R2, B and Ri4 are defined as in formula ( I ) above and X is (-NH2-), (-CH2- NH2) or a hydrogen that is connected to a nitrogen which is a member of the B-ring, with a compound of the general
Figure imgf000047_0002
formula ( III ) which is defined as above. The reaction is generally carried out in an inert solvent such as DCM. The reaction may be carried out in the presence of CDI. Optionally, the reaction may be carried out in the presence of an organic base such as triethylamine, DBU or DIPEA.
a3) Compounds of formula ( I ) in which R1, R2, B, Ri4, Rc and Rd are defined as in formula ( I ) above X is (-NH-), (-CH2-NH-) or a single bond connected to a nitrogen which is a member of the B ring, can be formed by reacting a compound of formula ( IV ) which is defined in a2) above, with a compound of formula ( V )
O= C= N— SCL- RcRd ( V ) in which Rc and Rd are defined as in formula ( I ) above.
The reaction is generally carried out in an inert solvent such as THF. Optionally, the reaction may be carried out in the presence of an organic base such as triethylamine or DIPEA.
cι4) Compounds of formula ( I ) in which R1, R2, B, Ri4, Rc and Rd are defined as in formula ( I ) above, X is (-NH-), (-CH2-NH-) or a single bond connected to a nitrogen which is a member of the B ring, can be formed by reacting a compound of formula ( IV ) which is defined in above, with a compound of formula ( VI ),
RdRc -SO2NH-COOCH2CCI3 ( VI )
in which Rc and Rd are defined as in formula ( I ) above. The reaction is generally carried out in an inert solvent such as DMA. Optionally, the reaction may be carried out in the presence of an organic base such as triethylamine or DIPEA.
a5) Compounds of formula ( I ) may also be prepared by reacting a compound of formula ( VII ) in which Ri and R2 are defined as in formula ( I ) above and L is a suitable leaving group, such as chloro, bromo, iodo, fluoro, benzotriazolyloxy(OBt), triflate (OTf) mesylate (OMs) or tosylate (OTs),
Figure imgf000049_0001
with a compound of the general formula ( VIII ) in which B, X, R44, Rc and Rd are defined as in formula ( I ) above.
Figure imgf000049_0002
The reaction is generally carried out in an inert solvent such as DMA. Optionally, the reaction may be carried out in the presence of an organic base such as triethylamine or DIPEA.
The reaction is generally carried out at elevated temperatures using standard equipment or in a single-node microwave oven.
For some compounds, it is advantageous to carry out the reaction in ethanol in the presence of an organic base such as triethylamine.
a6) A compound of formula (I) in which R1, R2, B, R14, and Rd are defined as in formula ( I ) above and Rc represents imino (-NH-) or (Ci-C4)alkylimino in which the imino group can be substituted using standard conditions or using an alkylating agent like L-R19, in which R19 is defined as in formula ( I ) above and L is a leaving group exemplified by chloro, bromo, iodo, triflate(OTf) or tosylate(OTs), to give compounds of formula (I) in which R1, R2, B, Ri4, and Rd are defined as in formula ( I ) above and Rc represents N-substituted imino (-NRi9-) or N-substituted (Ci-C4)alkylimino ( -N(R1S)H(C1- C4)alkyl), optionally in the presence of a strong base such as NaH.
a7) Compounds of formula ( I ) in which R1, B, Ri4, X, Rc and Rd are as defined in formula ( I ) above, R2 is an unsubstituted (Ci-Ci2)alkoxy group defined as in formula ( I ) above may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula ( IX )
Figure imgf000050_0001
in which R1, B, Ri4, X L,, RRcc aanndd RRdd aarree aass ddeeffiinneedd iinn ffoorrmmuullaa (( II )) aabboo\ve with a compound of formula ( X )
L-R2- ( X )
in which R2' is an (Ci-Ci2)alkyl defined as in formula ( I ) above (corresponding to an R2 (Ci-Ci2)alkoxy) and L is a leaving group such as chloro, bromo, iodo, triflate (OTf) or tosylate (OTs).
The reaction may be carried out in an inert organic solvent such as DCM, DMF, DMA, THF or CH3CN. The reaction may be carried out using standard conditions or in the presence of a suitable base such as sodium hydride, DIPEA or silver carbonate or potassium carbonate. Preferentially silvercarbonate is used. The reaction may be carried out at ambient temperature or at elevated temperatures using standard equipment or a single node microwave oven.
a8) Compounds of formula ( I ) in which R1, B, Ri4, X, Rc and Rd are as defined in formula ( I ) above, R2 is an unsubstituted (Ci-Ci2)alkoxy group or an unsubstituted (C1- Ci2)alkylthio group defined as in formula ( I ) above can be prepared by reacting a compound of formula ( XI )
Figure imgf000051_0001
in which Ri , B, Ri4, X, Rc and Rd are as defined in formula ( I ) above and L is a suitable leaving group such as Cl, Br, I or benzotriazolyloxy (OBt), triflate (OTf) with an unsubstituted (Ci-Ci2)alcohol and (Ci-Ci2)alkylthiol respectively. The reaction may be performed using standard conditions in the presence of a palladium catalyst such as Pd(PPh3)4 or by using Pd(OAc)2, Pd(OOCCF3)2 or Pd2(dba)3 in combination with suitable phosphine ligands such as P(1Bu)3, (binaphtyl)P(lBu)2, PPh3 or XANTPHOS. The reaction may be carried out in an inert solvent such as DCM, DMA, DMF, THF, dioxane or toluene. Optionally in the presence of an organic or inorganic base such as CsF, Cs2CO3, , sodium- or potassium tert-butoxide, K3PO4 or DIPEA.
The reaction may be carried out at ambient temperature or at elevated temperatures using standard equipment or a single node microwave oven.
(For representative conditions See for example Prim, D. et. al in Tetrahedron, VoI 58 (2002), p. 2041-75 and references cited therein)
The reaction may alternatively be performed without the use of a palladium catalyst in an inert organic solvent such as DCM, THF in the presence of a suitable base such as DIPEA or by using the corresponding sodium salt of the alcohol and thiol (i.e. (Ci- Ci2)alkylO"Na+ and (Ci-Ci2)alkylS"Na+ ) respectively. The reaction may be carried out at ambient temperature or at elevated temperatures using standard equipment or a single node microwave oven.
a.9) Compounds of formula ( I ) in which R1, B, Ri4, X, Rc and Rd are as defined in formula ( I ) above and R2 is a cyano group can be prepared by reacting a compound of formula ( XI ) defined as above and L is a suitable leaving group such as Cl, Br, I or benzotriazolyloxy (OBt), triflate (OTf) with a suitable cyanide source such as potassium cyanide, sodium cyanide, K4[Fe(CN)6] or zink cyanide. The reaction may be performed using standard conditions in the presence of a palladium catalyst such as Pd(PPh3)4 or by using Pd(OAc)2, Pd(OOCCFs)2 or Pd2(dba)3 in combination with suitable phosphine ligands such as P(1Bu)3, (binaphtyl)P(lBu)2, PPh3 , dppf, dpppe or XANTPHOS. Optionally the reaction is also performed in the presence of Zink dust.
The reaction may be carried out in an inert solvent such as DCM, DMA, DMF, THF, dioxane or toluene.
The reaction is carried out at ambient temperature or at elevated temperatures using standard equipment or a single node microwave oven. (For representative conditions See for example Littke, A. et al in Organic Letters, VoI
9 (2007), p. 1711-1714 and Beller, M. in Eur. J. Inorg. Chem. (2003), 3513-26 and references cited therein).
The intermediates referred to above may be prepared by, for example, the methods/processes outlined below.
bl) The compounds of formula ( II ) in which Ri1 R2, B, and Ri4 are defined as in formula ( I ) above, X is a single bond or a carbon, may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula ( VII ) defined above and L is a suitable leaving group (such as fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, triflate (OTf), benzotriazolyloxy (OBt), mesylate (OMs) or tosylate (OTs)), with a compound of the general formula ( XIII ),
Figure imgf000052_0001
in which B and Ri4 are defined as in formula ( I ) above and X is a single bond or a carbon.
The reaction is generally carried out at elevated temperatures using standard equipment or in a single-node microwave oven. The reaction can be carried out in an inert solvent such as ethanol, DMA or a mixture of solvents such as ethanol-water. Optionally the reaction may be carried out in the presence of an organic base such as TEA or DIPEA. b2) The compounds of formula ( II ) in which Ri1 R2, B and Ri4 are defined as in formula ( I ) above, X is a single bond or a carbon, may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula ( VII ) defined above except that L is a hydroxy group with a compound of the general formula ( XIII ) in which B and Ri4 are defined as in formula ( I ) above.
The reaction is generally carried out in an inert organic solvent such as DCM or THF at ambient temperature. The reaction is carried out in the presence of a suitable coupling reagent such as for example PyBrop or PyBOP preferentially in the presence of an organic base such as TEA or DIPEA.
Synthesis of compounds of the general formula ( II ), in which Ri , R2, R7, B and Ri4 are defined as in formula ( I ) above, X is a single bond or a carbon atom also comprises the following steps (b3-b4):
b3) Reacting a compound of the general formula ( XIV ) with N,O- dimethy lhy droxy lamine .
Figure imgf000053_0001
The reaction can be performed using known reagents like CDI, EDCI or the combination of EDCI and HOBt to give a compound of the general formula ( XV ).
Figure imgf000053_0002
( XV ) b4) Reacting compounds of the general formula ( XV ), defined as above, with a reagent of the general formula R7-MgX', in which R7 is defined as in formula ( I ) above and X' is a halogen, or a reagent of the formula R7-M, in which M is a metal examp lifted by Zn and Li.
Synthesis of compounds of the general formula ( II ), in which Ri , R2, R7, B and Ri4 are defined as in formula ( I ) above, X is a single bond or ( -CH2-) also comprises the following steps (b5-b6):
b5) Reacting compounds of general formula (XVI)
Figure imgf000054_0001
wherein R2, B and Ri4 is as defined in formula ( I ) above, X is a single bond or ( - CH2-) and LG is a leaving group such as Cl or F with a reagent of general formula R7- MgX', in which R7 is defined as in formula ( I ) above and X' is a halogen. The reaction is carried out using standard conditions in an inert solvent such as THF catalyzed by ferric acetylacetonate or other suitable ferric salts such as for example FeCl3.
The reaction may be performed at ambient temperature or preferentially at lower temperatures for example in the range of -78 0C and O 0 C.
(See for example Fϋrstner A et al, J. Org Chem, 2004, pp 3943-3949)
The recation may alternatively be performed by using an organocopper- or organocuprate reagent (such as for expemple R7Cu, (R7)2CuLi or (R7)2CuMgX').
The reaction is carried out using standard conditions in an inert solvent such as DCM or THF. The reaction may be performed at ambient temperature or preferentially at lower temperature for example in the range of -78 0C and 0 0C. (See for example Cais, M; Mandelbaum, A in Patai "The Chemistry of the Carbonyl Group, vol. 1, Wiley, NY, 1966, p. 303.)
b6) Compounds of general formula ( XVI ) above can by prepared by reacting a compound of general formula ( XIV ) defined as above using standard conditions or with a chlorinating reagent such as oxalyl chloride, thionyl chloride or POCI3 ( e.g. when LG is
Cl). Advantageously dimethylformamide may be used as catalyst.
The reaction can also be performed using standard conditions with cyanuric fluoride preferentially in the presence of pyridine ( e.g. when LG is F) The reaction may be performed in an inert solvent such as DCM or toluene. The reaction is carried out at ambient temperature or at elevated temperatures.
Synthesis of compounds of the general formula ( II ), in which Ri is R7C(O) and R7 is a group containing a CH2 group next to the carbonyl in R1, (i.e. R7 in this case is referred to below as Rr-CH2) and R2, R7, B and R14 are defined as in formula ( I ) above, X is a single bond or a carbon atom also comprises the following steps (b7-b8):
b7) By double decarboxylation of a compound of general formula ( XVII )
Figure imgf000055_0001
The reaction is generally carried at elevated temperature using standard equipment. Preferentially the reaction is carried out under acidic conditions in an inert solvent such as MeCN or THF.
b8) Compounds of the formula ( XVII ) above can be prepared by reaction of a compound of formula ( XVI ) with a compound of formula ( XVIII )
Figure imgf000056_0001
( XVIII )
The reaction is carried out in an inert solvent such as THF at ambient temperature in the presence of a suitable base such as sodium pentoxide or NaH.
(For similar chemistry see, Asish D. et al, J. Chem. Soc. Perkin Treans. I, 1989, pp 603- 607 and Rathke, M et al, J. Org. Chem. 1985, pp 2622-24).
cl) Compounds of formula (IV) which are defined as above may be prepared by reacting the corresponding compound of formula ( VII ) which is defined above, with a compound of formula ( XIX ) in which B and Ri4 are defined as in formula ( I ) above, X is a nitrogen, (-CH2-NH2) or a single bond connected to a nitrogen which is a member of the B ring.
Figure imgf000056_0002
The reaction is generally carried out at elevated temperatures using standard equipment or in a single-node microwave oven. The reaction can be carried out in an inert solvent such as ethanol, DMA or a mixture of solvents such as ethanol-water. Optionally the reaction may be carried out in the prescence of an organic base such as TEA or DIPEA.
c2) Compounds of formula (IV) which are defined as above may be prepared by reacting the corresponding compound of formula ( VII ) which is defined above except that L is a hydroxy group, with a compound of formula ( XIX ) in which B and Ri4 are defined as in formula ( I ) above, X is ( -NH2), (-CH2-NH2) or a single bond connected to a nitrogen which is a member of the B ring. The reaction is generally carried out in an inert organic solvent such as DCM or THF at ambient temperature. The reaction is carried out in the presence of a suitable coupling reagent such as for example PyBrop or PyBOP preferentially in the presence of an organic base such as TEA or DIPEA.
Synthesis of compounds of the general formula ( IV ), in which Ri1 R2, R7, B, R14 are defined as in formula ( I ) above, X is (-NH2), (-CH2-NH2) or a single bond connected to a nitrogen which is a member of the B ring, comprises the following steps(c3-c4).
c 3) Reacting a compound of the general formula ( XX )
Figure imgf000057_0001
with N,O-dimethylhydroxylamine. The reaction can be performed using known reagents like CDI, EDCI or the combination of EDCI and HOBt to give a compound of the general formula ( XXI ).
Figure imgf000057_0002
c4) A compound of the general formula ( XXI ), which is defined as above can be reacted with a reagent of the general formula R7-MgX, in which R7 is defined as in formula ( I ) above and X is a halogen, or a reagent of the formula R7-M, in which M is a metal exemplified by Zn and Li, to give a compound of the general formula ( IV ). Synthesis of compounds of the general formula ( IV ), in which R1, R2, R7, B and R14 are defined as in formula ( I ) above, X is a nitrogen, (-CH2-NH2) or a single bond connected to a nitrogen which is a member of the B ring, also comprises the following steps (c5-c6).
c5) Reacting compounds of general formula (XXII)
Figure imgf000058_0001
wherein R2, B and R14 are as defined in formula ( I ) above, X is ( -NH2), (-CH2-
NH2) or a single bond connected to a nitrogen which is a member of the B ring and LG is a leavinggroup such as Cl or F with a reagent of general formula R7-MgX', in which R7 is defined as in formula ( I ) above, and X' is a halogen.
The reaction is carried out using standard conditions in an inert solvent such as THF catalyzed by ferric acetylacetonate or other suitable ferric salts such as FeCl3.
The reaction may be performed at ambient temperature or preferentially at lower temperatures for example in the range of -78 0C and 0 0C.
(See for example Fϋrstner A et al, J. Org Chem, 2004, pp 3943-3949).
The recation may alternatively be performed by using an organocopper- or organocuprate reagent (such as for expemple R7Cu, (R7)2CuLi or (R7)2CuMgX').
The reaction is carried out using standard conditions in an inert solvent sauch as DCM or THF.
The reaction may be performed at ambient temperature or preferentially at lower temperature for example in the range of -78 0C and 0 0C.
(See for example Cais, M; Mandelbaum, A in Patai "The Chemistry of the Carbonyl Group, vol. 1, Wiley, NY, 1966, p. 303.) c6) Compounds of general formula ( XXII ) above can by prepared by reacting a compound of general formula ( XX ) defined as above using standard reactions e.g. with a chlorinating reagent such as oxalyl chloride, thionyl chloride or POCI3 (e.g. when LG is Cl). Advantageously dimethylformamide may be used as catalyst. The reaction can also be performed using standard conditions with cyanuric fluoride preferentially in the presence of pyridine ( e.g. when LG is F)
The reaction may be performed in an inert solvent such as DCM or toluene. The reaction is carried out at ambient temperature or at elevated temperatures.
Synthesis of compounds of the general formula ( IV ), in which Ri is RyC(O) and R7 is a group containing a CH2 group next to the cabonyl in Ri (i.e. R7 in this case is referred to below as Ry-CH2) and R2, B and R14 are defined as in formula( I ) above, X is ( -NH2), (-CH2-NH2) or a single bond connected to a nitrogen which is a member of the B ring, also comprises the following stepsfc 7-c8).
c 7) By double decarboxylation of a compound of general formula ( XXIII )
Figure imgf000059_0001
( XXIII )
The reaction is generally carried at elevated temperature using standard equipment. Preferentially the reaction is carried out under acidic conditions in an inert solvent such as MeCN or THF.
c8) Compounds of the formula ( XXIII ) above can be prepared by reaction of a compound of formula ( XXII ) with a compound of formula ( XVIII )
Figure imgf000060_0001
( XVIII )
The reaction is carried out in an inert solvent such as THF at ambient temperature in the presence of a suitable base such as sodium pentoxide or NaH. (For similar chemistry see, Asish D. et al, J. Chem. Soc. Perkin Treans. I, 1989, pp
603-607 and Rathke, M et al, J. Org. Chem. 1985, pp 2622-24).
dl) Compounds of the general formula ( VII ) which are defined as above can be formed by reacting a compound of formula ( XXIV) using standard methods e.g. with a chlorinating reagent such as oxalyl chloride, thionyl chloride or POCI3. Advantageously dimethylformamide may be used. The reaction may be performed in an inert solvent such as DCM. Advantageously the inert solvent is toluene.
The reaction may also be carried out with PyBOP or methyl sulfonyl chloride in the presence of a base, such as DIPEA, in an inert solvent such as DCM.
Figure imgf000060_0002
Compounds of the general formula ( VIII ) can be formed in one of the processes (el-e4). The compounds of formula ( VIII ) are advantageously isolated as a zwitterion. A ring nitrogen of compounds of formula ( XIII ) and ( XIX ) used in the below steps may be protected by a protective group such as t-butyloxycarbonyl.
el) Compounds of the general formula ( VIII ) in which B, R44, Rc and Rd are defined as in formula ( I ) above, X is a single bond or ( -CH2-), may be formed by reacting a compound of formula ( XIII ) with a compound of formula ( III ). The reaction is generally carried out in an inert organic solvent such as dichloromethane at ambient temperature. The reaction may be carried out using standard conditions or in the presence of EDCI, PyBroP or PyBOP or the combination of EDCI and HOBt. Optionally, the reaction may be carried out in the presence of an organic base such as triethylamine or DIPEA.
e2) Compounds of the general formula ( VIII ) in which B, Ri4, Rc and Rd are defined as in formula ( I ) above, X is (-NH-), (-CH2-NH-) or a single bond connected to a nitrogen which is a member of the B ring, can be formed by reacting a compound of formula ( XIX ) defined as above with a compound of formula ( V ), defined as above. The reaction is generally carried out in an inert solvent such as THF. The reaction may also be carried out in the presence of an organic base such as triethylamine or DIPEA.
e3) Compounds of the general formula ( VIII ) in which B, Ri4, Rc and Rd defined as in formula ( I ) above, X is ( -NH-), (-CH2-NH-) or a single bond connected to a nitrogen which is a member of the B ring, can also be formed by reacting a compound of formula ( XIX ) with a compound of formula ( VI ) which is defined as above. The reaction is generally carried out in a solvent such as DMA. This reaction may also be carried out in the presence of an organic base such as triethylamine or DIPEA.
e4) A compound of formula (VIII) which is protected with t-butoxy carbonyl may be transformed into a compound without the protective group using standard procedures or a reagent such as HCl, FA or TFA.
f) Compounds of the general formula ( IX ) wherin R1, Ri4, B, X, Rc and Rd are defined as in formula ( I ) may be prepared by the following steps fl)-fl 2) below:
fl) Reacting a compound of general formula ( XXV )
Figure imgf000062_0001
( XXV ), wherein R14, B, X, Rc and Rd are defined as above , by any of the methods described in procedures b3) to b8) above.
f2) Compounds of the general formula (XXV) above may be prepared by reacting a compound of the general formula ( XXVI )
Figure imgf000062_0002
where B, Ri4, X, Rc and Rd are as defined in formula ( I ) above with a compound of formula ( XXVII )
Figure imgf000062_0003
0H ( XXVII )
The reaction is generally carried out in an inert organic solvent such as EtOH or DMSO.
The reaction is carried out at ambient temperature or at elevated temperatures using Standard equipment or a single node microwave oven.
β) Compounds of the general formula ( XXVII ) defined above can be prepared by reacting a compound of the general formula (VIII) as defined above with a compound of formula ( XXVIII ) NH
0Et ( XXVIII ) using essentially the same procedure as described in [Macconi, A et. AL, J. Heterocyclic chemistry, 26, p. 1859 (1989)].
f4) Compounds of general formula ( IX ) above wherein R1, B, Ri4, Rc and Rd are defined as in formula ( I ) and X is a single bond or ( -CH2-) may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula ( XXIX )
Figure imgf000063_0001
with a compound of formula ( III ) defined as above.
The reaction is generally carried out in an inert organic solvent such as dichloromethane at ambient temperature. The reaction may be carried out using standard conditions or in the presence of TBTU, EDCI, PyBrop or PyBOP or the combination of EDCI and HOBt. Optionally, the reaction may be carried out in the presence of an organic base such as triethylamine or DIPEA.
f5) Compounds of general formula ( XXIX ) above can be made by reacting a compound of general formula ( XXX )
Figure imgf000063_0002
wherein Ri4 and B are defined as above and X is a single bond or (-CH2-), according to any of the methods described in procedures b3) to b8) above. f6) Compounds of general formula ( XXX ) may be prepared by reacting a compound of general formula ( XXXI )
Figure imgf000064_0001
( XXXI) , wherin Ri4 and B are defined as in formula ( I ) and X is a single bond or ( -CH2-) with a compound of formula ( XXVII ) defined as above.
The reaction is generally carried out in an inert organic solvent such as EtOH or DMSO.
The reaction is carried out at ambient temperature or at elevated temperatures using standard equipment or a single node microwave oven.
P) Compounds of the general formula ( XXXI ) defined above can be prepared by reacting a compound of the general formula (XIII) as defined above with a compound of formula ( XXVIII ) using essentially the same procedure as described in [Macconi, A et. AL, J. Heterocyclic chemistry, 26, p. 1859 (1989)].
J8) Compounds of general formula ( IX ) above wherein R1, B, Ri4, Rc and R are defined as in formula ( I ) and X is a nitrogen, (-CH2-NH-) or a single bond connected to a nitrogen which is a member of the B ring may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula ( XXXII )
Figure imgf000064_0002
with a compound of formula ( III ) defined as above. The reaction is generally carried out in an inert solvent such as DCM. The reaction may be carried out in the presence of CDI. Optionally, the reaction may be carried out in the presence of an organic base such as triethylamine, DBU or DIPEA.
f9) Compounds of general formula ( IX ) above wherein R1, Ri4, Rc and Rd are defined as in formula ( I ) and X is ( -NH-), (-CH2-NH-) or a single bond connected to a nitrogen which is a member of the B ring may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula ( XXXII ) with a compound of general formula (V) as defined above.
The reaction is generally carried out in an inert solvent such as THF. Optionally, the reaction may be carried out in the presence of an organic base such as triethylamine or DIPEA.
flO) Compounds of general formula ( IX ) above wherein R1, B, Ri4, Rc and Rd are defined as in formula ( I ) and X is (-NH-), (-CH2-NH-) or a single bond connected to a nitrogen which is a member of the B ring may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula ( XXXII ) with a compound of general formula (VI) as defined above. The reaction is generally carried out in an inert solvent such as DMA. Optionally, the reaction may be carried out in the presence of an organic base such as triethylamine or DIPEA.
fll) Compound of the general Formula ( XXXII ) above may be prepared by reacting a compound of general Formula ( XXXIII )
Figure imgf000065_0001
( XXXIII ), wherein Ri4 and B are defined as above and X is (-NH2), (-CH2-NH2) or a single bond connected to a nitrogen which is a member of the B-ring, according to any of the methods described in procedures c3) to c8) above. /12) Compounds of general formula ( XXXIII ) above may be prepared by essentially the same procedure described in steps/6) -f7) above from a compound of formula ( XIX ) defined as above.
gl) Compounds of general formula ( II ), wherein Ri, B, Ri4, are defined as in formula ( I ) and R2 is an unsubstituted (Ci-Ci2)alkoxy group and X is a single bond or a carbon atom may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula ( XXIX ) as defined above, with a compound of formula ( X )
L-R2- ( X )
in which R2' is an unsubstituted (Ci-Ci2)alkyl defined as in formula ( I ) above and L is a leaving group such as chloro, bromo, iodo, triflate (OTf) or tosylate (OTs).
The reaction may be carried out in an inert organic solvent such as DCM, DMF, DMA, THF or CH3CN. The reaction may be carried out using standard conditions or in the presence of a suitable base such as sodium hydride, DIPEA or silver carbonate or potassium carbonate. Preferentially silvercarbonate is used.
The reaction may be carried out at ambient temperature or at elevated temperatures using standard equipment or a single node microwave oven.
g2) Compounds of formula ( II ) in which Ri, B, R14 are as defined in formula ( I ) above and X is a single bond or a carbon atom, R2 is an unsubstituted (Ci-Ci2)alkoxy group or an unsubstituted (Ci-Ci2)alkylthio group defined as in formula ( I ) above can be prepared by reacting a compound of formula ( XXXIV )
Figure imgf000066_0001
( XXXIV )
in which Ri, B, Ri4 and X are as defined in formula ( II ) above and L is a suitable leaving group such as Cl, Br, I benzotrazolyloxy (OBt) or triflate (OTf) with the corresponding unsubstituted (Ci-Ci2)alcohol and unsubstituted (Ci-Ci2)alkylthiol respectively.
The reaction may be performed using standard conditions in the presence of a palladium catalyst such as Pd(PPh3)4 or by using Pd(OAc)2, Pd(OOCCF3)2 or Pd2(dba)3 in 5 combination with suitable phosphine ligands such as P(1Bu)3, (binaphtyl)P(lBu)2, PPh3 or XANTPHOS. The reaction may be carried out in an inert solvent such as DCM, DMA, DMF, THF, dioxane or toluene. Optionally in the presence of an organic or inorganic base such as CsF, Cs2CO3, , sodium- or potassium tert-butoxide, K3PO4 or DIPEA.
The reaction may be carried out at ambient temperature or at elevated temperatureso using standard equipment or a single node microwave oven.
(For representative conditions See for example Prim, D. et. al in Tetrahedron, VoI 58 (2002), p. 2041-75 and references cited therein)
The reaction may alternatively be performed without the use of a palladium catalysts in an inert organic solvent such as DCM, THF in the presence of a suitable base such as DIPEA or by using the corresponding sodium salt of the alcohol and thiol (i.e. (C1- Ci2)alkylO"Na+ and (Ci-Ci2)alkylS"Na+ ) respectively.
The reaction may be carried out at ambient temperature or at elevated temperatures using standard equipment or a single node microwave oven. o g3) Compounds of formula ( II ) in which R1, B, Ri4 are as defined in formula ( I ) above and X is a single bond or a carbon atom and R2 is cyano group defined as in formula ( I ) above can be prepared by reacting a compound of formula ( XXXIV ) defined as above with a suitable cyanide source such as potassium cyanide, sodium cyanide,5 K4[Fe(CN)6] or zink cyanide.
The reaction may be performed using standard conditions in the presence of a palladium catalyst such as Pd(PPh3)4 or by using Pd(OAc)2, Pd(OOCCF3)2 or Pd2(dba)3 in combination with suitable phosphine ligands such as P(1Bu)3, (binaphtyl)P(lBu)2, PPh3 , dppf, dpppe or XANTPHOS. Optionally the reaction is also performed in the presence ofo Zink dust.
The reaction may be carried out in an inert solvent such as DCM, DMA, DMF, THF, dioxane or toluene. The reaction is carried out at ambient temperature or at elevated temperatures using standard equipment or a single node microwave oven.
(For representative conditions See for example Littke, A. et al in Organic Letters, VoI 9 (2007), p. 1711-1714 and Beller, M. in Eur. J. Inorg. Chem. (2003), 3513-26 and references cited therein).
g4) Compounds of general formula ( XXXIV ) as defined above may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula ( XXIX ) with a halogenating reagent , such as thionylchloride, POCI3 or oxalyl chloride. Optionally the reaction is performed in the presence of DMF.
The reaction may also be carried out in an inert solvent, such as DCM, using PyBOP or trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride, optionally in the presence of an organic base such as TEA or DIPEA at or below r.t.
g5) Compounds of general formula ( IV ), wherein Ri, B, Ri4 are defined as in formula ( I ) R2 is an unsubstituted (Ci-Ci2)alkoxy group and X is (-NH2), (-CH2-NH2) or a single bond connected to a nitrogen atom which is a member of the B ring may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula ( XXXII ) as defined above, with a compound of formula ( X ) L-R2' ( X )
in which R2' is an unsubstituted (Ci-Ci2)alkyl defined as in formula ( I ) above and L is a leaving group such as chloro, bromo, iodo, triflate (OTf) or tosylate (OTs).
The reaction may be carried out in an inert organic solvent such as DCM, DMF, DMA, THF or CH3CN. The reaction may be carried out using standard conditions or in the presence of a suitable base such as sodium hydride, DIPEA or silver carbonate or potassium carbonate. Preferentially silvercarbonate is used.
The reaction may be carried out at ambient temperature or at elevated temperatures using standard equipment or a single node microwave oven.
g6) Compounds of formula ( IV ) in which Ri, B and R14 are as defined in formula ( I ) above and X is (-NH2), (-CH2-NH2) or a single bond connected to a nitrogen atom which is a member of the B ring, R2 is an unsubstituted (Ci-Ci2)alkoxy group or an unsubstituted (Ci-Ci2)alkylthio group defined as in formula ( I ) above can be prepared by reacting a compound of formula ( XXXV )
Figure imgf000069_0001
in which R1, B and R14 are as defined in formula ( I ), X is (-NH2), (-CH2-NH2) or a single bond connected to a nitrogen atom which is a member of the B ring and L is a suitable leaving group such as Cl, Br, I, benzotriazolyloxy (OBt) or triflate (OTf) the corresponding unsubstituted (Ci-Ci2)alcohol and unsubstituted (Ci-Ci2)alkylthiol respectively.
The reaction may be performed using standard conditions in the presence of a palladium catalyst such as Pd(PPh3)4 or by using Pd(OAc)2, Pd(OOCCF3)2 or Pd2(dba)3 in combination with suitable phosphine ligands such as P(1Bu)3, (binaphty^P^Bu^, PPh3 or XANTPHOS. The reaction may be carried out in an inert solvent such as DCM, DMA,
DMF, THF, dioxane or toluene. Optionally in the presence of an organic or inorganic base such as CsF, Cs2CO3, sodium- or potassium tert-butoxide, K3PO4 or DIPEA.
The reaction may be carried out at ambient temperature or at elevated temperatures using standard equipment or a single node microwave oven. (For representative conditions See for example Prim, D. et. al in Tetrahedron, VoI 58
(2002), p. 2041-75 and references cited therein)
The reaction may alternatively be performed without the use of a palladium catalyst in an inert organic solvent such as DCM, THF in the presence of a suitable base such as DIPEA or by using the corresponding sodium salt of the alcohol and thiol (i.e. (C1- Ci2)alkylO"Na+ and (Ci-Ci2)alkylS"Na+ ) respectively.
The reaction may be carried out at ambient temperature or at elevated temperatures using standard equipment or a single node microwave oven. g7) Compounds of formula ( IV ) in which R1, B, R14 are as defined in formula ( I ) above and X is (-NH2), (-CH2-NH2) or a single bond connected to a nitrogen atom which is a member of the B ring and R2 is cyano group defined as in formula ( I ) above can be prepared by reacting a compound of formula ( XXXV ) defined as above with a suitable cyanide source such as potassium cyanide, sodium cyanide, K4[Fe(CN)6] or zink cyanide.
The reaction may be performed using standard conditions in the presence of a palladium catalyst such as Pd(PPh3)4 or by using Pd(OAc)2, Pd(OOCCF3)2 or Pd2(dba)3 in combination with suitable phosphine ligands such as P(1Bu)3, (binaphtyl)P(lBu)2, PPh3 , dppf, dpppe or XANTPHOS. Optionally the reaction is also performed in the presence of Zink dust.
The reaction may be carried out in an inert solvent such as DCM, DMA, DMF, THF, dioxane or toluene.
The reaction is carried out at ambient temperature or at elevated temperatures using standard equipment or a single node microwave oven.
(For representative conditions See for example Littke, A. et al in Organic Letters, VoI 9 (2007), p. 1711-1714 and Beller, M. in Eur. J. Inorg. Chem. (2003), 3513-26 and references cited therein).
g8) Compounds of general formula ( XXXV ) as defined above may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula ( XXXII ) with a halogenating reagent , such as thionylchloride, POCl3 or oxalyl chloride. Optionally the reaction is performed in the presence of DMF.
The reaction may also be carried out in an inert solvent, such as DCM, using PyBOP or trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride, optionally in the presence of an organic base such as TEA or DIPEA at or below r.t.
h) Compounds of general formula ( XI ) as defined above may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula ( IX ) with a halogenating reagent , such as thionylchloride, POCl3 or oxalyl chloride. Optionally the reaction is performed in the presence of DMF. The reaction may also be carried out in an inert solvent, such as DCM, using PyBOP or trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride, optionally in the presence of an organic base such as TEA or DIPEA at or below r.t.
H) The compounds of formula ( XIV ) in which R2, B, and Ri4 are defined as in formula ( I ) above, X is a single bond or a carbon atom, may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula ( XXXVI )
Figure imgf000071_0001
( XXXVI )
wherein R2 is defined as in formula (I) above and L is a suitable leaving group (such as fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, triflate (OTf) mesylate (OMs) or tosylate (OTs)), with a compound of the general formula ( XIII ) defined as above .
The reaction is generally carried out at elevated temperatures using standard equipment or in a single-node microwave oven. The reaction can be carried out in an inert solvent such as ethanol, DMA or a mixture of solvents such as ethanol-water. Optionally the reaction may be carried out in the presence of an organic base such as TEA or DIPEA.
H) The compounds of formula ( XIV ) in which R2, B and Ri4 are defined as in formula ( I ) above, X is a single bond or (-CH2-), may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula ( XXXVI ) defined above except that L is a hydroxy group with a compound of the general formula ( XIII ) in which B and Ri4 are defined as in formula ( I ) above. The reaction is generally carried out in an inert organic solvent such as DCM or THF at ambient temperature. The reaction is carried out in the presence of a suitable coupling reagent such as for example PyBrop or PyBOP preferentially in the presence of an organic base such as TEA or DIPEA. 13) Compounds of general formula ( XIV ), wherein B and R44 are defined as in formula ( I ) and R2 is an unsubstituted (Ci-Ci2)alkoxy group and X is a single bond or (- CH2-) may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula ( XXX ) as defined above, with a compound of formula ( X )
L-R2- ( X )
in which R2' is an unsubstituted (Ci-Ci2)alkyl defined as in formula ( I ) above and L is a leaving group such as chloro, bromo, iodo, triflate (OTf) or tosylate (OTs). The reaction may be carried out in an inert organic solvent such as DCM, DMF,
DMA, THF or CH3CN. The reaction may be carried out using standard conditions or in the presence of a suitable base such as sodium hydride, DIPEA or silver carbonate or potassium carbonate. Preferentially silvercarbonate is used.
The reaction may be carried out at ambient temperature or at elevated temperatures using standard equipment or a single node microwave oven.
14) Compounds of formula ( XIV ) in which B and R14 are as defined in formula ( I ) above and X is a single bond or (-CH2-), R2 is an unsubstituted (Ci-Ci2)alkoxy group or an unsubstituted (Ci-Ci2)alkylthio group defined as in formula ( I ) above can also be prepared by reacting a compound of formula ( XXXVII )
Figure imgf000072_0001
( XXXVII )
in which B, R14 and X are as defined as above and L is a suitable leaving group such as Cl, Br, I, benzotriazolyloxy (OBt) or triflate (OTf) with the corresponding unsubstituted (Ci-Ci2)alcohol and unsubstituted (Ci-Ci2)alkylthiol respectively.
The reaction may be performed using standard conditions in the presence of a palladium catalyst such as Pd(PPh3)4 or by using Pd(OAc)2, Pd(OOCCF3)2 or Pd2(dba)3 in combination with suitable phosphine ligands such as P(1Bu)3, (binaphtyl)P(lBu)2, PPh3 or XANTPHOS. The reaction may be carried out in an inert solvent such as DCM, DMA, DMF, THF, dioxane or toluene. Optionally in the presence of an organic or inorganic base such as CsF, Cs2CO3, , sodium- or potassium tert-butoxide, K3PO4 or DIPEA. 5 The reaction may be carried out at ambient temperature or at elevated temperatures using standard equipment or a single node microwave oven.
(For representative conditions See for example Prim, D. et. al in Tetrahedron, VoI 58 (2002), p. 2041-75 and references cited therein) o The reaction may alternatively be performed without the use of a palladium catalyst in an inert organic solvent such as DCM, THF in the presence of a suitable base such as DIPEA or by using the corresponding sodium salt of the alcohol and thiol (i.e. (C1- Ci2)alkylO"Na+ and (d-Ci2)alkylS"Na+ ) respectively.
The reaction may be carried out at ambient temperature or at elevated temperaturess using standard equipment or a single node microwave oven.
i5) Compounds of formula ( XIV ) in which B and Ri4 are as defined in formula ( I ) above and X is a single bond or (-CH2-), R2 is a cyano can be prepared by reacting a compound of formula ( XXXVII ) defined as above with a suitable cyanide source such aso potassium cyanide, sodium cyanide, K4[Fe(CN)6] or zink cyanide.
The reaction may be performed using standard conditions in the presence of a palladium catalyst such as Pd(PPh3)4 or by using Pd(OAc)2, Pd(OOCCF3)2 or Pd2(dba)3 in combination with suitable phosphine ligands such as P(1Bu)3, (binaphty^P^Bu^, PPh3 , dppf, dpppe or XANTPHOS. Optionally the reaction is also performed in the presence of5 Zink dust.
The reaction may be carried out in an inert solvent such as DCM, DMA, DMF, THF, dioxane or toluene.
The reaction is carried out at ambient temperature or at elevated temperatures using standard equipment or a single node microwave oven. o (For representative conditions See for example Littke, A. et al in Organic Letters, VoI
9 (2007), p. 1711-1714 and Beller, M. in Eur. J. Inorg. Chem. (2003), 3513-26 and references cited therein). i6) Compounds of general formula ( XXXVII ) as defined above may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula ( XXX ) with a halogenating reagent , such as thionylchloride, POCI3 or oxalyl chloride. Optionally the reaction is performed in the presence of DMF.
The reaction may also be carried out in an inert solvent, such as DCM, using PyBOP or trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride, optionally in the presence of an organic base such as TEA or DIPEA at or below r.t.
i7) Compounds of formula ( XX ) which are defined as above may be prepared by reacting the corresponding compound of formula ( XXXVI ) defined as above, with a compound of formula ( XIX ) defined as above.
The reaction is generally carried out at elevated temperatures using standard equipment or in a single-node microwave oven. The reaction can be carried out in an inert solvent such as ethanol, DMA or a mixture of solvents such as ethanol-water. Optionally the reaction may be carried out in the prescence of an organic base such as TEA or DIPEA.
18) Compounds of formula (XX) which are defined as above may be prepared by reacting the corresponding compound of formula ( XXXVI ) which is defined above except that L is a hydroxy group, with a compound of formula ( XIX ) defined as above.
The reaction is generally carried out in an inert organic solvent such as DCM or THF at ambient temperature. The reaction is carried out in the presence of a suitable coupling reagent such as for example PyBrop preferentially in the presence of an organic base such as TEA or DIPEA.
19) Compounds of general formula ( XX ) wherein B and R14 are defined as in formula (I), R2 is an unsubstituted (Ci-Ci2)alkoxy group and X is (-NH2), (-CH2-NH2) or a single bond connected to a nitrogen atom which is a member of the B ring may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula ( XXXIII ) as defined above, with a compound of formula ( X )
L-Rr ( X ) in which R2' is an unsubstituted (Ci-Ci2)alkyl defined as in formula ( I ) above and L is a leaving group such as chloro, bromo, iodo, triflate (OTf) or tosylate (OTs).
The reaction may be carried out in an inert organic solvent such as DCM, DMF, DMA, THF or CH3CN. The reaction may be carried out using standard conditions or in the presence of a suitable base such as sodium hydride, DIPEA or silver carbonate or potassium carbonate. Preferentially silvercarbonate is used.
The reaction may be carried out at ambient temperature or at elevated temperatures using standard equipment or a single node microwave oven.
HO) Compounds of formula ( XX ) in which B and R14 are as defined in formula ( I ) above and X is (-NH2), (-CH2-NH2) or a single bond connected to a nitrogen atom which is a member of the B ring, R2 is an unsubstituted (Ci-Ci2)alkoxy group or an unsubstituted (Ci-Ci2)alkylthio group defined as in formula ( I ) above can be prepared by reacting a compound of formula ( XXXVIII)
Figure imgf000075_0001
( XXXVIII )
in which B and R14 are as defined in formula ( I ), X is a nitrogen atom, (-CH2-NH2) or a single bond connected to a nitrogen atom which is a member of the B ring above and L is a suitable leaving group such as Cl, Br, I benzotriazolyloxy (OBt) or triflate (OTf) with the corresponding unsubstituted (Ci-Ci2)alcohol and unsubstituted (Ci-Ci2)alkylthiol respectively.
The reaction may be performed using standard conditions in the presence of a palladium catalyst such as Pd(PPh3)4 or by using Pd(OAc)2, Pd(OOCCF3)2 or Pd2(dba)3 in combination with suitable phosphine ligands such as P(1Bu)3, (binaphty^P^Bu^, PPh3 or XANTPHOS. The reaction may be carried out in an inert solvent such as DCM, DMA, DMF, THF, dioxane or toluene. Optionally in the presence of an organic or inorganic base such as CsF, Cs2CO3, sodium- or potassium tert-butoxide, K3PO4 or DIPEA. The reaction may be carried out at ambient temperature or at elevated temperatures using standard equipment or a single node microwave oven.
(For representative conditions See for example Prim, D. et. al in Tetrahedron, VoI 58 (2002), p. 2041-75 and references cited therein)
5
The reaction may alternatively be performed without the use of a palladium catalyst in an inert organic solvent such as DCM, THF in the presence of a suitable base such as DIPEA or by using the corresponding sodium salt of the alcohol and thiol (i.e. (C1- Ci2)alkylO"Na+ and (Ci-Ci2)alkylS"Na+ ) respectively. o The reaction may be carried out at ambient temperature or at elevated temperatures using standard equipment or a single node microwave oven.
ill) Compounds of formula ( XX ) in which B and Ri4 are as defined in formula ( I ) above and X is (-NH2), (-CH2-NH2) or a single bond connected to a nitrogen atom which iss a member of the B ring, R2 is a cyano group can be prepared by reacting a compound of formula ( XXXVIII ) defined as above with a suitable cyanide source such as potassium cyanide, sodium cyanide, K4[Fe(CN)6] or zink cyanide.
The reaction may be performed using standard conditions in the presence of a palladium catalyst such as Pd(PPh3)4 or by using Pd(OAc)2, Pd(OOCCF3)2 or Pd2(dba)3 ino combination with suitable phosphine ligands such as P(1Bu)3, (binaphtyl)P(lBu)2, PPh3 , dppf, dpppe or XANTPHOS. Optionally the reaction is also performed in the presence of Zink dust.
The reaction may be carried out in an inert solvent such as DCM, DMA, DMF, THF, dioxane or toluene. 5 The reaction is carried out at ambient temperature or at elevated temperatures using standard equipment or a single node microwave oven.
(For representative conditions See for example Littke, A. et al in Organic Letters, VoI 9 (2007), p. 1711-1714 and Beller, M. in Eur. J. Inorg. Chem. (2003), 3513-26 and references cited therein). o
H2) Compounds of general formula ( XXXVIII ) as defined above may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula ( XXXIII ) with a halogenating reagent , such as thionylchloride, POCI3 or oxalyl chloride. Optionally the reaction is performed in the presence of DMF.
The reaction may also be carried out in an inert solvent, such as DCM, using PyBOP or trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride, optionally in the presence of an organic base such as TEA or DIPEA at or below r.t.
The preparation of compounds of the formula (III) comprises the below processes. (jl-j3)
jl) A compound of the formula LRcRd wherein L is a suitable leaving group, such as chloro, bromo, iodo could be transformed to the corresponding compound (III) using a sequence of reactions using first SMOPS* (*Baskin and Wang. Tetrahedron Letters, 2002, 43, 8479-83. See esp. page 8480, left hand column.) followed by hydrolysis using a base like NaOMe in an inert solvent like DMSO at room temperature. Followed by treatment by NH2OSO3H and NaOAc to give a compound of formula (III).
j2) A compound of the formula LSO2R0R11 wherein L is a suitable leaving group, such as chloro, bromo, iodo could be reacted with ammonium hydroxide in an inert solvent such as DCM to give a compound of formula (III).
j3) A compound of the formula LRcRd wherein L is a suitable leaving group, such as chloro, bromo, iodo can be transformed to the corresponding compound (III) using a sequence of reactions, first treatment with Na2SO3, followed by a using a reagent such as PCI5, POCI3 or SOCl2 on the obtained product, and thereafter treating with ammoium hydroxide to give a compound of formula (III).
k) Compounds of general formula ( XI ) as defined above may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula ( IX ) with a halogenating reagent , such as thionylchloride, POCI3 or oxalyl chloride. Optionally the reaction is performed in the presence of DMF. The reaction may also be carried out in an inert solvent, such as DCM, using PyBOP or trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride, optionally in the presence of an organic base such as TEA or DIPEA at or below r.t. The compounds of the invention may be isolated from their reaction mixtures using conventional techniques.
At any stage in the synthesis of cyano substituted pyridines, a halogen or triflate
(OTf) substituent of the pyridine can be substituted with cyanide using known techniques. (For representative conditions See for example Littke, A. et al in Organic Letters, VoI 9 (2007), p. 1711-1714 and Beller, M. in Eur. J. Inorg. Chem. (2003), 3513-26 and references cited therein).
It will be appreciated that by those skilled in the art that the processes described above and hereinafter the functional groups of intermediate compounds may need to be protected by protecting groups.
Functional groups that it is desirable to protect include hydroxy, amino and carboxylic acid. Suitable protecting groups for hydroxy include optionally substituted and/or unsaturated alkyl groups (e.g. methyl, allyl, benzyl or tert-butyl), trialkyl silyl or diarylalkylsilyl groups (e.g. t-butyldimethylsilyl, t-butyldiphenylsilyl or trimethylsilyl) and tetrahydropyranyl. Suitable protecting groups for carboxylic acids include (Ci-Ce)alkyl, allyl or benzyl esters. Suitable protecting groups for amino include allyl, t- butyloxycarbonyl, benzyloxycarbonyl, 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxymethyl or 2- trimethylsilylethoxycarbonyl (Teoc) .
The protection and deprotection of functional groups may take place before or after any reaction in the above mentioned processes.
Persons skilled in the art will appreciate that, in order to obtain compounds of the invention in an alternative, and on some occasions, more convenient, manner, the individual process steps mentioned hereinbefore may be performed in different order, and/or the individual reactions may be performed at a different stage in the overall route (i.e. substituents may be added to and/or chemical transformations performed upon, different intermediates to those mentioned hereinbefore in conjunction with a particular reaction). This may negate, or render necessary, the need for protecting groups. Persons skilled in the art will appreciate that starting materials for any of the above processes can in some cases be commercially available.
Persons skilled in the art will appreciate that processes could for some starting materials above be found in the general common knowledge.
The type of chemistry involved will dictate the need for protecting groups as well as sequence for accomplishing the synthesis. The use of protecting groups is fully described in "Protective groups in Organic
Chemistry", edited by J W F McOmie, Plenum Press (1973), and "Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis", 4rd edition, T.W. Greene & P.G.M Wutz, Wiley-Interscince (2007).
Protected derivatives of the invention may be converted chemically to compounds of the invention using standard deprotection techniques (e.g. under alkaline or acidic conditions). The skilled person will also appreciate that certain compounds of formula ( II )-( XXXVIII ) may also be referred to as being "protected derivatives".
Compounds of the invention may also contain one or more asymmetric carbon atoms and may therefore exhibit optical and/or diastereoisomerism. Diastereoisomers may be separated using conventional techniques, e.g. chromatography or crystallization. The various stereisomers may be isolated by separation of a racemic or other mixture of the compounds using conventional, e.g. HPLC techniques. Alternatively the desired optical isomers may be made by reaction of the appropriate optically active starting materials under conditions which will not cause racemisation or epimerization, or by derivatisation, for example with a homochiral acid followed by separation of the diasteromeric derivatives by conventional means (e.g. HPLC, chromatography over silica or crystallization). Stereo centers may also be introduced by asymmetric synthesis, (e.g. metalloorganic reactions using chiral ligands). All stereoisomers are included within the scope of the invention. It will also be understood that some of the compounds described in the processes above may exhibit the phenomenon of tautomerism and the processes described above includes any tautomeric form.
All novel intermediates form a further aspect of the invention. Salts of the compounds of formula ( I ) may be formed by reacting the free acid, or a salt thereof, or the free base, or a salt or a derivative thereof, with one or more equivalents of the appropriate base (for example ammonium hydroxide optionally substituted by Ci.Cβ-alkyl or an alkali metal or alkaline earth metal hydroxide) or acid (for example a hydrohalic ( especially HCl ), sulphuric, oxalic or phosphoric acid). The reaction may be carried out in a solvent or medium in which the salt is insoluble or in a solvent in which the salt is soluble, e.g. water, ethanol, tetrahydrofuran or diethyl ether, which may be removed in vacuo, or by freeze drying. The reaction may also carried out on an ion exchange resin. The non-toxic physiologically acceptable salts are preferred, although other salts may be useful, e.g. in isolating or purifying the product.
Pharmacological data
Functional inhibition of- the P2Yi2 receptor can be measured by in vitro assays using cell membranes from P2Yi2 transfected CHO-cells, the methodology is indicated below.
Functional inhibition of 2-Me-S-ADP induced P2Yχ2 signalling: 5μg of membranes were diluted in 200 μl of 20OmM NaCl, ImM MgCl2, 5OmM HEPES (pH 7.4), 0.01% BSA, 30μg/ml saponin and lOμM GDP. To this was added an ECso concentration of agonist (2-methyl-thio-adenosine diphosphate), the required concentration of test compound and 0.1 μCi 35S-GTPyS. The reaction was allowed to proceed at 3O0C for 45 min. Samples were then transferred on to GF/B filters using a cell harvester and washed with wash buffer (5OmM Tris (pH 7.4), 5mM MgCl2, 5OmM NaCl). Filters were then covered with scintilant and counted for the amount of 35S-GTPyS retained by the filter. Maximum activity was that determined in the presence of the agonist and minimum activity in the absence of the agonist following subtraction of the value determined for non-specific activity. The effect of compounds at various concentrations was plotted according to the equation y = A+((B-A)/(l+((C/x)ΛD))) and IC50 estimated where
A is the bottom plateau of the curve i.e. the final minimum y value B is the top of the plateau of the curve i.e. the final maximum y value C is the x value at the middle of the curve. This represents the log EC50 value when A + B = 100
D is the slope factor, x is the original known x values. Y is the original known y values.
Most of the compounds of the invention have an activity, when tested in the functional inhibition of 2-Me-S-ADPinduced P2Yi2 signalling assay described, at a concentration of around 0.5 μM or below, whereas the exemplified compounds having R2 embodified by (Ci-C3)alkylthio or hydroxy(Ci-C3)alkyl are having an IC50 of 0.05 μM or less and an average IC50 of 0.02 μM.
For example the compounds described in Examples 12 and 16 gave the following test result in the functional inhibition of 2-Me-S-ADPinduced P2Yi2 signalling assay described.
IC50 (μM)
Example 12 0. .01
Example 16 0. .05
The compounds of the invention act as P2Yi2 receptor antagonists and are therefore useful in therapy. Thus, according to a further aspect of the invention there is provided a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for use in therapy.
Thus, according to another further aspect of the invention there is provided a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for use as a medicament.
In a further aspect there is provided the use of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the manufacture of a medicament for treatment of a platelet aggregation disorder. In another aspect of the invention there is provided the use of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the manufacture of a medicament for the inhibition of the P2Yi2 receptor. In yet another aspect of the invention there is provided a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for use as an inhibitor of the P2Yi2 receptor.
In an even further aspect there is provided the use of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the manufacture of a medicament for treatment or prevention of thrombosis.
Another even further aspect of the invention is a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for use in preventing thrombosis.
In still another aspect of the invention there is provided a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for use in the treatment of platelet aggregation disorder.
An alternative aspect of the invention is a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for use in treating platelet aggregation disorder.
The compounds are useful in therapy, especially adjunctive therapy, particularly they are indicated for use as: inhibitors of platelet activation, aggregation and degranulation, promoters of platelet disaggregation, anti-thrombotic agents or in the treatment or prophylaxis of unstable angina, coronary angioplasty (PTCA), myocardial infarction, perithrombolysis, primary arterial thrombotic complications of atherosclerosis such as thrombotic or embolic stroke, transient ischaemic attacks, peripheral vascular disease, myocardial infarction with or without thrombolysis, arterial complications due to interventions in atherosclerotic disease such as angioplasty, endarterectomy, stent placement, coronary and other vascular graft surgery, thrombotic complications of surgical or mechanical damage such as tissue salvage following accidental or surgical trauma, reconstructive surgery including skin and muscle flaps, conditions with a diffuse thrombotic/platelet consumption component such as disseminated intravascular coagulation, thrombotic thrombocytopaenic purpura, haemolytic uraemic syndrome, thrombotic complications of septicaemia, adult respiratory distress syndrome, anti- phospholipid syndrome, heparin-induced thrombocytopaenia and pre-eclampsia/eclampsia, or venous thrombosis such as deep vein thrombosis, venoocclusive disease, haematological conditions such as myeloproliferative disease, including thrombocythaemia, sickle cell disease; or in the prevention of mechanically-induced platelet activation in vivo, such as cardio-pulmonary bypass and extracorporeal membrane oxygenation (prevention of microthromboembolism), mechanically-induced platelet activation in vitro, such as use in the preservation of blood products, e.g. platelet concentrates, or shunt occlusion such as in renal dialysis and plasmapheresis, thrombosis secondary to vascular damage/inflammation such as vasculitis, arteritis, glomerulonephritis, inflammatory bowel disease and organ graft rejection, conditions such as migraine, Raynaud's phenomenon, conditions in which platelets can contribute to the underlying inflammatory disease process in the vascular wall such as atheromatous plaque formation/progression, stenosis/restenosis and in other inflammatory conditions such as asthma, in which platelets and platelet-derived factors are implicated in the immunological disease process.
According to the invention there is further provided the use of a compound according to the invention in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of the above disorders. In particular the compounds of the invention are useful for treating myocardial infarction, thrombotic stroke, transient ischaemic attacks, peripheral vascular disease and angina, especially unstable angina. The invention also provides a method of treatment of the above disorders which comprises administering to a patient suffering from such a disorder a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to the invention. In a further aspect the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, adjuvant and/or carrier.
The compounds may be administered topically, e.g. to the lung and/or the airways, in the form of solutions, suspensions, HFA aerosols and dry powder formulations; or systemically, e.g. by oral administration in the form of tablets, pills, capsules, syrups, powders or granules, or by parenteral administration in the form of sterile parenteral solutions or suspensions, by subcutaneous administration, or by rectal administration in the form of suppositories or transdermally .
The compounds of the invention may be administered on their own or as a pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound of the invention in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, adjuvant or carrier. Particularly preferred are compositions not containing material capable of causing an adverse, e.g. an allergic, reaction.
Dry powder formulations and pressurised HFA aerosols of the compounds of the invention may be administered by oral or nasal inhalation. For inhalation the compound is desirably finely divided. The compounds of the invention may also be administered by means of a dry powder inhaler. The inhaler may be a single or a multi dose inhaler, and may be a breath actuated dry powder inhaler.
One possibility is to mix the finely divided compound with a carrier substance, e.g. a mono-, di- or polysaccharide, a sugar alcohol or another polyol. Suitable carriers include sugars and starch. Alternatively the finely divided compound may be coated by another substance. The powder mixture may also be dispensed into hard gelatine capsules, each containing the desired dose of the active compound.
Another possibility is to process the finely divided powder into spheres, which break up during the inhalation procedure. This spheronized powder may be filled into the drug
(R) reservoir of a multidose inhaler, e.g. that known as the Turbuhaler in which a dosing unit meters the desired dose which is then inhaled by the patient. With this system the active compound with or without a carrier substance is delivered to the patient.
The pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound of the invention may conveniently be tablets, pills, capsules, syrups, powders or granules for oral administration; sterile parenteral or subcutaneous solutions, suspensions for parenteral administration or suppositories for rectal administration.
For oral administration the active compound may be admixed with an adjuvant or a carrier, e.g. lactose, saccharose, sorbitol, mannitol, starches such as potato starch, corn starch or amylopectin, cellulose derivatives, a binder such as gelatine or polyvinylpyrrolidone, and a lubricant such as magnesium stearate, calcium stearate, polyethylene glycol, waxes, paraffin, and the like, and then compressed into tablets. If coated tablets are required, the cores, prepared as described above, may be coated with a concentrated sugar solution which may contain e.g. gum arabic, gelatine, talcum, titanium dioxide, and the like. Alternatively, the tablet may be coated with a suitable polymer dissolved either in a readily volatile organic solvent or an aqueous solvent.
For the preparation of soft gelatine capsules, the compound may be admixed with e.g. a vegetable oil or polyethylene glycol. Hard gelatine capsules may contain granules of the compound using either the above mentioned excipients for tablets, e.g. lactose, saccharose, sorbitol , mannitol, starches, cellulose derivatives or gelatine. Also liquid or semisolid formulations of the drug may be filled into hard gelatine capsules.
Liquid preparations for oral application may be in the form of syrups or suspensions, for example solutions containing the compound, the balance being sugar and a mixture of ethanol, water, glycerol and propylene glycol. Optionally such liquid preparations may contain colouring agents, flavouring agents, saccharine and carboxymethylcellulose as a thickening agent or other excipients known to those skilled in art.
The invention will be further illustrated with the following non- limiting examples:
Examples
General Experimental Procedure Mass spectra were recorded on a Finnigan LCQ Duo ion trap mass spectrometer equipped with an electrospray interface (LC-MS) or LC-MS system consisting of a Waters ZQ using a LC-Agilent 1100 LC system.
1H NMR measurements were performed on Varian INOVA 400, 500 and 600 spectrometers, operating at IH frequencies of 400, 500 and 600 MHz respectively. Chemical shifts are given in ppm with the solvent as internal standard. Protones on heteroatoms such as NH and OH protons are only reported when detected in NMR and can therfore be missing.
The solutions for the 1H-NMR spectra recorded for Examples 2 to 15 below are taken from a concentrated sample solved in (CHs)2SO and are diluted with (CDs)2SO. Since an substantial amount Of (CHs)2SO is present in the sample, first a pre-scan is run and analysed to automatically suppress the (CH3)2SO (2.54 ppm) and H2O (3.3 ppm) peaks. This means that in this so-called wetlD experiment the intensity of peaks that reside in these areas around 3.3 ppm and 2.54 ppm is reduced. Furthermore impurities are seen in the spectrum which gives rise to a triplet at 1.12 ppm, a singlet at 2.96 and two multiplets between 2.76-2.70 ppm and 2.61-2.55 ppm. Most probably these impurities are dimethylsulfone and diethylsulfoxide.
HPLC separations were performed on a Waters YMC-ODS AQS-3 120 Angstrom 3 x 500 mm or on a Waters Delta Prep Systems using Kromasil Cg, 10 μm columns.
Straight phase chromatography was performed using Biotage silica gel 4OS, 4OM, 12i or Merck silica gel 60 (0.063 -0.200mm). Flash-chromatography was performed using either standard glass- or plastic-columns or on a Biotage Horizon system
Purification Method A: The purification system and LC-MS system used in purification Method A, referred to in some of the Examples below , was Waters Fraction Lynx I Purification System: Column: Sunfire Prep C 18, 5 mm OBD, 19 x 150 mm column. Gradient 5-95 % CH3CN in 0.1 mM HCOOH (pH = 3). MS triggered fraction collection was used. Mass spectra were recorded on either Micromass ZQ single quadropole or a Micromass quattro micro, both equipped with a pneumatically assisted electrospray interface.
Reactions performed in a microwave reactor were performed in a Personal Chemistry Smith Creator, Smith synthesizer or an Emrys Optimizer.
IUPAC names were generated with ACDLabs Name: Release 9:00, Product version 9.04.
The GTPγS values (IC50 in μM) mentioned in the examples below were measured by the method previously described under the heading "Functional inhibition of 2-Me-S-ADP induced P2Yi2 signalling:"
List of used abbreviations:
Abbreviation Explanation aq Aqueous
Boc tert-butyloxycarbonyl br Broad
BSA Bovine Serum Albumine
CDI Carbonyldiimidazole d Doublet dba 1 ,5-diphenylpenta- 1 ,4-dien-3-one
DBU l,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene
DCM Dichloromethane
DIPEA N ,N-Diisopropy lethy lamine
DMA N,N-Dimethylacetamide
DMF N,N-dimethylformamide
DMSO Dimethylsulphoxide
Dppf 1 , 1 '-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene dpppe l,5-bis(diphenylphosphino)pentane EDCI N- [3 -(dimethylamino)propyl] -N'-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride
EtOAc Ethyl acetate
EtOH Ethanol
FA formic acid gram h hours
HEPES [4-(2-hydroxyethyl)- 1 -piperazineethanesulfonic acid
HFA Hydro fluoroalkanes
HOAc Acetic acid
HOBt 1 -Hydroxybenzotriazole
HPLC High-performance liquid chromatography
Hz Hertz
J Coupling constant
LC Liquid chromatography m Multiplet
MeCN acetonitrile
MeOH Methanol mg milligram
MHz Megahertz min minutes mL millilitre mmole millimole
MS Mass spectra
Ms methylsulfonyl
NMR Nuclear magnetic resonance
OAc acetate
OBt H-benzo[d] [ 1 ,2,3]triazol- 1 -yloxy
Ph Phenyl
PyBOP (Benzotriazol- 1 -yloxy )tripyrrolidino-phosphonium hexafluorophosphate PyBroP Bromo-tris-pyrrolidino-phosphonium hexafluorophosphate q Quartet r.t. Room temperature
S Singlet sat. Saturated
SMOPS sodium 3 -methoxy-3 -oxopropane- 1 -sulfmate t triplet
TB Tyrodes Buffer
TBTU N-[(lH-l,2,3-benzotriazol-l- yloxy)(dimethylamino)methylene]-N- methylmethanaminium tetrafluoroborate
TEA Triethylamine
Tf trifluoromethylsulfonyl
TFA Trifluoroacetic acid
THF Tetrahydrofurane
TMEDA N,N,N ' ,N ' -tetramethylethylendiamine
Ts... p-toluenesulfonyl
XANTPHOS (9,9-dimethyl-9H-xanthene-4,5-diyl)bis(diphenylphosphane)
Sulfone amides
Synthesis of sulfone amides
The synthesis of the sulfonamides used in the examples below was made with one of the three methods described below:
i) By reacting the corresponding sulfonyl chloride with ammonia in THF or MeOH or by treatment with ammonium hydroxide in methylene chloride. The sulfonamides obtained was used without further purification.
ii) By essentially following the procedure described by Seto, T. et. al. in J. Organic Chemistry, VoI 68, No 10 (2003), pp. 4123-4125. or
iii) By essentially following the procedure described by Wang, Z et. al. in Tetrahedron Letters, VoI 43 (2002), pp 8479-8483.
Synthesis of sulfamides.
The different sulfamides in the Examples below were prepared by essentially the same procedure as described in Example 10(a) by replacing N-methylaniline with the appropriate amine.
Example 10(a), N-Methyl-N-phenylsulfamide
Chlorosulfonyl isocyanate (3.7 niL, 42.4 mmol) was dissolved in dry DCM (40 mL), the solution was cooled to 0 0C and tert-butanol (3.98mL, 42.4 mmol) was added drop wise. The reaction mixture was stirred at r.t. for 2h, the solution was cooled to 0 0C and N- methylaniline (4.61 mL, 42.4 mmol) and TEA (8.85 mL, 63.6 mmol) dissolved in dry DCM (20 mL) were added drop wise through a dropping funnel. The reaction was stirred at r.t. for 3h, water was added and the organic phase was separated and dried (phase separator, Isolute) and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in DCM (40 mL) and trifluoroacetic acid (32.7 mL, 423 mmol) was added. The reaction was stirred at r.t. for 20 min., the solvent was concentrated in vacuo and co- evaporated with DCM (3x). The crude product was purified by flash column chromatography, using a mixture of heptane:EtOAc 70:30 as eluent, to give N-methyl-N-phenylsulfamide. Yield: 5.96 g (76%). 1H-NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ 3.22 (3H, s), 4.77 (2H, s), 7.28-7.33 (IH, m), 7.36-7.42 (4H, m).
MS m/z: 187 (M+ 1).
Example 1 l-[5-Butyryl-3-cyano-6-(methylthio)pyridin-2-yl]-N-[(l- phenylcyclopropyl)sulfonyl]piperidine-4-carboxamide
(a) tert-Butyl l-(2-cyanoethanimidoyl)piperidine-4-carboxylate
Two microwave vials were each charged with ethyl 2-cyanoethanimidoate (See McElvain, S.M.;Schroeder, J.P.; J. Am. Chem. Soc. 71, p.40(1949)) (841 mg, 7.7 mmol), tert-butyl piperidine-4-carboxylate (926 mg, 5 mmol), DIPEA (1.94 g, 15 mmol), EtOH (7.5 mL) and heated to 100 0C for 10 minutes in a microwave oven, single node heating. Additional ethyl 2-cyanoethanimidoate (252 mg, 4.5 mmol) and DIPEA (969 mg, 7.5 mmol) was added to each vial and the stirring was continued at r.t. for 16 hours. LC-MS showed still some remaining tert-butyl piperidine-4-carboxylate and therfore ethyl 2- cyanoethanimidoate (246 mg, 2.2 mmol) was added and the mixture was again heated to 100 0C in a microwave oven for 20 minutes. The solutions from the vials was combined and used without further purification in the next step.
(b) Ethyl 6-[4-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)piperidin-l-yl]-5-cyano-2-oxo-l,2- dihydropyridine-3-carboxylate
Diethyl (ethoxymethylene)malonate (3.24 g, 15 mmol) was added to the solution from step (a) above and the reaction mixture was stirred at r.t. for 16 hours. The solvent was evaporated and NaHCOs(sat) (50 mL) was added and the water phase extracted with DCM (3 x 50 mL). The combined organic phase was washed with brine (150 mL), dried (Na2SO4), filtered and evaporated to give a crude product which was purified by preparative HPLC (Kromasil Cs, 10 μm, 50.8x250 mm column, flow 50 mL/minute using a gradient of 5 to 100 % CH3CN/0.1 M NH4OOCH ) to give the desired product. Yield: 1.262 g (32 %). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3): δ 1.41 (3H, t, J= 7.1 Hz), 1.46 (9H, s), 1.75-1.86 (2H, m), 1.98-2.06 (2H, m), 2.53-2.61 (IH, m), 3.29-3.37 (2H, m), 4.39 (2H, q, J= 7.1 Hz), 4.53- 4.61 (2H, m), 8.20 (IH, s). Not unambiguous where the NH proton is. MS m/z: 376 (M+ 1)
(c) Ethyl 6-[4-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)piperidin-l-yl]-5-cyano-2- {[(trifluoromethyl)sulfonyl]oxy}nicotinate
Tf2(O) (0.3 mL, 1.78 mmol) was added to a cold (ice/water bath temperature) mixture of ethyl 6- [4-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)piperidin- 1 -yl] -5 -cyano-2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydropyridine-3 - carboxylate from step (b) above (626 mg, 1.67 mmol) and TEA (0.5 mL, 3.59 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) and the mixture was stirred for 40 minutes.
The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the crude product was used in the next step without further purification. MS m/z: 508 (M+l). (d) tert-Butyl 6- [4-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)piperidin-l-yl] -5-cyano-2- (methylthio)nicotinate
A microwave vial was chraged with ethyl 6-[4-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)piperidin-l-yl]-5- cyano-2-{[(trifluoromethyl)sulfonyl]oxy}nicotinate from step (c) above (1.31 g, 2.58 mmol), sodium methanethiolate (235 mg, 3.53 mmol) and dry THF (10 mL).The reaction mixture was heated to 120 0C for 5 min. using microwave single node heating. LCMS showed complete conversion. NaHCθ3(aq) was added and the mixture was extracted with DCM(x3). The combined organic layer was run through a phase separator and evaporated. The crude tert-butyl 6-[4-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)piperidin-l-yl]-5-cyano-2-
(methylthio)nicotinate was used without further purification assuming quantitative yield.
(e) 6-[4-(tert-Butoxycarbonyl)piperidin-l-yl]-5-cyano-2-(methylthio)nicotinic acid
A microwave vial was charged with IM NaOH (6 mL, 6 mmol) , tert-butyl 6-[4-(tert- butoxycarbonyl)piperidin-l-yl]-5-cyano-2-(methylthio)nicotinate from step (d) above (1.36 g, 3.37 mmol) , THF (6 mL) and EtOH (6 mL). The reaction mixture was heated to 60 0C for 5 minutes in a single node microwave oven. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and acetic acid (0.36 mL, 6.29 mmol) and water was added. The solid was filtered off and washed with 2-propanol/Et2θ (1 :1) and dried under reduced pressure to give the product as an off white solid (203 mg). The filtrate was evaporated, NaHCOs(aq) was added and the mixture was extracted with DCM (x3). The combined organics was run through a phase separator and evaporated. The crude product was purified by preparative HPLC (Kromasil Cs lOμm, 21.5x250mm , using an incresaing gradient of MeCN with a second acidic eluent H2O/MeCN/FA 95/5/0.2)) to give an additional 366 mg of 6-[4-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)piperidin-l-yl]-5-cyano-2- (methylthio)nicotinic acid as a white solid. Yield: 569 mg (45 %).
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 1.39 (9H, s), 1.54 - 1.66 (2H, m), 1.87 - 1.95 (2H, m), 2.37 (3H, s), 2.54 - 2.64 (IH, m), 3.24 - 3.36 (2H, m, consealed by the DMSO signal at 3.3), 4.38 - 4.47 (2H, m), 8.20 (IH, s), 12.97 (IH, br s). MS m/z: 378.0 (M+l), 376.2 (M-I). (f) tert-Butyl l-[3-cyano-5-(fluorocarbonyl)-6-(methylthio)pyridin-2-yl]piperidine-4- carboxylate
Dry pyridine (0.15 mL, 1.86 mmol) and cyanuric fluoride (0.15 mL, 1.78 mmol) were added to a suspension of 6-[4-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)piperidin-l-yl]-5-cyano-2-
(methylthio)nicotinic acid from step (e) above (569 mg, 1.51 mmol) in DCM (20 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at r.t. for 30 minutes. LCMS showed 10% acid (sample quenched with 1% DIPEA in dry MeOH). The reaction mixture was stirred at r.t. for another 50 minutes. LCMS still showed 10% acid but 20% anhydrid had been formed. Dry pyridine (0.02 mL, 0.25 mmol) and cyanuric fluoride (0.02 mL, 0.24 mmol) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at r.t. for an additional 15 minutes. LCMS showed 4% acid left. The solid was filtered off and washed with dry DCM. Water was added to the filtrate, the organic layer was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with DCM. The combined organics was run through a phase separator and evaporated to give the crude tert-butyl 1 - [3 -cyano-5 -(fluorocarbonyl)-6-(methylthio)pyridin-2-yl]piperidine-4- carboxylate as a solid. The crude was used in the next step without further purification, assuming quantitative yield.
1U NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 1.46 (9H, s), 1.78 - 1.90 (2H, m), 2.01 - 2.09 (2H, m), 2.49 (3H, s), 2.54 (IH, m), 3.38 - 3.48 (2H, m), 4.57 - 4.66 (2H, m), 8.18 (IH, s). (1H NMR showed product/ anhydride in a ratio 4:1.)
MS m/∑- 392 (M+l). (identified as the corresponding methylester after quench with MeOH/DIPEA)
(g) tert-Butyl 1- [5-butyryl-3-cyano-6-(methylthio)pyridin-2-yl] piperidine-4- carboxylate
Freshly prepared "Gillman-type" cuprate (3.6 mL 1.0 M solution in THF, 3.6 mmol) (the reagent was prepared from 2 eq. n-Propylmagnesium bromide (1.0 M in THF) and 1 eq. Cu(I) iodide dimethylsulfide complex at 0 0C and stirred for 10 minutes before added to the acid fluoride) was added to a cold (ice water bath temperature) stirred solution of tert- butyl 1 - [3 -cyano-5 -(fluorocarbonyl)-6-(methylthio)pyridin-2-yl]piperidine-4-carboxylate (1.36 g, 3.58 mmol) in dry THF (8 mL) under an atmosphere of nitrogen. The mixture was stirred for 10 minutes at 0 0C and checked by LCMS by quenching with MeOH/Et3N which showed that starting material still was present (detected as the corresponding methyl ester). Addition further 0.7 equivalents (2.5 mL, 1.0 M in THF) of the cuprate reagent drowe the reaction to completion.
5 The reaction was quenched by adding NH4Cl(aq) (2OmL) and EtOAc (6OmL). The phases were separated and the water phase was extracted with EtOAc (2OmL). The combined organic phase was dried (Na2SO4), filtered and evaporated to give the crude product as a dark green oil (790 mg). The crude product was purified by preparative HPLC (Kromasil Cg lOμm, 50 x 250mm , using an incresaing gradient of MeCN with a second acidic eluento H2O/MeCN/FA 95/5/0.2)) to give tert-butyl l-[5-butyryl-3-cyano-6-(methylthio)pyridin-2- yl]piperidine-4-carboxylate as a light yellow solid. Yield 350 mg (24 %). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 0.99 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.46 (9H, s), 1.69 - 1.78 (2H, m), 1.76 - 1.89 (2H, m), 1.98 - 2.08 (2H, m), 2.42 (3H, s), 2.50 - 2.61 (IH, m), 2.77 (2H, t, J = 7.3 Hz), 3.26 - 3.45 (2H, m), 4.54 - 4.63 (2H, m), 8.12 (IH, s). s MS m/z: 404 (M+ 1).
(h) 1- [5-Butyryl-3-cyano-6-(methylthio)pyridin-2-yl] piperidine-4-carboxylic acid
TFA (4.5 mL) was added to a cold (ice/water bath temperature) solution of tert-butyl l-[5-0 butyryl-3-cyano-6-(methylthio)pyridin-2-yl]piperidine-4-carboxylate (612 mg, 1.5 mmol) in DCM (4.5 mL) and the colling bath was removed and the reaction was stirred at ambient temperature for 2 hours. The reaction was concentrated and CH3CNZH2O 1/1 (5ml) was added to initiate precipitation of the product. The solid was collected and dried to give 1- [5-butyryl-3-cyano-6-(methylthio)pyridin-2-yl]piperidine-4-carboxylic acid as an off- white5 solid. Yield: 470 mg (88 %). MS m/z: 348 (M+ 1), 346 (M-I).
(i) HS-Butyryl-S-cyano-ό-CmethylthioJpyridin-l-ylj-N-Kl- phenylcyclopropyljsulfonyljpiperidine^-carboxamide o
DIPEA (74.2 mg, 0.574 mmol) was added to a suspension of l-[5-butyryl-3-cyano-6- (methylthio)pyridin-2-yl]piperidine-4-carboxylic acid (63 mg, 0.181 mmol) and PyBOP (117 mg, 0.225 mmol) in DCM (4 niL). The reaction mixture was stirred at r.t. for 30 min. and 1-phenylcyclopropanesulfonamide (42 mg, 0.21 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at r.t. for 2.5 h. NaHCO3(aq) was added and the mixture was extracted with DCM (x3). The combined organics was run through a phase separator and evaporated. The crude product was purified by preparative HPLC (Kromasil Cg 10μm, 50x250mm , using an incresaing gradient of 40% to 90 % MeCN with a second acidic eluent H2O/MeCN/FA 95/5/0.2) during 30 minutes) to give l-[5-butyryl-3-cyano-6- (methylthio)pyridin-2-yl]-N-[(l-phenylcyclopropyl)sulfonyl]piperidine-4-carboxamide as a white solid. Yield: 71 mg (75%). 1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 0.88 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.30 - 1.34 (2H, m), 1.51 - 1.58 (2H, m), 1.58 - 1.68 (2H, m), 1.74 - 1.81 (4H, m), 2.37 (3H, s), 2.51 - 2.58 (IH, m), 2.86 (2H, t, J = 7.1 Hz), 3.11 - 3.18 (2H, m), 4.51 - 4.58 (2H, m), 7.35 - 7.43 (5H, m), 8.54 (IH, s), 11.36 (IH, br s). MS m/z: 527 (M+ 1), 525 (M-I). GTPyS(IC50 μM): 0.0263
Example 2 l-(5-Butyryl-3-cyano-6-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-N-{[(4- fluorophenyl)amino]sulfonyl}piperidine-4-carboxamide
(a) Ethyl 6-[4-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)piperidin-l-yl]-5-cyano-2-methoxynicotinate
A microwave vial was charged with ethyl 6-[4-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)piperidin-l-yl]-5- cyano-2-oxo-l,2-dihydropyridine-3-carboxylate (See Example l(b)) (188 mg, 0.5 mmol), methyl iodide (355 mg, 2.5 mmol), silver carbonate (276 mg, 1 mmol), DMSO (2.5 mL) and heated to 100 0C in a microwave oven, single node heating, for 20 minutes. LC-MS showed 81 % of O-alkylated product along with 19 % N-alkylated product. The crude product was purified by preparative HPLC (Kromasil Cg lOμm, Eluent: A: CH3CN; B: 0.2 % HOAc in water/CH3CN 95/5; C: 0.1 M NH4OAc/CH3CN 95/5. Using A/B/C 5/0/95 during injection and then eluting with a gradient going from A/B/C 5/95/0 to 100/0/0) to give the desired product. Yield: 141 mg (72 %). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 1.35 (3H, t, J = 7.2 Hz), 1.46 (9H, s), 1.75-1.86 (2H, m), 1.97-2.06 (2H, m), 2.51-2.60 (IH, m), 3.27-3.37 (2H, m), 3.99 (3H, s), 4.30 (2H, q, J = 7.2 Hz), 4.51-4.60 (2H, m), 8.32 (IH, s). MS m/z: 390 (M+l)
(b) 6-[4-(tert-Butoxycarbonyl)piperidin-l-yl]-5-cyano-2-methoxynicotinic acid
A microwave vial was charged with NaOH (0.40 g, 10 mmol) , ethyl 6-[4-(tert- butoxycarbonyl)piperidin-l-yl]-5-cyano-2-methoxynicotinate (389 mg, 1 mmol) and MeCN/water (1/1, 8 mL) and the mixture was heated to 80 0C for 5 minutes using microwave single node heating. FA (1 mL) was added and the mixture was extracted with DCM (3x5 mL). The solvent was evaporated to give 6-[4-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)piperidin-l- yl]-5-cyano-2-methoxynicotinic acid which was used in the next step without further purification. Yield: 395 mg (109 %, crude).
(c) tert-Buty\ l-[5-(chlorocarbonyl)-3-cyano-6-methoxypyridin-2-yl]piperidine-4- carboxylate
DMF (0.029 mL) was added dropwise (during 2-3 minutes) to a cold (ice/water bath temperature) solution of oxalyl chloride (1.24 mL, 14.66 mmol) and 6-[4-(tert- butoxycarbonyl)piperidin-l-yl]-5-cyano-2-methoxynicotinic acid (2.65 g, 7.33 mmol) in DCM (73 mL). The ice bath was removed after 5 minutes and the reaction mixture was stirred for 7 minutes at r.t.. The solvent and excess reagents were evaporated and the residue was co-evaporated twice with THF (20 mL each) to give tert-butyl l-[5- (chlorocarbonyl)-3-cyano-6-methoxypyridin-2-yl]piperidine-4-carboxylate. The crude product was used without further purification assuming quantitative yield.
(d) tert-Butyl l-(5-butyryl-3-cyano-6-methoxypyridin-2-yl)piperidine-4-carboxylate
n-Propylmagnesium bromide (4.2 mL, 0.48 M in THF, 2 mmol) was added during 20 minutes to a cold (ice/water bath temperature) solution of tert-butyl l-[5-(chlorocarbonyl)- 3-cyano-6-methoxypyridin-2-yl]piperidine-4-carboxylate (760 mg, 2.0 mmol) and ferric acetylacetonate (35 mg, 0.1 mmol) in THF (25 niL) under an athmosphere of nitrogen. The mixture was stirred for 10 minutes and water was added to quench the reaction. The mixture was extracted with DCM (3 x 20 mL) and the combined organic phase was passed through a phase separator and evaporated to give 735 mg of the crude product. The crude product was purified by preparative HPLC. (Kromasil Cg. , using an incresaing gradient of 60% to 95 % MeCN with a second acidic eluent H2O/MeCN/HOAc, 95/5/0.2 during 30 minutes) to give tert-butyl l-(5-butyryl-3-cyano-6-methoxypyridin-2-yl)piperidine-4- carboxylate. Yield: 352 mg (45 %).
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 0.96 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.45 (9H, s), 1.62-1.73 (2H, m), 1.78-1.84 (2H, m), 1.96-2.06 (2H, m), 2.50-2.59 (IH, m), 2.86 (2H, t, J = 7.3 Hz), 3.27- 3.36 (2H, m), 4.00 (3H, s), 4.52-4.60 (2H, m), 8.33 (IH, s). MS m/z: 388 (M+l)
(e) l-(5-Butyryl-3-cyano-6-methoxypyridin-2-yl)piperidine-4-carboxylic acid
A solution of tert-butyl l-(5-butyryl-3-cyano-6-methoxypyridin-2-yl)piperidine-4- carboxylate (253 mg, 0.653 mmol) in DCM/TFA (1/1, 2 mL) was stirred at r.t.. for 4 hours. The solvent and excess TFA was evaporated to give l-(5-butyryl-3-cyano-6- methoxypyridin-2-yl)piperidine-4-carboxylic acid which was used without further purification assuming quantitative yield. MS m/z: 330 (M-I)
(f) l-(5-Butyryl-3-cyano-6-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-N-{[(4- fluorophenyl)amino]sulfonyl}piperidine-4-carboxamide
TBTU (154 mg, 0.48 mmol) and DIPEA (155 mg, 1.2 mmol) were added to a solution of l-(5-butyryl-3-cyano-6-methoxypyridin-2-yl)piperidine-4-carboxylic acid (133 mg, 0.40 mmol) in DCM (2 mL) and the mixture was stirred 0.5 hours at r.t. N-(4- fluorophenyl)sulfamide (87 mg, 0.46 mmol) aws added and the reaction mixture was stirred for an additional 16 hours at r.t.. LC-MS showed 54 % product and some remaining startingmaterial (not integrated) and therfore PyBroP (28 mg, 0.06 mmol) was added and the stirring was continued for an additional 22 hours. The crude product was purified by Purification method A(See General Experimental Procedure).
1H NMR (600 MHz, (CD3)2SO, (CH3)2SO) δ 0.89 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.40-1.48 (2H, m),1.52-1.60 (2H, m), 1.64-1.69 (2H, m), ca. 2.48 (IH, m)**, 2.84 (2H, t, J = 7.2 Hz), 3.11-3.19 (2H, m), 3.95 (3H, s), 4.41-4.47 (2H, m), 7.14-7.21 (4H, m), 8.22 (IH, s), 10.38 (IH, s),11.72 (lH, s).
** From methine-H, coincides with the suppressed DMSO-signal. MS m/z: 504 (M+l) GTPyS(IC50 μM): 0.169
Example 3 l-(5-Butyryl-3-cyano-6-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-N-{[(4- fluorophenyl)(methyl)amino]sulfonyl}piperidine-4-carboxamide
(a) l-(5-Butyryl-3-cyano-6-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-N-{[(4- fluorophenyl)(methyl)amino]sulfonyl}piperidine-4-carboxamide
Prepared according to Example 2(f) from l-(5-butyryl-3-cyano-6-methoxypyridin-2- yl)piperidine-4-carboxylic acid (Example 2(e)) ( 133 mg, 0.4 mmol) and N-(4- fluorophenyl)-N-methylsulfamide ( 94 mg, 0.46 mmol) to give l-(5-butyryl-3-cyano-6- methoxypyridin-2-yl)-N-{[(4-fluorophenyl)(methyl)amino]sulfonyl}piperidine-4- carboxamide Yield: 64 mg ( 31 %)
1H NMR (600MHz, (CD3)2SO, (CH3)2SO) δ 0.89 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.52-1.64 (4H, m),
1.77-1.83 (2H, m), ca. 2.48 (IH, m)**, 2.84 (2H, t, J = 7.2 Hz), 3.14-3.21 (2H, m), 3.98 (3H, s), 4.52-4.58 (2H, m), 7.24-7.28 (2H, m), 7.35-7.39 (2H, m), 8.24 (IH, s),11.68 (IH, s).
NOTE: The signal from the N-Me group is in the region 2.3-2.7 ppm where it coincides with the suppressed DMSO-signal.
** From methine-H, coincides with the suppressed DMSO-signal. MS m/z: 518 (M+l)
GTPyS(IC50 μM): 0.154 Example 4 l-(5-Butyryl-3-cyano-6-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-N-[(4- methoxybenzyl)sulfonyl]piperidine-4-carboxamide
Prepared according to Example 2(f) from l-(5-butyryl-3-cyano-6-methoxypyridin-2- yl)piperidine-4-carboxylic acid (Example 2(e)) ( 133 mg, 0.4 mmol) and l-(4- methoxyphenyl)methanesulfonamide (93 mg, 0.46 mmol) to give l-(5-butyryl-3-cyano-6- methoxypyridin-2-yl)-N-[(4-methoxybenzyl)sulfonyl]piperidine-4-carboxamide Yield: 95 mg ( 46 %) 1H NMR (600MHz, (CD3)2SO, (CH3)2SO) δ 0.90 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.53-1.60 (2H, m), 1.62-1.70 (2H, m), 1.83-1.88 (2H, m), ca. 2.48 (IH, m)*, 2.85 (2H, t, J = 7.2 Hz), 3.16- 3.23 (2H, m), 3.76 (3H, s), 3.98 (3H, s), 4.55-4.60 (2H, m), 4.61 (2H, s), 6.95-6.98 (2H, m), 7.19-7.22 (2H, m), 8.25 (IH, s), 11.55 (IH, s). ** From methine-H, coincides with the suppressed DMSO-signal. MS m/z: 515 (M+l)
GTPyS(IC50 μM): 0.141
Example 5 l-(5-Butyryl-3-cyano-6-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-N-[(4-methylbenzyl)sulfonyl]piperidine- 4-carboxamide
Prepared according to Example 2(f) from l-(5-butyryl-3-cyano-6-methoxypyridin-2- yl)piperidine-4-carboxylic acid (Example 2(e)) ( 133 mg, 0.4 mmol) and l-(4- methylphenyl)methanesulfonamide (85 mg, 0.46 mmol) to give l-(5-butyryl-3-cyano-6- methoxypyridin-2-yl)-N-[(4-methylbenzyl)sulfonyl]piperidine-4-carboxamide Yield: 78 mg ( 38 %).
1H NMR (600MHz, (CD3)2SO, (CH3)2SO) δ 0.89 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.53-1.60 (2H, m), 1.61-1.70 (2H, m), 1.83-1.88 (2H, m), 2.30 (3H, s), ca. 2.48 (IH, m)**, 2.85 (2H, t, J = 7.2 Hz), 3.16-3.24 (2H, m), 3.98 (3H, s), 4.54-4.60 (2H, m), 4.64 (2H, s), 7.16-7.19 (2H, m), 7.20-7.23 (2H, m), 8.25 (IH, s), 11.57 (IH, br s).
** From methine-H, coincides with the suppressed DMSO-signal. MS m/z: 499 (M+ 1) GTPyS(IC50 μM): 0.0582
Example 6 l-(5-Butyryl-3-cyano-6-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-N-[(4-chloro-2- fluorobenzyl)sulfonyl] piperidine-4-carboxamide
Prepared according to Example 2(f) from l-(5-butyryl-3-cyano-6-methoxypyridin-2- yl)piperidine-4-carboxylic acid (Example 2(e)) ( 133 mg, 0.4 mmol) and l-(4-chloro-2- fluorophenyl)methanesulfonamide (103 mg, 0.46 mmol) to give l-(5-butyryl-3-cyano-6- methoxypyridin-2-yl)-N-[(4-chloro-2-fluorobenzyl)sulfonyl]piperidine-4-carboxamide. Yield: 87 mg ( 40 %).
1H NMR (600MHz, (CD3)2SO, (CH3)2SO) δ 0.88 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.52-1.59 (2H, m), 1.61-1.70 (2H, m), 1.86-1.92 (2H, m), ca. 2.48 (IH, m)**, 2.84 (2H, t, J = 7.2 Hz), 3.16- 3.24 (2H, m), 3.98 (3H, s), 4.54-4.60 (2H, m), 4.76 (2H, s), 7.36-7.40 (IH, m), 7.42-7.46 (IH, m), 7.51-7.55 (IH, m), 8.24 (IH, s).
** From methine-H, coincides with the suppressed DMSO-signal. MS m/z: 537 (M+l) GTPyS(IC50 μM): 0.0838
Example 7 l-(5-Butyryl-3-cyano-6-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-N-[(2,4- difluorobenzyl)sulfonyl]piperidine-4-carboxamide
Prepared according to Example 2(f) from l-(5-butyryl-3-cyano-6-methoxypyridin-2- yl)piperidine-4-carboxylic acid (Example 2(e)) ( 133 mg, 0.4 mmol) and l-(2,4- difluorophenyl)methanesulfonamide (95 mg, 0.46 mmol) to give l-(5-butyryl-3-cyano-6- methoxypyridin-2-yl)-N-[(2,4-difluorobenzyl)sulfonyl]piperidine-4-carboxamide. Yield:
64 mg ( 29 %).
1H NMR (600MHz, (CD3)2SO, (CH3)2SO) δ 0.89 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.53-1.60 (2H, m), 1.62-1.70 (2H, m), 1.86-1.92 (2H, m), ca. 2.48 (IH, m)**, 2.84 (2H, t, J = 7.2 Hz), 3.18-
3.24 (2H, m), 3.98 (3H, s), 4.55-4.61 (2H, m), 4.74 (2H, s), 7.15-7.20 (IH, m), 7.32-7.36
(IH, m), 7.44-7.50 (IH, m), 8.25 (IH, s). ** From methine-H, coincides with the suppressed DMSO-signal. MS m/z: 521 (M+ 1) GTPyS(IC50 μM): 0.0636
Example 8 l-(5-Butyryl-3-cyano-6-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-N-[(2-fluorobenzyl)sulfonyl]piperidine- 4-carboxamide
Prepared according to Example 2(f) from l-(5-butyryl-3-cyano-6-methoxypyridin-2- yl)piperidine-4-carboxylic acid (Example 2(e)) ( 133 mg, 0.4 mmol) and l-(2- fluorophenyl)methanesulfonamide (87 mg, 0.46 mmol) to give l-(5-butyryl-3-cyano-6- methoxypyridin-2-yl)-N-[(2-fluorobenzyl)sulfonyl]piperidine-4-carboxamide Yield: 59 mg
( 28 %).
1H NMR (600MHz, (CD3)2SO, (CH3)2SO) δ 0.88 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.51-1.59 (2H, m), 1.62-1.70 (2H, m), 1.85-1.92 (2H, m), ca. 2.48 (IH, m)**, 2.84 (2H, t, J = 7.2 Hz), 3.16-
3.23 (2H, m), 3.97 (3H, s), 4.54-4.60 (2H, m), 4.75 (2H, s), 7.23-7.29 (2H, m), 7.38-7.42
(IH, m), 7.43-7.48 (IH, m), 8.24 (IH, s).
** From methine-H, coincides with the suppressed DMSO-signal.
MS m/z: 503 (M+l) GTPyS(IC50 μM): 0.0875
Example 9
HS-Butyryl-S-cyano-ό-CmethylthioJpyridin-l-ylj-N-Kl- fluorobenzyl)sulfbnyl]piperidine-4-carboxamide
A mixture of l-[5-butyryl-3-cyano-6-(methylthio)pyridin-2-yl]piperidine-4-carboxylic acid (Example l(h)) (48 mg, 0.14 mmol), TBTU (55 mg, 0.17 mmol) and TEA (71 mg, 0.7 mmol) in DCM (2 mL) was stirred for 1.5 hours at r.t. before l-(2- fluorophenyl)methanesulfonamide (26 mg, 0.14 mmol) was added. The slurry was stirred at r.t. over night (LCMS showed only startingmaterial). DMF (0.5 mL) was added to dissolve the slurry and the mixture was stirred for an additional 2.5 hours (LCMS showed about 40 % startingmaterial left). Therefore, an additional amount of PyBOP (44 mg, 0.084 mmol) was added and the stirring was contined until all startingmaterial had been converted to product (2 hours). Water containg 2 % HOAc was added and the organic phase was separated and evaporated to give a crude product that was purified by purification method A(See General Experimental Procedure). This gave pure l-[5-butyryl- 3-cyano-6-(methylthio)pyridin-2-yl]-N-[(2-fluorobenzyl)sulfonyl]piperidine-4- carboxamide. Yield: 51 mg (71 %).
1H NMR (600MHz, (CD3)2SO, (CH3)2SO) δ 0.86 (3H, t, J = 7.5 Hz), 1.49 - 1.57 (2H, m), 1.62 - 1.68 (2H, m), 1.82 - 1.89 (2H, m), 2.35 (3H, s), 2.60 - 2.62 (IH, m), 2.85 (2H, t, J = 7.2 Hz), 3.16 - 3.23 (2H, m), 4.51 - 4.59 (2H, m), 4.71 (2H, s), 7.19 - 7.26 (2H, m), 7.34 - 7.45 (2H, m), 8.54 (IH, s), 11.72 (IH, s) MS m/z: 519 (M+ 1), 517 (M-I). GTPyS(IC50 μM): 0.0101
Example 10 1- [5-Buty ryl-3-cyano-6-(methylthio)pyridin-2-yl] -N-
{[methyl(phenyl)amino]sulfonyl}piperidine-4-carboxamide
(a) N-Methyl-N-phenylsulfamide
Chlorosulfonyl isocyanate (3.7 mL, 42.4 mmol) was dissolved in dry DCM (40 mL), the solution was cooled to 0 0C and tert-butanol (3.98mL, 42.4 mmol) was added drop wise. The reaction mixture was stirred at r.t. for 2h, the solution was cooled to 0 0C and N- methylaniline (4.61 mL, 42.4 mmol) and TEA (8.85 mL, 63.6 mmol) dissolved in dry DCM (20 mL) were added drop wise through a dropping funnel. The reaction was stirred at r.t. for 3h, water was added and the organic phase was separated and dried (phase separator, Isolute) and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in DCM (40 mL) and trifluoroacetic acid (32.7 mL, 423 mmol) was added. The reaction was stirred at r.t. for 20 min., the solvent was concentrated in vacuo and co- evaporated with DCM (3x). The crude product was purified with flash column chromatography, using a mixture of heptane:EtOAc 70:30 as eluent, to give N-methyl-N-phenylsulfamide. Yield: 5.96 g (76%). IH-NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) d 3.22 (3H, s), 4.77 (2H, s), 7.28-7.33 (IH, m), 7.36-7.42 (4H, m). MS m/z: 187 (M+ 1).
(b) 1- [5-Butyryl-3-cyano-6-(methylthio)pyridin-2-yl] -N- {[methyl(phenyl)amino]sulfonyl}piperidine-4-carboxamide
Prepared according to Example 9 from l-[5-butyryl-3-cyano-6-(methylthio)pyridin-2- yl]piperidine-4-carboxylic acid (Example l(h)) (48 mg, 0.14 mmol) and N-Methyl-N- phenylsulfamide (32 mg, 0.17 mmol) to give l-[5-butyryl-3-cyano-6-(methylthio)pyridin- 2-yl]-N-{[methyl(phenyl)amino]sulfonyl}piperidine-4-carboxamide Yield: 4.9 mg ( 6 %). 1H NMR (600MHz, (CD3)2SO, (CH3)2SO) δ 0.86 (3H, t, J = 7.3 Hz), 1.49 - 1.59 (2H, m), 1.67 - 1.76 (2H, m), 2.04 (3H, s), 2.18 (3H, s) but there is another singlet close to this one at 2.21 due to WET-pulse, 2.54 - 2.58 (IH, m), 2.84 (2H, t, J = 7.2 Hz), 2.96 - 3.01 (2H, m), 3.12 - 3.20 (2H, m), 4.44 - 4.53 (2H, m), 7.22 - 7.33 (3H, m), 7.35 - 7.39 (2H, m), 8.52 (IH, s), 11.61 - 11.66 (IH, m) MS m/z: 516 (M+l), 514 (M-I). GTPyS(IC50 μM): 0.0175
Example 11 l-[5-Butyryl-3-cyano-6-(methylthio)pyridin-2-yl]-N-[(4- methoxybenzyl)sulfonyl] piperidine-4-carboxamide
Prepared according to Example 9 from l-[5-butyryl-3-cyano-6-(methylthio)pyridin-2- yl]piperidine-4-carboxylic acid (Example l(h)) (48 mg, 0.14 mmol) and l-(4- methoxyphenyl)methanesulfonamide (28 mg, 0.14 mmol) to give l-[5-butyryl-3-cyano-6- (methylthio)pyridin-2-yl]-N-[(4-methoxybenzyl)sulfonyl]piperidine-4-carboxamide. Yield: 47 mg ( 63 %).
1H NMR (600MHz, (CD3)2SO, (CH3)2SO) δ 0.86 (3H, t, J = 7.5 Hz), 1.49 - 1.57 (2H, m), 1.60 - 1.69 (2H, m), 1.79 - 1.86 (2H, m), 2.35 (3H, s), 2.57 - 2.62 (IH, m), 2.85 (2H, t, J = 7.2 Hz), 3.14 - 3.22 (2H, m), 3.72 (3H, s), 4.52 - 4.57 (2H, m), 4.58 (2H, s), 6.92 (2H, d, J = 8.5 Hz), 7.17 (2H, d, J = 8.5 Hz), 8.54 (IH, s), 11.52 (IH, s) MS m/z: 531 (M+l), 529 (M-I). GTPyS(IC50 μM): 0.0268 Example 12 l-[5-Butyryl-3-cyano-6-(methylthio)pyridin-2-yl]-N-[(4- fluorobenzyl)sulfonyl]piperidine-4-carboxamide
Prepared according to Example 9 from l-[5-butyryl-3-cyano-6-(methylthio)pyridin-2- yl]piperidine-4-carboxylic acid (Example l(h)) (48 mg, 0.14 mmol) and l-(4- fluorophenyl)methanesulfonamide (26 mg, 0.14 mmol) to give l-[5-butyryl-3-cyano-6- (methylthio)pyridin-2-yl]-N-[(4-fluorobenzyl)sulfonyl]piperidine-4-carboxamide. Yield: 59 mg ( 81 %).
1H NMR (600MHz, (CD3)2SO, (CH3)2SO) δ 0.86 (3H, t, J = 7.5 Hz), 1.49 - 1.57 (2H, m),
1.59 - 1.66 (2H, m), 1.79 - 1.85 (2H, m), 2.35 (3H, s), 2.55 - 2.62 (IH, m), 2.85 (2H, t, J = 7.2 Hz), 3.13 - 3.21 (2H, m), 4.51 - 4.58 (2H, m), 4.67 (2H, s), 7.18 - 7.24 (2H, m), 7.28 - 7.32 (2H, m), 8.54 (IH, s), 11.59 (IH, s) MS m/z: 519 (M+ 1), 517 (M-I). GTPyS(IC50 μM): 0.0130
Example 13
1- [5-Butyryl-3-cyano-6-(methylthio)pyridin-2-yl] -N- [(2,4- difluorobenzyl)sulfonyl] piperidine-4-carboxamide
Prepared according to Example 9 from l-[5-butyryl-3-cyano-6-(methylthio)pyridin-2- yl]piperidine-4-carboxylic acid (Example l(h)) (48 mg, 0.14 mmol) and l-(2,4- difluorophenyl)methanesulfonamide (29 mg, 0.14 mmol) to give l-[5-butyryl-3-cyano-6- (methylthio)pyridin-2-yl]-N-[(2,4-difluorobenzyl)sulfonyl]piperidine-4-carboxamide. Yield: 19 mg ( 25 %). 1H NMR (600MHz, (CD3)2SO, (CH3)2SO) δ 0.86 (3H, t, J = 7.3 Hz), 1.49 - 1.57 (2H, m),
1.60 - 1.69 (2H, m), 1.82 - 1.90 (2H, m), 2.04 (3H, s), 2.58 - 2.62 (IH, m), 2.85 (2H, t, J = 7.2 Hz), 3.14 - 3.24 (2H, m), 4.52 - 4.58 (2H, m), 4.70 (2H, s), 7.11 - 7.17 (IH, m), 7.26 - 7.33 (IH, m), 7.40 - 7.47 (IH, m), 8.53 (IH, s), 11.73 (IH, s) MS m/z: 537 (M+ 1), 535 (M-I). GTPyS(IC50 μM): 0.0355 Example 14 l-[5-Butyryl-3-cyano-6-(methylthio)pyridin-2-yl]-N-[(4- methylbenzyl)sulfonyl]piperidine-4-carboxamide
Prepared according to Example 9 from l-[5-butyryl-3-cyano-6-(methylthio)pyridin-2- yl]piperidine-4-carboxylic acid (Example l(h)) (48 mg, 0.14 mmol) and l-(4- methylphenyl)methanesulfonamide (26 mg, 0.14 mmol) to give l-[5-butyryl-3-cyano-6- (methylthio)pyridin-2-yl]-N-[(4-methylbenzyl)sulfonyl]piperidine-4-carboxamide. Yield: 29 mg ( 40 %).
1H NMR (600 MHz, (CD3)2SO, (CH3)2SO) δ 0.86 (3H, t, J = 7.3 Hz), 1.49 - 1.57 (2H, m), 1.59 - 1.69 (2H, m), 1.78 - 1.86 (2H, m), 2.54 - 2.62 (IH, m), 2.77 (3H, s), 2.85 (2H, t, J = 7.2 Hz), 3.13 - 3.22 (2H, m), 4.52 - 4.57 (2H, m), 4.60 (2H, s), 7.14 (2H, d, J = 8.2 Hz), 7.17 (2H, d, J = 7.9 Hz), 8.54 (IH, s), 11.53 (IH, s). 3 Hydrogens (thiometyl) difficult to detect due to the wet NMR recording.. MS m/z: 515 (M+ 1), 513 (M-I). GTPyS(IC50 μM): 0.0852
Example 15 N-(Benzylsulfonyl)-l-[5-butyryl-3-cyano-6-(methylthio)pyridin-2-yl]piperidine-4- carboxamide
Prepared according to Example 9 from l-[5-butyryl-3-cyano-6-(methylthio)pyridin-2- yl]piperidine-4-carboxylic acid (Example l(h)) (48 mg, 0.14 mmol) and 1- (phenyl)methanesulfonamide (24 mg, 0.14 mmol) to give N-(benzylsulfonyl)-l-[5-butyryl- 3-cyano-6-(methylthio)pyridin-2-yl]piperidine-4-carboxamide. Yield: 56 mg ( 80 %). 1H NMR (600 MHz, (CD3)2SO, (CH3)2SO) δ 0.87 (3H, t, J = 7.5 Hz), 1.49 - 1.58 (2H, m), 1.59 - 1.68 (2H, m), 1.78 - 1.85 (2H, m), 2.55 - 2.60 (IH, m), 2.85 (2H, t, J = 7.2 Hz), 3.13 - 3.22 (2H, m), 4.51 - 4.57 (2H, m), 4.66 (2H, s), 7.24 - 7.28 (2H, m), 7.34 - 7.39 (3H, m), 7.39 (3H, s), 8.54 (IH, s), 8.54 (IH, s). MS m/z: 501 (M+ 1), 499 (M-I). GTPyS(IC50 μM): 0.0170 Example 16 l-[5-Butyryl-3-cyano-6-(hydroxymethyl)pyridin-2-yl]-N-[(l- phenylcyclopropyljsulfonyljpiperidine^-carboxamide
(a) Ethyl 4-[(3,4-dimethoxybenzyl)oxy]-3-oxobutanoate
Prepared essentially according to the procedure described by Yasohara Y et al, (Tetrahedron assymetry, 12(2001) pp. 1713-18) replacing bensylalcohol for (3,4- dimethoxyphenyl)methanol. Yield: 9.65 g (44%).
1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 1.17 (3H, t, J = 7.3 Hz), 3.57 (2H, s), 3.75 (3H, s), 3.76 (3H, s), 4.08 (2H, q, J = 7.2 Hz), 4.20 (2H, s), 4.44 (2H, s), 6.84 - 6.96 (3H, m) MS m/z: 295 (M-I)
(b) Ethyl -4-[(3,4-dimethoxybenzyl)oxy]-2-[(dimethylamino)methylene]-3- oxobutanoate
l,l-Dimethoxy-N,N-dimethylmethanamine was added to a solution of ethyl 4-[(3,4- dimethoxybenzyl)oxy]-3-oxobutanoate in EtOH (40 rnL) at r.t. (N2-atmosphere) and the pale yellow mixture was stirred over night (17 hours, LC-MS showed complete conversion). The solvent and excess reagents were evaporated and the crude product (red oil) was used without further purification in the next step.
(c) Ethyl 5-cyano-2-{[(3,4-dimethoxybenzyl)oxy]methyl}-6-oxo-l,6-dihydropyridine- 3-carboxylate
Malonitrile (5.44 g, 82.4 mmol) dissolved in EtOH (absolut, 20 mL) was added to a solution of ethyl -4-[(3,4-dimethoxybenzyl)oxy]-2-[(dimethylamino)methylene]-3- oxobutanoate (26.32 g, 74.9 mmol, from above) and TEA (758 mg, 7.49 mmol) in EtOH (40 mL) at r.t. (slightly exotermic) under an N2-atm. The agitation had stopped after 15 minutes and EtOH (40 mL) was added to allow stirring and the stirring of the slurry was continued over night (27 hours). The reaction was quenched by adding HOAc (5.4 g, 89.9 mmol, a thick precipitate was formed) and water (200 mL). The thick brownish precipitate was filtered off and washed with water (3 x 150 mL), water / EtOH (2/1 , 150 mL) (a geen solid) and Et2O (100 mL + 150 mL) (a light green-grey coloured solid). The solid was dried in vaccuo at 70 0C to give ethyl 5-cyano-2-{[(3,4-dimethoxybenzyl)oxy]methyl}-6- oxo-l,6-dihydropyridine-3-carboxylate of the product as a light green-grey solid. Yield 18.5 g (66 %).
1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 1.26 (3H, t, J = 7.1 Hz), 3.74 (6H, d, J = 3.1 Hz), 4.20 (2H, q, J = 7.1 Hz), 4.53 (2H, s), 4.80 (2H, s), 6.86 - 7.00 (3H, m), 8.42 (IH, s) MS m/z: 390 (M+NH4), 371 (M-I)
(c) Ethyl 6-(benzyloxy)-5-cyano-2-{[(3,4-dimethoxybenzyl)oxy]methyl}nicotinate
Bensylbromide (12.75 g, 74.5 mmol) was added to a slurry of ethyl 5-cyano-2-{[(3,4- dimethoxybenzyl)oxy]methyl}-6-oxo-l,6-dihydropyridine-3-carboxylate (18.5 g, 49.7 mmol) and K2CO3 (13.73 g, 99.4 mmol) in CH3CN (400 mL) and the mixture was heated to reflux for 4.5 hours. The reaction was filtered and the solvent was evaporated. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc (400 mL) and the organic phase was washed with water (40 mL). The phases were separated (slow phase separation) and the organic phase was dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated to give 27.3 g of the crude product as a black oil (the crude product contained both O- (Rf= 0.36, diethyl ether/pethroleum ether 6/4) and N- alkylated (Rf= 0.14 dietheylether/pethroleum ether 6/4) products). The crude product was purfied by flash chromathography on silica. (1000 g, SiO2, Eluent: 1400 mL 1/1, 3500 mL 6/4, 1400 mL 7/3, 1400 mL 4/1, 700 mL 9/1 and 1400 mL 100/0 of diethyl ether/pethroleum ether). The fractions with Rf= 0.36 was collected and evaporated to give ethyl 6-(benzyloxy)-5-cyano-2-{[(3,4-dimethoxybenzyl)oxy]methyl}nicotinate as a light yellow solid. Yield: 12.02 g (52%)
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 1.27 (3H, t), 3.68 (3H, s), 3.70 (3H, s), 4.25 (2H, m), 4.47 (2H, s), 4.86 (2H, s), 5.55 (2H, s), 6.79 (3H, m), 7.31-7.40 (3H, m), 7.46-7.50 (2H, m), 8.58 (IH, s). MS m/z: 463 (M+ 1).
(d) 6-(Benzyloxy)-5-cyano-2-{[(3,4-dimethoxybenzyl)oxy] methyl} nicotinic acid NaOH (1.68 g, 42 mmol) dissolved in water (40 rnL) was added to a solution of ethyl 6- (benzyloxy)-5-cyano-2-{[(3,4-dimethoxybenzyl)oxy]methyl}nicotinate (12.0 g, 25.9 mmol) in CH3CN (60 mL) at r.t. (2 phase system slurry in the upper layer) and the mixture was heated to 55 0C (bath temp) for 1 hour ( the reaction mixture was homogenous after 5 minutes, LC-MS showed complete conversion). The organic solvent was evaporated and water (30 mL) was added followed by acetic acid (2.4 mL) dropwise during stirring. The precipitated product was taken up in DCM (200 mL). The water phase was extracted with an additional 30 mL DCM. The combined organic phase was passed through a phase separator and evaporated to give the crude product as an oil. The crude product was triturated by adding 5-10 mL Et2OZlOO mL Pethroleum ether while stirring which gave the product as a solid. The solid was filtered off, washed with Peth. ether and dried in vaccuo over night to give 6-(benzyloxy)-5-cyano-2-{[(3,4-dimethoxybenzyl)oxy]methyl}nicotinic acid as an off white solid. Yield: 10.66 g (95%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 3.69 (3H, s), 3.71 (3H, s), 4.50 (2H, s), 4.92 (2H, s), 5.57 (2H, s), 6.81-6.93 (3H, m), 7.32-7.41 (3H, m), 7.47-7.51 (2H, m), 8.58 (IH, s), 13.48 (IH, bs). MS m/z: 435 (M+ 1), 433 (M-I).
(e) 6-(Benzyloxy)-5-cyano-2-{[(3,4-dimethoxybenzyl)oxy]methyl}nicotinoyl fluoride
Cyanuric fluoride (4.54 g, 33.6 mmol) was added (during about 2 minutes) to a solution of 6-(benzyloxy)-5-cyano-2-{[(3,4-dimethoxybenzyl)oxy]methyl}nicotinic acid and pyridine (2.66 g, 33.6 mmol) in DCM (100 mL) at 0 0C and the reaction was allowed to reach r.t. and stirred for 1 hour and 15 minutes.
The reaction mixture was filtered and DCM (80 mL) was added to the solution and the organic phase was washed with water (2x20 mL). The organic phase was passed through a phase separator and the solvent was evaporated and the product was dried under vaccum over night to give 6-(benzyloxy)-5-cyano-2-{[(3,4- dimethoxybenzyl)oxy]methyl}nicotinoyl fluoride as a brown solid. The crude product was used without further purification in the next step. Yield: 9.38g (96 %). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 3.88 (3H, s), 3.90 (3H, s), 4.57 (2H, s), 5.26 (2H, s), 5.62 (2H, s), 6.81-6.84 (IH, m), 6.90-6.95 (2H, m), 7.35-7.44 (3H, m), 7.46-7.50 (2H, m), 8.34 (IH, s).
(f) 2-(Benzyloxy)-5-butyryl-6-{[(3,4-dimethoxybenzyl)oxy]methyl}nicotinonitrile
n-Propylmagnesium bromide (0.88 + 0.4 mL, 1.25 M in THF, 1.6 mmol) was added dropwise to a cold solution (not completely homogenous) of 6-(benzyloxy)-5-cyano-2- {[(3,4-dimethoxybenzyl)oxy]methyl}nicotinoyl fluoride (436 mg, 1 mmol) and ferric acetylacetonate (14 mg, 0.04 mmol) in THF (10 mL) at 0 0C (red solution before addition, at the end of the addition the mixture took a much darker brownish color, after a few minutes the mixturechanged to red again). The mixture was stirred for 10 minutes and the reaction was quenched by adding NH4Cl (5 ml ). Added EtOAc (50 mL) and water (5 mL). Extracted and separated the phases. The water phase was extracted with an additional 10 mL EtOAc. The combined organic phase was washed with brine and dried (Na2SO4). Filtration followed by evaporation gave 403 mg of the crude product as a brown-red oil. Purification was done by preparative HPLC(Kromasil Cs , column dimensions: 250 x 50 mm ID; Mobile-phase A water/MeCN/FA 95/5/0.2, Mobile-phase B MeCN. Gradient 30% to 95 % of mobile-phase B in mobile phase A over 35 minutes. Fraction volume 50 mL). The relevant fractions were collected and evaporated to give 2-(benzyloxy)-5-butyryl-6- {[(3,4-dimethoxybenzyl)oxy]methyl}nicotinonitrile. Yield: 150 mg (33 %). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 0.95 (3H, t), 1.68 (2H, sextett), 2.77 (2H, t), 3.87 (6H, s), 4.53 (2H, s), 4.84 (2H, s), 5.58 (2H, s), 6.80-6.87 (2H, m), 6.88-6.90 (IH, m), 7.30-7.39 (3H, m), 7.45 (2H, m), 8.58 (IH, s). MS m/z: 461 (M+l), 459 (M-I). (g) 5-Butyryl-6-{[(3,4-dimethoxybenzyl)oxy]methyl}-2-oxo-l,2-dihydropyridine-3- carbonitrile
Pd/C (5 weight % Pd, 50 % water, 497 mg, 5 mol % Pd) sluuried in EtOH (3 niL) was added to a solution of 2-(benzyloxy)-5-butyryl-6-{[(3,4- dimethoxybenzyl)oxy]methyl}nicotinonitrile (1.075 g, 2.33 mmol) in MeOH/THF (60 mL 1/1) and the mixture was hydrogenated at atmospheric pressure for 1 hour. The mixture was filtered through HYFLO, washed with MeOH and evaporated (precipitation occured during evaporation, possibly when THF evaporated). This gave 797 mg of the crude product as a yellow solid.
Purification was done by preparative reverse phase HPLC( Kromasil Cs ,column dimensions: 250 x 50 mm ID; Mobile-phase A water/MeCN/FA 95/5/0.2, Mobile-phase B MeCN. Gradient 20% to 70 % of Mobile-phase B in Mobile phase A over 30 minutes. Fraction volume 50 mL; detection at 330 nM). The relevant fractions were collected and the MeCN was evaporated. The precipitated product was extracted into DCM (100 mL). The organic phase was washed with NaHCOs(saturated) (20 mL), passed through a phase separator and evaporated to give pure 5-butyryl-6-{[(3,4-dimethoxybenzyl)oxy]methyl}- 2-oxo-l,2-dihydropyridine-3-carbonitrile as a light yellow solid. Yield: 359 mg (41 %). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 0.86 (3H, m), 1.50 (2H, sextett), 2.80 (2H, t), 3.73 (3H, s), 3.74 (3H, s), 4.52 (2H, s), 4.73 (2H, s), 6.85-6.92 (2H, m), 6.98 (IH, s), 8.68 (IH, s), 12.23 (IH, bs). MS m/z: 369 (M-I).
(h) tert-Butyl l-(5-butyryl-3-cyano-6-{[(3,4-dimethoxybenzyl)oxy]methyl}pyridin-2- yl)piperidine-4-carboxylate
5 -butyryl-6- { [(3 ,4-dimethoxybenzyl)oxy]methyl} -2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydropyridine-3 - carbonitrile (200mg, 0.54mmol), was charged together with PyBOP (337mg, 0.81mmol, 1.2 eq.) and DIPEA (470μL, 5 eq.) in DCM (2 mL) and stirred at 22° C for 30 minutes before tert-butyl piperidine-4-carboxylate (300 mg, 0.81mmol, 1 eq.), was added. The reaction mixture was stirred over night. Formic acid ca 2% in water was added and the organic phase was separated (Phase Separator) and concentrated to give 976 mg of a yellow oil. Purification by preparative HPLC (Kromasil Cg, using an increasing gradient of MeCN in water/0.2 % FA) gave tert-butyl l-(5-butyryl-3-cyano-6-{[(3,4- dimethoxybenzyl)oxy]methyl}pyridin-2-yl)piperidine-4-carboxylate as a light yellow oil. Yield: 239 mg (89%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 0.96 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.45 (9H, s), 1.63 - 1.73 (2H, m), 1.75 - 1.86 (2H, m), 1.94 - 2.05 (2H, m), 2.47 - 2.58 (IH, m), 2.73 - 2.77 (2H, m), 3.27 - 3.34 (2H, m), 3.87 (3H, s), 3.88 (3H, s), 4.55 (2H, s), 4.57 - 4.64 (2H, m), 4.84 (2H, s), 6.78 - 6.94 (3H, m), 8.08 (IH, s). MS m/z: 538 (M+l), 536 (M-I).
(i) 1- [5-Butyryl-3-cyano-6-(hydroxymethyl)pyridin-2-yl] piperidine-4-carboxylic acid
TFA (2 mL) was added to a solution of tert-butyl l-(5-butyryl-3-cyano-6-{[(3,4- dimethoxybenzyl)oxy]methyl}pyridin-2-yl)piperidine-4-carboxylate (239 mg, 0.44 mmol) in DCM (2 mL) at 0 0C. The reaction was stirred for 15 minutes and then left at r.t. for 1 hour. The solvent was evaporated and the crude product was purified by preparative-HPLC to give l-[5-butyryl-3-cyano-6-(hydroxymethyl)pyridin-2-yl]piperidine-
4-carboxylic acid as a light yellow solid. Yield: 36mg (25%)
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 0.88 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.49 - 1.57 (2H, m), 1.57 - 1.67 (2H, m), 1.85 - 1.98 (2H, m), 2.55 - 2.63 (IH, m), 2.86 (2H, t, J = 7.1 Hz), 4.46 - 4.56 (2H, m), 4.64 - 4.71 (2H, m), 4.77 - 4.81 (2H, m), 8.52 (IH, s), 12.21 - 12.44 (IH, m).
MS m/z: 332 (M+l), 330 (M-I).
(j) l-[5-Butyryl-3-cyano-6-(hydroxymethyl)pyridin-2-yl]-N-[(l- phenylcyclopropyljsulfonyl] piperidine-4-carboxamide
A mixture of l-[5-butyryl-3-cyano-6-(hydroxymethyl)pyridin-2-yl]piperidine-4-carboxylic acid (35 mg, 0.11 mmol), PyBOP (66 mg, 0.13 mmol, 1.2 eq.), 1- phenylcyclopropanesulfonamide (22 mg , 0.11 mmol) and DIPEA (92 μL, 5 eq.) in DCM (ImL) was stirred at r.t. for 2 hours (ca 60% conversion according to LC-MS) . An additional amount of PyBOP (30 mg) and 1-phenylcyclopropanesulfonamide (15 mg) and DIPEA (50 μL) were added and the reaction mixture was stirred over night. Formic acid ca 2% in water was added and the organic phase was separated (Phase Separator) and concentrated to a crude product which was purified by preparative HPLC (Kromasil Cs, using an increasing gradient of MeCN in water/0.2 % FA) to give l-[5-butyryl-3-cyano-6- (hydroxymethyl)pyridin-2-yl] -N- [( 1 -phenylcyclopropyl)sulfonyl]piperidine-4- carboxamide as a light yellow solid. Yield: 37 mg (69 %).
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 0.88 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.29 - 1.37 (2H, m), 1.50 - 1.57 (2H, m), 1.59 - 1.69 (2H, m), 1.73 - 1.83 (4H, m), 2.52 - 2.56 (IH, m), 2.87 (2H, t, J = 7.2 Hz), 3.05 - 3.18 (2H, m), 4.55 - 4.65 (2H, m), 4.69 (2H, s), 4.76 - 4.84 (IH, m), 7.28 - 7.48 (5H, m), 8.54 (IH, s), 8.54 (IH, s). MS m/z: 511 (M+ 1), 509 (M-I). GTPyS(IC50 μM): 0.049
Example 17 l-(5-Butyryl-3-cyano-6-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-N-[(l- phenylcyclopropyljsulfonyl] piperidine-4-carboxamide
Prepared according to Example l(i) from l-(5-butyryl-3-cyano-6-methoxypyridin-2- yl)piperidine-4-carboxylic acid (Example 2(e)) (50 mg, 0.15 mmol) and 1- phenylcyclopropanesulfonamide (33 mg, 0.17 mmol) to give l-(5-butyryl-3-cyano-6- methoxypyridin-2-yl)-N-[(l -phenylcyclopropyl)sulfonyl]piperidine-4-carboxamide. Yield: 58 mg (75%).
1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d6 ): δ 0.87 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.29 - 1.33 (2H, m), 1.50 - 1.57 (2H, m), 1.57 - 1.65 (2H, m), 1.74 - 1.80 (4H, m), 2.50 - 2.56 (IH, m), 2.82 (2H, t, J = 7.1 Hz), 3.09 - 3.17 (2H, m), 3.96 (3H, s), 4.50 - 4.57 (2H, m), 7.35 - 7.42 (5H, m), 8.21 (IH, s), 11.36 (IH, br s).
MS m/z: 511 (M+l), 509 (M-I). GTPyS(IC50 μM): 0.248 Example 18
(a) l-(5-butyryl-3-cyano-6-oxo-l,6-dihydropyridin-2-yl)piperidine-4-carboxylic acid
1 M tribromoborane (BBr3)solution in DCM (2.0 mL, 2.0 mmol) was added drop wise to a cooled solution of tert-butyl 1 -(5 -butyryl-3 -cyano-6-methoxypyridin-2-yl)piperidine-4- carboxylate (520 mg, 1.34 mmol, prepared according to example 2 (d)) in dry DCM (10 mL) at O0C under N2-atm. The reaction mixture was stirred at O0C for Ih 40min. Water and NaHCOs(aq) were added and the mixture was extracted with DCM (x3). The combined organics was run through a phase separator and evaporated (mostly containing the corresponding methylester by-product). The aqueuos phase was made acidic by addition of 6 M HCl and extracted with DCM (x3). The combined organics was run through a phase separator and evaporated (mostly containing the acid product). The two crudes were purified by preparative HPLC (Kromasil Cg lOμm, 50x250mm , using an incresaing gradient of 30% to 80 % MeCN with a second acidic eluent H2O/MeCN/FA 95/5/0.2) during 30 minutes) to give 1 -(5 -butyryl-3 -cyano-6-oxo- 1 ,6-dihydropyridin-2-yl)piperidine- 4-carboxylic acid as a solid. Yield: 146 mg (34%). The methyl 1 -(5 -butyryl-3 -cyano-6- oxo-l,6-dihydropyridin-2-yl)piperidine-4-carboxylate was also isolated as a solid. Yield: 154 mg (35%). MS m/z: 318 (M+l), 316 (M-I).
(b) l-(6-(lH-benzo[d][l,2,3]triazol-l-yloxy)-5-butyryl-3-cyanopyridin-2-yl)-N-(l- phenylcyclopropylsulfonyljpiperidine^-carboxamide
A mixture of l-(5-butyryl-3-cyano-6-oxo-l,6-dihydropyridin-2-yl)piperidine-4-carboxylic acid (146 mg, 0.46 mmol), PyBop (563 mg, 1.08 mmol), DIPEA (0.4 mL, 297 mg, 2.30 mmol) in DCM (8 mL) was stirred at r.t for 20min and 1-phenylcyclopropane-l- sulfonamide (91 mg, 0.46 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at r.t over night. NaHCOs(aq) was added and the mixture was extracted with DCM (x3). The combined organics was run through a phase separator and evaporated. The crude product was purified by preparative HPLC (Kromasil Cs lOμm, 50x250mm , using an incresaing gradient of 30% to 80 % MeCN with a second acidic eluent H2O/MeCN/FA 95/5/0.2) during 30 minutes) to give l-(6-(lH-benzo[d][l,2,3]triazol-l-yloxy)-5-butyryl-3- cyanopyridin-2-yl)-N-(l-phenylcyclopropylsulfonyl)piperidine-4-carboxamide as a white solid. Yield: 230 mg (81%). MS m/z: 614 (M+l), 612 (M-I).
(c) HS-Butyryl-S-cyano-ό-CethylthioJpyridin-l-ylj-N-Kl- phenylcyclopropyljsulfonyljpiperidine^-carboxamide
Ethanethiol (0.5 mL, 420 mg, 6.75 mmol) was added to a solution of 1-(6-(1H- benzo[d][l,2,3]triazol-l-yloxy)-5-butyryl-3-cyanopyridin-2-yl)-N-(l- phenylcyclopropylsulfonyl)piperidine-4-carboxamide (153 mg, 0.25 mmol) in EtOH (3 mL) and DIPEA (0.1 mL, 74.2 mg, 0.57 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated to 12O0C for lOmin in a single node microwave oven. LCMS showed starting material left. Ethanethiol (0.5 mL, 420 mg, 6.75 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was heated to 12O0C for 20min in a single node microwave oven. NaHCOs(aq) was added and the mixture was extracted with DCM (x3). The combined organics was run through a phase separator and evaporated. The crude product was purified by preparative HPLC (Kromasil C8 lOμm, 20x250mm , using an incresaing gradient of 40% to 80 % MeCN with a second acidic eluent H2O/MeCN/FA 95/5/0.2) during 25 minutes) to give l-[5-butyryl-3-cyano-6- (methylthio)pyridin-2-yl]-N-[(l-phenylcyclopropyl)sulfonyl]piperidine-4-carboxamide as a white solid. Yield: 60 mg (45%).
1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 0.88 (3H, t, J= 7.4 Hz), 1.26 (3H, t, J= 7.3 Hz), 1.29 - 1.33 (2H, m), 1.52 - 1.59 (2H, m), 1.59 - 1.67 (2H, m), 1.75 - 1.82 (4H, m), 2.52 - 2.58 (IH, m), 2.84 (2H, t, J= 7.1 Hz), 3.01 (2H, q, J= 7.3 Hz), 3.14 - 3.20 (2H, m), 4.48 - 4.54 (2H, m), 7.33 - 7.38 (3H, m), 7.39 - 7.43 (2H, m), 8.48 (IH, s), 11.23 (IH, br s). MS m/z: 541 (M+l), 539 (M-I). GTPyS(IC50 μM): 0.017 Example 19 l-[5-Butyryl-3-cyano-6-(propylthio)pyridin-2-yl]-N-[(l- phenylcyclopropyljsulfonyljpiperidine^-carboxamide
Prepared according to Example 18(c) from l-(6-(lH-benzo[d][l,2,3]triazol-l-yloxy)-5- butyryl-3 -cyanopyridin-2-yl)-N-( 1 -phenylcyclopropylsulfonyl)piperidine-4-carboxamide (Example 18(b)) (77 mg, 0.13 mmol) and propane- 1 -thiol (1.0 mL, 841 mg, 11.0 mmol) to give l-[5-Butyryl-3-cyano-6-(propylthio)pyridin-2-yl]-N-[(l- phenylcyclopropyl)sulfonyl]piperidine-4-carboxamide as a white solid. Yield: 31.1 mg (45%).
1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 0.88 (3H, t, J= 7.4 Hz), 0.97 (3H, t, J= 7.3 Hz), 1.29 - 1.33 (2H, m), 1.52 - 1.59 (2H, m), 1.59 - 1.67 (4H, m), 1.76 - 1.82 (4H, m), 2.52 - 2.59 (IH, m), 2.84 (2H, t, J= 7.2 Hz), 2.98 (2H, t, J= 7.3 Hz), 3.15 - 3.20 (2H, m), 4.48 - 4.54 (2H, m), 7.34 - 7.38 (3H, m), 7.39 - 7.43 (2H, m), 8.47 (IH, s), 11.23 (IH, br s). MS m/z: 555 (M+l), 553 (M-I). GTPyS(IC50 μM): 0.032
Example 20 l-(5-Butyryl-3-cyano-6-(methylthio)pyridin-2-yl)-N-((trans)-2- phenylcyclopropylsulfonyljpiperidine^-carboxamide
DIPEA (74.2 mg, 0.574 mmol) was added to a suspension of l-[5-butyryl-3-cyano-6- (methylthio)pyridin-2-yl]piperidine-4-carboxylic acid (See Example l(h)) (42 mg, 0.12 mmol) and PyBOP (92 mg, 0.28 mmol) in DCM (4 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at r.t. for 15 min. and (trans)-2-phenylcyclopropane-l -sulfonamide (23.8 mg, 0.12 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at r.t. over night. NaHCOs(aq) was added and the mixture was extracted with DCM (x3). The combined organics was run through a phase separator and evaporated. The crude product was purified by preparative HPLC (Kromasil Cs lOμm, 50x250 ID mm , using an incresaing gradient of 20% to 80 % MeCN with a second acidic eluent H2CVMeCNZFA 95/5/0.2 during 20 minutes with a flow of 19 mL/min) to give l-(5-butyryl-3-cyano-6-(methylthio)pyridin-2-yl)-N-((trans)-2- phenylcyclopropylsulfonyl)piperidine-4-carboxamide as a solid. Yield: 64 mg (46%). 1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 0.86 (3H, t), 1.49 - 1.55 (2H, m), 1.55 - 1.64 (3H, m), 1.64 - 1.69 (IH, m), 1.83 - 1.90 (2H, m), 2.32 (3H, s), 2.63 - 2.70 (2H, m), 2.84 (2H, t), 3.11 - 3.16 (2H, m), 3.18-3.26 (2H, m), 4.46 - 4.53 (2H, m), 7.14 - 7.17 (2H, m), 7.17-7.21 (IH, m), 7.23-7.28 (2H, m), 8.51 (IH, s), 11.87 (IH, br s). MS m/z: 527 (M+ 1), 525 (M-I). GTPyS(IC50 μM): 0.081
Example 21 l-(5-Butyryl-3-cyano-6-(isobutylthio)pyridin-2-yl)-N-(l- phenylcyclopropylsulfonyljpiperidine^-carboxamide
1 -(6-(lH-Benzo[d] [ 1 ,2,3]triazol- 1 -yloxy)-5-butyryl-3-cyanopyridin-2-yl)-N-(l - phenylcyclopropylsulfonyl)piperidine-4-carboxamide (See Example 18(b)) (48 mg, 0.08 mmol) was dissolved in THF (3 mL) and 2-methylpropane-l -thiol (0.5 mL, 4.62 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was heated to 120 0C for 30 min in a single node microwave oven. LCMS showed product/starting material in a ratio 1 :6. The reaction mixture was heated again to 120 0C for 30 min, but failure with the mivrowave oven led to heating to 220 0C. NaHCO3(aq) was added and the mixture was extracted with DCM (x3). The combined organics was run through a phase separator and evaporated. The crude product was purified by preparative HPLC (Kromasil Cg 10 μm, 250x20 ID mm using an increasing gradient of 30-90% MeCN with a second acidic eluent H2O/MeCN/FA 95/5/0.2 over 25 minutes with a flow of 19 mL/min) to give l-(5-butyryl-3-cyano-6- (isobutylthio)pyridin-2-yl)-N-( 1 -phenylcyclopropylsulfonyl)piperidine-4-carboxamide as a solid. Yield: 4.3 mg (10%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 0.88 (3H, t), 0.98 (6H, d, J = 6.6 Hz), 1.24 - 1.30 (2H, m), 1.49 - 1.67 (4H, m), 1.72 - 1.81 (4H, m), 1.81 - 1.93 (IH, m), 2.50 - 2.55 (IH, m), 2.85 (2H, t), 2.90 (2H, d), 3.13 - 3.23 (2H, m), 4.47 - 4.55 (2H, m), 7.31 - 7.37 (3H, m), 7.37 - 7.44 (2H, m), 8.52 (IH, s), 11.35 (IH, br s). MS m/z: 569 (M+l), 567 (M-I). GTPyS(IC50 μM): 0.025 Example 22 l-(5-Butyryl-3-cyano-6-(isopropylthio)pyridin-2-yl)-N-(l- phenylcyclopropylsulfonyljpiperidine^-carboxamide
Propane-2-thiol (0.050 niL, 0.53 mmol) was added to a suspension of sodium 2- methylbutan-2-olate (32 mg, 0.28 mmol) in dry THF (5 mL) at r.t. The mixture was stirred at r.t. for 20 minutes and l-(6-(lH-benzo[d][l,2,3]triazol-l-yloxy)-5-butyryl-3- cyanopyridin-2-yl)-N-( 1 -phenylcyclopropylsulfonyl)piperidine-4-carboxamide (See Example 18(b)) (50 mg, 0.08 mmol) dissolved in dry THF (5 mL) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at r.t. for 1 hour. NaHCO3 (aq) was added and the reaction mixture was extracted with DCM (x3). The combined organics was run through a phase separator and evaporated. The crude product was puified by preparative HPLC (Kromasil Cg 10 μm, 250x20 ID mm using a gradient of 40-90% MeCN with a second acidic eluant H2O/MeCN/FA 95/5/0.2 buffer over 20 minutes with a flow of 19 mL/min.) to give l-(5- butyryl-3-cyano-6-(isopropylthio)pyridin-2-yl)-N-(l- phenylcyclopropylsulfonyl)piperidine-4-carboxamide as a white solid. Yield: 33 mg
(73%).
IH NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 0.86 (3H, t), 1.30 (6H, d), 1.48 - 1.56 (2H, m), 1.56 -
1.65 (2H, m), 1.74 - 1.79 (4H, m), 2.50 - 2.56 (IH, m), 2.83 (2H, t), 3.11 - 3.18 (2H, m), 3.83 (IH, septet), 4.49 - 4.55 (2H, m), 7.33 - 7.37 (3H, m), 7.37 - 7.41 (2H, m), 8.49 (IH, s), 11.35 (IH, br s). MS m/Z: 555 (M+l), 553 (M-I). GTPyS(IC50 μM): 0.018
Example 23 l-(5-Butyryl-3-cyano-6-(cyclopropylthio)pyridin-2-yl)-N-(l- phenylcyclopropylsulfonyljpiperidine^-carboxamide
Cyclopropanethiol (2.200 ml of a ca 0.3 M solution in THF/Et2O, 0.66 mmol, See Dixon, D.A., JACS, 1992, No. 9, pp. 3492-99) was added to sodium 2-methylbutan-2-olate (0.077 g, 0.66 mmol) in THF ( 8 mL) and the mixture was stirred at r.t. for 5 minutes (a precipitate was formed). l-(6-(lH-benzo[d][l,2,3]triazol-l-yloxy)-5-butyryl-3- cyanopyridin-2-yl)-N-( 1 -phenylcyclopropylsulfonyl)piperidine-4-carboxamide (Example 18(b)) (0.135 g, 0.22 mmol) dissolved in THF (10 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred at r.t. for 40 minutes. NaHCO3(sat) (20 mL) was added and the mixture was extracted with DCM (40 + 30 mL). The combined organic phase was washed with Brine (10 mL) and dried (MgSO4). Filtration followed by evaporation gave the crude product as an oil which was purified by preparative HPLC ( Kromasil Cs column (10 μm 250x50 ID mm) using a gradient of 40-90% MeCN with a second acidivc eluant H2CVMeCNZFA 95/5/0.2 over 30 minutes with a flow of 100 mL/min) to give l-(5-butyryl-3-cyano-6- (cyclopropylthio)pyridin-2-yl)-N-(l-phenylcyclopropylsulfonyl)piperidine-4-carboxamide as a solid. Yield: 64 mg (53%).
1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 0.5-0.56 (2H, m), 0.87 (3H, t), 1.01-1.08 (2H, m), 1.48-1.69 (4H, m), 1.74-1.82 (4H, m), 2.20-2.28 (IH, m), 2.4-2.59 (2H, m), 2.85 (2H, t), 3.12-3.23 (2H, m), 4.6-4.69 (2H, m), 7.33-7.43 (5H, m), 8.53 (IH, s), 11.36 (IH, br. s). One proton is overlapping with the watersignal in the DMSO-dβ at 3.0 ppm. MS m/z: 553 (M+ 1), 551 (M-I). GTPyS(IC50 μM): 0.021
Example 24 Bioavailability study
The oral bioavaoilablity of the compound (Example 1) l-[5-butyryl-3-cyano-6- (methylthio)pyridin-2-yl]-N-[(l-phenylcyclopropyl)sulfonyl]piperidine-4-carboxamide in rats, administrated as a solution was evaluated in rats, by comparing with intravenous administration of the same solution.
The solution was prepared as a saline solution comprising the active compound.
Two rats were used both for i..v and p.o. administration in this study.
Two days prior to dosing, the rats were prepared by cannulation of the left carotid artery for blood sampling and, for the i.v. administration rats, by cannulation of the right jugular vein. The catheters were filled with heparin (100 IU/mL), exteriorised at the nape of the neck and sealed. The surgery was performed under isoflurane (Forene®, Abbott) anaesthesia. After surgery the rats were housed individually and had free access to food and water. About 16 hours prior to dosing the animals were deprived of food, and fasting until 4 hours after dosing. The rats had free access to drinking water during the experiment. A cage card number identified the rats.
The p.o. test formulation was administered orally by gavage, with the dose being 5 μmol/kg , whereas the intravenously administered dose was given in the jugular vein, with the dose being 2 μmol/kg.
At pre-defined time points, blood samples of about 0.150 mL were withdrawn from the carotid artery, up to 24 h after dosing. About 10 samples were withdrawn. The blood samples were collected in heparinized plastic tubes and centrifuged, within 30 minutes, for five minutes at 10 000 g and +4°C. The plasma was transferred to a 96-well plate and stored at -200C until analysis.
The plasma concentrations of the test item were determined by liquid chromatography and mass-spectrometric detection. The concentrations of the test item in the formulation were confirmed by liquid chromatography and mass-spectrometric detection.
Calculations
The area under the plasma concentration-time curve following oral and intravenous administration, AUC(o-t), was calculated using a combination of the linear and logarithmic trapezoidal rule from the time of administration to the sampling time with the last determinable plasma concentration. For the intravenous bolus dose, the concentration at time zero, C(O), was estimated by log linear regression of the first two concentration-time points. The AUC(O t) was extrapolated to AUC by adding Ct/k. Ct is the predicted plasma concentration at the time of the last plasma sample with a determinable concentration, and k is the apparent terminal rate constant. Ct and k were obtained by linear least squares regression analysis of the logarithm of the last 3 to 5 plasma concentrations versus time. The apparent terminal half-life (Iy2) was calculated as In 2/k.
The bioavailability (F) was calculated as (AUCp.o.xDθSe., mean/AUQ.v., mean XDθSep.o.)x 100 %.
The results obtained were;
Figure imgf000121_0001

Claims

1. A compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof:
Figure imgf000122_0001
(I) wherein
Ri represents RyC(O);
R2 represents unsubstituted (Ci-C3)alkylthio or unsubstituted hydroxy(Ci-C3)alkyl;
R7 represents (Ci-C3)alkyl optionally interrupted by oxygen, and/or optionally substituted by OH, aryl, (C3-C6)cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl or one or more halogen (F, Cl, Br or I) atoms; further R7 represents (C3-C6)cycloalkyl, hydroxy(Ci-Ci2)alkyl, aryl or heterocyclyl;
Ri4 represents H, OH with the proviso that the OH group must be at least 2 carbon atoms away from any heteroatom in the B ring/ring system, (Ci-Cg)alkyl optionally interrupted by oxygen and/or optionally substituted by one or more of OH, COOH and COORe; wherein Re represents aryl, (C3-C6)cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl or (Ci-Cg)alkyl optionally substituted by one or more of halogen (F, Cl, Br or I) atom(s), OH, aryl, (C3- Ce)cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl; further Ri4 represents aryl, aryl(Ci-Cg)alkyl, aryl(Ci- C3)alkoxy, heterocyclyl, a halogen (F, Cl, Br or I) atom, (C3-Ce)cycloalkyl, (C3- C6)cycloalkyl(Ci-C8)alkoxy, hydroxy(Ci-Cg)alkyl, (Ci-Cg)alkoxy, (C3-Ce)cycloalkoxy, (Ci-Cg)alkylsulfmyl, (Ci-Cg)alkylsulfonyl, (Ci-Cg)alkylthio, (C3-C6)cycloalkylthio, or a group of formula NRa(14)Rb(14) in which Ra(14) and Rb(14) independently represent H, (C1- C8)alkyl, (Ci-C8)alkylC(O), (Ci-C8)alkoxyC(O) or Ra(14) and Rb(14) together with the nitrogen atom represent piperidine, pyrrolidine, azetidine or aziridine;
Rc is a direct bond or represents an unsubstituted or monosubstituted or polysubstituted (Ci-C4)alkylene group, wherein any substituents each individually and independently are selected from (Ci-C4)alkyl, (Ci-C4)alkoxyl, oxy-(Ci-C4)alkyl, (C2- C4)alkenyl, (C2-C4)alkynyl, (C3-Ce)cycloalkyl, carboxyl, carboxy-(Ci-C4)alkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, cyano, halogeno (F, Cl, Br or I), hydroxyl, NRa(Rc)Rb(Rc) in which Ra(Rc) and Rb(Rc) individually and independently from each other represents hydrogen, (Ci-C4)alkyl or RΆ(RC) and Rb(Rc) together with the nitrogen atom represent piperidine, pyrrolidine, azetidine or aziridine; further Rc represents imino (-NH-), N-substituted imino (-NR19-), (C1- C4)alkyleneimino or N-substituted (Ci-C4)alkyleneimino ( -N(Ri9)-((Ci-C4)alkylene) wherein the mentioned alkylene groups are unsubstituted or monosubstituted or polysubstituted with any substituents according to above;
Ri9 represents H or (d-C4)alkyl;
Rd represents (Ci-Ci2)alkyl, (C3-Cg)cycloalkyl, aryl or heterocyclyl, and anyone of these groups optionally substituted with one or more halogen (F, Cl, Br or I) atoms or mixed halogen atoms and/or one or more of the following groups, OH, CN, (Ci-Ci2)alkyl, (Ci-Ci2)alkoxyC(O), (Ci-Ci2)alkoxy, halogen substituted (Ci-Ci2)alkyl, (C3-C6)cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, (Ci-Ci2)alkylsulfmyl, (Ci-Ci2)alkylsulfonyl, (Ci-Ci2)alkylthio, (C3- Ce)cycloalkylthio, arylsulfϊnyl, arylsulfonyl, arylthio, aryl(Ci-Ci2)alkylthio, aryl(Ci- Ci2)alkylsulfinyl, aryl(d-Ci2)alkylsulfonyl, heterocyclyl(Ci-Ci2)alkylthio, heterocyclyl(Ci-Ci2)alkylsulfϊnyl, heterocyclyl(Ci-Ci2)alkylsulfonyl, (C3- C6)cycloalkyl(Ci-Ci2)alkylthio, (C3-C6)cycloalkyl(Ci-Ci2)alkylsulfmyl, (C3- C6)cycloalkyl(Ci-Ci2)alkylsulfonyl or a group of formula NR a(Rd) R b(Rd) in which R a(Rd) and Rb(Rd) independently represent H, (Ci-Ci2)alkyl, (Ci-Ci2)alkylC(O) or Ra(Rd) and Rb(Rd) together with the nitrogen atom represent piperidine, pyrrolidine, azetidine or aziridine;
X represents a single bond, imino (-NH-), methylene (-CH2-), iminomethylene (- CH2-NH-) wherein the carbon is connected to the B-ring/ring system, methyleneimino (- NH-CH2-) wherein the nitrogen is connected to the B-ring/ring system and any carbon and/or nitrogen in these groups may optionally be substitued with (Ci-C6) alkyl; further X may represent a group (-CH2-)n wherein n= 2-6, which optionally is unsaturated and/or substituted by one or more substituent chosen among halogen, hydroxyl or (Ci-Ce)alkyl; and
B is a monocyclic or bicyclic, 4 to 11-membered heterocyclic ring/ring system comprising one or more nitrogen and optionally one or more atoms selected from oxygen or sulphur, which nitrogen is connected to the pyridine-ring (according to formula I) and further the B-ring/ring system is connected to X in another of its positions; the substituent Ri4 is connected to the B ring/ring system in such a way that no quarternary ammonium compounds are formed (by this connection).
2. A compound according to claim 1 wherein R2 represents unsubstituted (Ci-C3)alkylthio or unsubstituted hydroxy(Ci-C3)alkyl;
R7 represents (Ci-C3)alkyl optionally interrupted by oxygen, and/or optionally substituted by OH, aryl, (C3-Ce)cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl or one or more halogen (F, Cl, Br or I) atoms; further R7 represents (C3-Ce)cycloalkyl, hydroxy(Ci-Ce)alkyl, aryl or heterocyclyl;
Ri4 represents H, OH with the proviso that the OH group must be at least 2 carbon atoms away from any heteroatom in the B ring/ring system, (Ci-Ce)alkyl optionally interrupted by oxygen and/or optionally substituted by one or more of OH, COOH and COORe; wherein Re represents aryl, (C3-C6)cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl or (d-C6)alkyl optionally substituted by one or more of halogen (F, Cl, Br or I) atom(s), OH, aryl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl; further Ri4 represents aryl, aryl(Ci-Ce)alkyl, aryl(Ci- Cs)alkoxy, heterocyclyl, a halogen (F, Cl, Br or I) atom, (C3-Ce)cycloalkyl, (C3- C6)cycloalkyl(Ci-Ce)alkoxy, hydroxy(Ci-Ce)alkyl, (Ci-Ce)alkoxy, (C3-Ce)cycloalkoxy, (Ci-C6)alkylsulfmyl, (Ci-C6)alkylsulfonyl, (Ci-C6)alkylthio, (C3-C6)cycloalkylthio, or a group of formula NRa(14)Rb(14) in which Ra(14) and Rb(14) independently represent H, (Ci- C6)alkyl, (Ci-C6)alkylC(O), (Ci-C6)alkoxyC(O) or Ra(14) and Rb(14) together with the nitrogen atom represent piperidine, pyrrolidine, azetidine or aziridine; and
Rd represents (Ci-Ce)alkyl, (C3-Ce)cycloalkyl, aryl or heterocyclyl, and anyone of 5 these groups optionally substituted with one or more halogen (F, Cl, Br or I) atoms or mixed halogen atoms and/or one or more of the following groups, OH, CN, (Ci-Ce)alkyl, (Ci-C6)alkoxyC(O), (Ci-C6)alkoxy, halogen substituted (d-C6)alkyl, (C3-C6)cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, (Ci-C6)alkylsulfmyl, (Ci-C6)alkylsulfonyl, (Ci-C6)alkylthio, (C3- Ce)cycloalkylthio, arylsulfϊnyl, arylsulfonyl, arylthio, aryl(Ci-Ce)alkylthio, aryl(Ci-o C6)alkylsulfϊnyl, aryl(Ci-C6)alkylsulfonyl, heterocyclyl(Ci-C6)alkylthio, heterocyclyl(Ci- C6)alkylsulfmyl, heterocyclyl(Ci-C6)alkylsulfonyl, (C3-C6)cycloalkyl(Ci-C6)alkylthio, (C3- C6)cycloalkyl(Ci-C6)alkylsulfϊnyl, (C3-C6)cycloalkyl(Ci-C6)alkylsulfonyl or a group of formula NR a(Rd) R b(Rd) in which R a(Rd) and R b(Rd) independently represent H, (C1-C6)alkyl,
(Ci-C6)alkylC(O) or Ra(Rd) and Rb(Rd) together with the nitrogen atom represent piperidine,s pyrrolidine, azetidine or aziridine;
3. A compound according to claim 2 wherein;
R2 is selected from the group consisting of methylthio, ethylthio, n-propylthio, iso- propylthio, hydroxymethyl and hydroxyethyl; 0
Ri4 represents H, OH with the proviso that the OH group must be at least 2 carbon atoms away from any heteroatom in the B ring/ring system, (Ci-Ce)alkyl optionally interrupted by oxygen and/or optionally substituted by one or more of OH, COOH and COORe; wherein Re represents (Ci-Ce)alkyl optionally substituted by one or more of5 halogen (F, Cl, Br or I) atom(s), OH, aryl, (C3-C6)cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl; further Ri4 represents a halogen (F, Cl, Br or I) atom, (C3-Ce)cycloalkyl, (Ci-Ce)alkoxy, (C3- C6)CyC loalkoxy, (Ci-Ce)alkylthio, (C3-Ce)cycloalkylthio, or a group of formula NR a(i4) R b(i4) in which R a(i4) and R b(i4) mdependently represent H, (C1-C6)alkyl, (C1-
C6)alkylC(O), (CrC6)alkoxyC(O) or Ra(14) and Rb(14) together with the nitrogen atomo represent piperidine, pyrrolidine, azetidine or aziridine; Rc is a direct bond or represents an unsubstituted or monosubstituted or polysubstituted (Ci-C4)alkylene or group, wherein any substituents each individually and independently are selected from (Ci-C4)alkyl, (Ci-C4)alkoxyl, (C3-C6)cycloalkyl, halogen (F, Cl, Br or I), hydroxyl, NRa(Rc)Rb(Rc) in which Ra(Rc) and Rb(Rc) individually and independently from each other represents hydrogen, (Ci-C4)alkyl or RΆ(RC) and Rb(Rc) together with the nitrogen atom represent piperidine, pyrrolidine, azetidine or aziridine; further Rc represents imino (-NH-), N-substituted imino (-NR19-), (Ci-C4)alkyleneimino or N-substituted (Ci-C4)alkyleneimino ( -N(Ri9)-((Ci-C4)alkylene) wherein the mentioned alkylene groups are unsubstituted or monosubstituted or polysubstituted with any substituents according to above;
4. A compound according to claim 3 wherein;
R2 is selected from the group consisting of methylthio, ethylthio, n-propylthio and hydroxymethyl;
R7 represents (Ci-C3)alkyl optionally interrupted by oxygen, and/or optionally substituted by OH, aryl, (C3-C6)cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl or one or more halogen (F, Cl, Br or I) atoms; further R7 represents (C3-C6)cycloalkyl;
Rn represents H, OH with the proviso that the OH group must be at least 2 carbon atoms away from any heteroatom in the B ring/ring system, (Ci-Ce)alkyl optionally interrupted by oxygen and/or optionally substituted by one or more of OH and COOH; further Ri4 represents a halogen (F, Cl, Br or I) atom, (Ci-Ce)alkoxy, (C3-Ce)cycloalkoxy, (Ci-C6)alkylthio, (C3-C6)cycloalkylthio, or a group of formula NRa(14)Rb(14) in which Ra(14) and Rb(14) independently represent H or (d-C6)alkyl;
Rc is a direct bond or represents imino, N-substituted imino (-NR19-), (Ci- C4)alkyleneimino or an unsubstituted or monosubstituted or polysubstituted (Ci- C4)alkylene group with any substituents according to above; and
X represents a single bond, imino (-NH-) or methylene (-CH2-).
5. A compound according to claim 4 wherein; Ri is n-propylcarbonyl;
R2 is chosen from the group consisting of methylthio, ethylthio, n-propylthio and hydroxymethyl;
R7 is n-propyl; Ri4 is hydrogen;
Rc is chosen from the group consisting of a single bond, methylene (-CH2-), imino (-NH-) and methylimino (-N(CH3)-); Rig is hydrogen or methyl;
Rd is chosen from the group consisting of phenyl, 2-fluorophenyl, 4-fluorophenyl, 2,4-difluorophenyl, 2-chloro-4-fluorophenyl, 4-methoxy-phenyl, 4-metyl-phenyl and phenyl- 1 , 1 -cyclopropylene;
X is a single bond; and B is 4-piperidin-l-ylene, and the substituent Ri4 is connected to the B ring/ring system, in such a way that no quarternary ammonium compound is formed (by this connection).
6. A compound according to any one of claims 1-5 which is of the formula (Ia):
Figure imgf000127_0001
7. A compound according to any one of claims 1-5, which is of the formula (Iaa):
Figure imgf000128_0001
8. A compound according to claim 1 selected from;
1 - [5 -butyryl-3 -cyano-6-(methylthio)pyridin-2-yl] -N- [( 1 - phenylcyclopropyl)sulfonyl]piperidine-4-carboxamide
1 - [5 -butyryl-3 -cyano-6-(methylthio)pyridin-2-yl] -N- [(2- fluorobenzyl)sulfonyl]piperidine-4-carboxamide
1 - [5 -butyryl-3 -cyano-6-(methylthio)pyridin-2-yl]-N- {[methyl(phenyl)amino]sulfonyl}piperidine-4-carboxamide 1 -[5 -butyryl-3 -cyano-6-(methylthio)pyridin-2-yl] -N- [(4- methoxybenzyl)sulfonyl]piperidine-4-carboxamide
1 - [5 -butyryl-3 -cyano-6-(methylthio)pyridin-2-yl] -N- [(4- fluorobenzyl)sulfonyl]piperidine-4-carboxamide
1 - [5 -butyryl-3 -cyano-6-(methylthio)pyridin-2-yl] -N- [(2,4- difluorobenzyl)sulfonyl]piperidine-4-carboxamide
1 - [5 -butyryl-3 -cyano-6-(methylthio)pyridin-2-yl] -N- [(4- methylbenzyl)sulfonyl]piperidine-4-carboxamide
N-(benzylsulfonyl)- 1 - [5 -butyryl-3 -cyano-6-(methylthio)pyridin-2-yl]piperidine -4- carboxamide 1 - [5 -butyryl-3 -cyano-6-(hydroxymethyl)pyridin-2-yl] -N- [( 1 - phenylcyclopropyl)sulfonyl]piperidine-4-carboxamide
1 - [5 -butyryl-3 -cyano-6-(ethylthio)pyridin-2-yl] -N-[( 1 - phenylcyclopropyl)sulfonyl]piperidine-4-carboxamide
1 - [5 -butanoyl-3 -cyano-6-(propylthio)pyridin-2-yl] -N-[( 1 - phenylcyclopropyl)sulfonyl]piperidine-4-carboxamide; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
9. A compound according to claim 1 being;
1 - [5 -butyryl-3 -cyano-6-(methylthio)pyridin-2-yl] -N- [( 1 - phenylcyclopropyl)sulfonyl]piperidine-4-carboxamide; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
10. A compound according to claim 1 being;
1 - [5 -butanoyl-3 -cyano-6-(propylthio)pyridin-2-yl] -N-[( 1 - phenylcyclopropyl)sulfonyl]piperidine-4-carboxamide; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
11. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound according to any one of claims 1-10 in combination with pharmaceutically acceptable adjuvants, diluents and/or carriers.
12. A compound according to any one of claims 1-10 for use in therapy.
13. Use of a compound according to any one of claims 1-10 for the manufacture of a medicament for treatment of platelet aggregation disorder.
14. Use of a compound according to any one of claims 1-10 for the manufacture of a medicament for the inhibition of the P2Yi2 receptor.
15. A method of treatment of a platelet aggregation disorder comprising administering to a patient suffering from such a disorder a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to any one of claims 1-10.
PCT/SE2009/050875 2008-07-07 2009-07-06 Ketone pyridine analogues and their use in the treatment of cardiovascular disorders WO2010005384A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US7848008P 2008-07-07 2008-07-07
US61/078,480 2008-07-07
US12201608P 2008-12-12 2008-12-12
US61/122,016 2008-12-12

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2010005384A1 true WO2010005384A1 (en) 2010-01-14

Family

ID=41507301

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/SE2009/050875 WO2010005384A1 (en) 2008-07-07 2009-07-06 Ketone pyridine analogues and their use in the treatment of cardiovascular disorders

Country Status (2)

Country Link
AR (1) AR072697A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2010005384A1 (en)

Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2007008140A1 (en) * 2005-07-13 2007-01-18 Astrazeneca Ab New pyridine analogues
WO2008002247A1 (en) * 2006-06-28 2008-01-03 Astrazeneca Ab New pyridine analogues
WO2008004944A1 (en) * 2006-07-04 2008-01-10 Astrazeneca Ab Novel crystalline form ii
WO2008004945A1 (en) * 2006-07-04 2008-01-10 Astrazeneca Ab Novel crystalline forms i and ii
WO2008004946A1 (en) * 2006-07-04 2008-01-10 Astrazeneca Ab New pyridine analogues
WO2008085117A1 (en) * 2007-01-12 2008-07-17 Astrazeneca Ab Pyridine compounds and their use as p2y12 antagonists.
WO2008085119A1 (en) * 2007-01-12 2008-07-17 Astrazeneca Ab New pyridine analogues viii 518

Patent Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2007008140A1 (en) * 2005-07-13 2007-01-18 Astrazeneca Ab New pyridine analogues
WO2008002247A1 (en) * 2006-06-28 2008-01-03 Astrazeneca Ab New pyridine analogues
WO2008004944A1 (en) * 2006-07-04 2008-01-10 Astrazeneca Ab Novel crystalline form ii
WO2008004945A1 (en) * 2006-07-04 2008-01-10 Astrazeneca Ab Novel crystalline forms i and ii
WO2008004946A1 (en) * 2006-07-04 2008-01-10 Astrazeneca Ab New pyridine analogues
WO2008085117A1 (en) * 2007-01-12 2008-07-17 Astrazeneca Ab Pyridine compounds and their use as p2y12 antagonists.
WO2008085119A1 (en) * 2007-01-12 2008-07-17 Astrazeneca Ab New pyridine analogues viii 518

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
AR072697A1 (en) 2010-09-15

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN109153663B (en) Triazolones and tetrazolones as ROCK inhibitors
US20080032992A1 (en) New Pyridine Analogues V
CA3085561A1 (en) Cyclohexyl acid triazole azines as lpa antagonists
US20090186876A1 (en) Pyridine Analogues II
US20080045494A1 (en) Pyridine Analogues VI
US20090312368A1 (en) Pyridine Analogues IV
WO2019126089A1 (en) Cyclohexyl acid pyrazole azines as lpa antagonists
US20080171732A1 (en) New Pyridine Analogues IX 519
US20090018166A1 (en) New Pyridine Analogues X 161
EP2202231A1 (en) 2,3-dihydroiminoisoindole derivative
WO2008085118A1 (en) Pyridine compounds and their use as p2y12 antagonists.
AU2022349569A1 (en) Pyridine derivative and use thereof
KR20090034935A (en) New pyridine analogues
WO2010005384A1 (en) Ketone pyridine analogues and their use in the treatment of cardiovascular disorders
WO2010005385A1 (en) 2-amino-6-alkyl substituted pyridine derivatives useful as p2y12 inhibitors 308

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 09794738

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 09794738

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1